Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

by+order+of+the+king

Толкование Перевод

1 Miguel I, king

(1802-1866)

   The third son of King João VI and of Dona Carlota Joaquina, Miguel was barely five years of age when he went to Brazil with the fleeing royal family. In 1821, with his mother and father, he returned to Portugal. Whatever the explanation for his actions, Miguel always took Carlota Joaquina's part in the subsequent political struggles and soon became the supreme hope of the reactionary, clerical, absolutist party against the constitutionalists and opposed any compromise with liberal constitutionalism or its adherents. He became not only the symbol but the essence of a kind of reactionary messianism in Portugal during more than two decades, as his personal fortunes of power and privilege rose and fell. With his personality imbued with traits of wildness, adventurism, and violence, Miguel enjoyed a life largely consumed in horseback riding, love affairs, and bull- fighting.

   After the independence of Brazil (1822), Miguel became the principal candidate for power of the Traditionalist Party, which was determined to restore absolutist royal power, destroy the constitution, and rule without limitation. Miguel was involved in many political conspiracies and armed movements, beginning in 1822 and including the coups known to history as the "Vila Francada" (1823) and the "Abrilada" (1824), which were directed against his father King João VI, in order to restore absolutist royal power. These coup conspiracies failed due to foreign intervention, and the king ordered Miguel dismissed from his posts and sent into exile. He remained in exile for four years. The death of King João VI in 1826 presented new opportunities in the absolutist party, however, and the dashing Dom Miguel remained their great hope for power.

   His older brother King Pedro IV, then emperor of Brazil, inherited the throne and wrote his own constitution, the Charter of 1826, which was to become the law of the land in Portugal. However, his daughter Maria, only seven, was too young to rule, so Pedro, who abdicated, put together an unusual deal. Until Maria reached her majority age, a regency headed by Princess Isabel Maria would rule Portugal. Dom Miguel would return from his Austrian exile and, when Maria reached her majority, Maria would marry her uncle Miguel and they would reign under the 1826 Charter. Miguel returned to Portugal in 1828, but immediately broke the bargain. He proclaimed himself an absolutist King, acclaimed by the usual (and last) Cortes of 1828; dispensed with Pedro's Charter; and ruled as an absolutist. Pedro's response was to abdicate the emperorship of Brazil, return to Portugal, defeat Miguel, and place his young daughter on the throne. In the civil war called the War of the Brothers (1831-34), after a seesaw campaign on land and at sea, Miguel's forces were defeated and he went into exile, never to return to Portugal.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Miguel I, king
2 João II, king

(1455-1495)

Known in Portuguese history as "The Perfect Prince," he ruled Portugal from 1481 to 1495. The son of King Afonso V and Dona Isabel, his life and reign reflected Portugal's ongoing struggle with Castile, a suppression of Portugal's more powerful nobility in order to reassert royal authority, and a continuation of Portugal's search for an all-water route to India around the coast of Africa. During his reign, two further exploratory steps were taken in this overseas strategy: the key voyages of Diogo Cão (as far south as the coast of Angola) and of Bartolomeu Dias, who rounded the Cape of Good Hope and entered the Indian Ocean in 1488. As part of Portugal's quest to find and help "Prester John," supposedly a Christian king in Africa or Asia, King João also encouraged the departure in the late 1480s of Afonso de Paiva and Pero de Covilhã, at least one of whom reached Ethiopia, on an expedition overland in Africa.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > João II, king
3 João I, king

(1385-1433)

An illegitimate son of King Pedro I (r. 1357-1367), João I was the founder of the Aviz dynasty of Portuguese kings and master of the Order of Aviz. João's reign was essential in furthering the cause of Portugal's independence from a threatening Castile ( Spain), and Joao's armies, with the assistance of England, defeated the Castilian pretenders in 1385 at the great battle of Aljubarrota. To show gratitude to God, João ordered the beginning of the construction of the great abbey at Batalha. João's marriage to the English princess, Philippa of Lancaster, daughter of John of Gaunt, was another vital element in the strengthening of the monarchy and a prelude to overseas empire. Philippa gave João six children, among them the scholarly prince Dom Pedro and his brother, the Infante Dom Henrique or Henry of Aviz, known to history outside Portugal as "Prince Henry the Navigator."

Historical dictionary of Portugal > João I, king
4 Pombal, the Marquis of

(Sebastião José de Carvalho e Melo)

(1699-1782)

   Eighteenth-century dictatorial prime minister of King José I (r. 1750-77). Born of rural nobility, Pombal—who became known as the Marquis of Pombal after the title he received only in 1770—represented Portugal abroad as a diplomat in London (1740-44) and Vienna (1745-50). When José I became king in 1750, he assumed the top cabinet post, and soon acquired great authority and power. For 27 years, Pombal managed the affairs of Portugal through various crises (the Lisbon earthquake of 1755) and several wars. Major goals in his political agenda included strengthening Portugal's home economy and empire, which featured resource-rich Brazil; economic independence from the oldest ally, Great Britain, which tended to treat Portugal as an economic and political colony; and greater power status in a Europe that considered Portugal a third- or fourth-rate power.

   Pombal's domestic agenda was imposed by repressing the power of the nobility, strengthening royal power in all spheres, and suppressing the influence and position of the Jesuits (Pombal expelled the Jesuit Order from Portugal in 1759). The extent to which Pombal was successful in these endeavors remains controversial among biographers and historians, but his pivotal role in 18th-century public affairs remains secure. An impressive statue of Pombal with a lion at his side today dominates the Rotunda, a massive traffic circle at the top of the Avenida de Liberdade, Lisbon; it was completed in 1934.

    See also Catholic church.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Pombal, the Marquis of
5 Catholic church

   The Catholic Church and the Catholic religion together represent the oldest and most enduring of all Portuguese institutions. Because its origins as an institution go back at least to the middle of the third century, if not earlier, the Christian and later the Catholic Church is much older than any other Portuguese institution or major cultural influence, including the monarchy (lasting 770 years) or Islam (540 years). Indeed, it is older than Portugal (869 years) itself. The Church, despite its changing doctrine and form, dates to the period when Roman Lusitania was Christianized.

   In its earlier period, the Church played an important role in the creation of an independent Portuguese monarchy, as well as in the colonization and settlement of various regions of the shifting Christian-Muslim frontier as it moved south. Until the rise of absolutist monarchy and central government, the Church dominated all public and private life and provided the only education available, along with the only hospitals and charity institutions. During the Middle Ages and the early stage of the overseas empire, the Church accumulated a great deal of wealth. One historian suggests that, by 1700, one-third of the land in Portugal was owned by the Church. Besides land, Catholic institutions possessed a large number of chapels, churches and cathedrals, capital, and other property.

   Extensive periods of Portuguese history witnessed either conflict or cooperation between the Church as the monarchy increasingly sought to gain direct control of the realm. The monarchy challenged the great power and wealth of the Church, especially after the acquisition of the first overseas empire (1415-1580). When King João III requested the pope to allow Portugal to establish the Inquisition (Holy Office) in the country and the request was finally granted in 1531, royal power, more than religion was the chief concern. The Inquisition acted as a judicial arm of the Catholic Church in order to root out heresies, primarily Judaism and Islam, and later Protestantism. But the Inquisition became an instrument used by the crown to strengthen its power and jurisdiction.

   The Church's power and prestige in governance came under direct attack for the first time under the Marquis of Pombal (1750-77) when, as the king's prime minister, he placed regalism above the Church's interests. In 1759, the Jesuits were expelled from Portugal, although they were allowed to return after Pombal left office. Pombal also harnessed the Inquisition and put in place other anticlerical measures. With the rise of liberalism and the efforts to secularize Portugal after 1820, considerable Church-state conflict occurred. The new liberal state weakened the power and position of the Church in various ways: in 1834, all religious orders were suppressed and their property confiscated both in Portugal and in the empire and, in the 1830s and 1840s, agrarian reform programs confiscated and sold large portions of Church lands. By the 1850s, Church-state relations had improved, various religious orders were allowed to return, and the Church's influence was largely restored. By the late 19th century, Church and state were closely allied again. Church roles in all levels of education were pervasive, and there was a popular Catholic revival under way.

   With the rise of republicanism and the early years of the First Republic, especially from 1910 to 1917, Church-state relations reached a new low. A major tenet of republicanism was anticlericalism and the belief that the Church was as much to blame as the monarchy for the backwardness of Portuguese society. The provisional republican government's 1911 Law of Separation decreed the secularization of public life on a scale unknown in Portugal. Among the new measures that Catholics and the Church opposed were legalization of divorce, appropriation of all Church property by the state, abolition of religious oaths for various posts, suppression of the theology school at Coimbra University, abolition of saints' days as public holidays, abolition of nunneries and expulsion of the Jesuits, closing of seminaries, secularization of all public education, and banning of religious courses in schools.

   After considerable civil strife over the religious question under the republic, President Sidónio Pais restored normal relations with the Holy See and made concessions to the Portuguese Church. Encouraged by the apparitions at Fátima between May and October 1917, which caused a great sensation among the rural people, a strong Catholic reaction to anticlericalism ensued. Backed by various new Catholic organizations such as the "Catholic Youth" and the Academic Center of Christian Democracy (CADC), the Catholic revival influenced government and politics under the Estado Novo. Prime Minister Antônio de Oliveira Salazar was not only a devout Catholic and member of the CADC, but his formative years included nine years in the Viseu Catholic Seminary preparing to be a priest. Under the Estado Novo, Church-state relations greatly improved, and Catholic interests were protected. On the other hand, Salazar's no-risk statism never went so far as to restore to the Church all that had been lost in the 1911 Law of Separation. Most Church property was never returned from state ownership and, while the Church played an important role in public education to 1974, it never recovered the influence in education it had enjoyed before 1911.

   Today, the majority of Portuguese proclaim themselves Catholic, and the enduring nature of the Church as an institution seems apparent everywhere in the country. But there is no longer a monolithic Catholic faith; there is growing diversity of religious choice in the population, which includes an increasing number of Protestant Portuguese as well as a small but growing number of Muslims from the former Portuguese empire. The Muslim community of greater Lisbon erected a Mosque which, ironically, is located near the Spanish Embassy. In the 1990s, Portugal's Catholic Church as an institution appeared to be experiencing a revival of influence. While Church attendance remained low, several Church institutions retained an importance in society that went beyond the walls of the thousands of churches: a popular, flourishing Catholic University; Radio Re-nascenca, the country's most listened to radio station; and a new private television channel owned by the Church. At an international conference in Lisbon in September 2000, the Cardinal Patriarch of Portugal, Dom José Policarpo, formally apologized to the Jewish community of Portugal for the actions of the Inquisition. At the deliberately selected location, the place where that religious institution once held its hearings and trials, Dom Policarpo read a declaration of Catholic guilt and repentance and symbolically embraced three rabbis, apologizing for acts of violence, pressures to convert, suspicions, and denunciation.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Catholic church
6 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
7 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal
8 de

prep.

1 of.

el coche de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' car

es de ella it's hers

la pata de la mesa the table leg

La casa de mi padre The house of my father [My father's house]

2 from (procedencia, distancia).

salir de casa to leave home

soy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbao

de la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 meters from the beach to the apartment

3 (made) of (materia).

un vaso de plástico a plastic cup

un reloj de oro a gold watch

4 about (asunto).

hablábamos de ti we were talking about you

libros de historia history books

5 as.

trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman

6 from (time) (since).

trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to five

de madrugada early in the morning

a las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoon

trabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day

7 with (causa, modo).

morirse de hambre to die of hunger

llorar de alegría to cry with joy

de una patada with a kick

de una sola vez in one go

de tres en tres three at a time

8 if.

de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sunday

de no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it

9 to.

Está ansiosa de obtener ese trabajo She is anxious to have that job.

f.

1 letter d.

2 SD, standard deviation.

3 ED, dose of erythema, erythema dose.

* * *

de

► nombre femenino

1 name of the letter d

————————

de

► preposición

1 (posesión, pertenencia) of

■ el libro de Juan Juan's book

■ el coche de mis padres my parents' car

■ el hermano de mi padre my father's brother

■ la mesa de mi habitación the table in my bedroom

2 (procedencia, origen) from

■ soy de Córdoba I'm from Córdoba

■ viene de Barcelona she comes from Barcelona

3 (descripción) with

■ la niña de ojos castaños the girl with dark eyes, the dark-eyed girl

■ el señor del abrigo azul the man in the blue coat

4 (tema) of, on, about

■ hablaron del tiempo they talked about the weather

5 (materia) made of, of

■ una mesa de madera a wooden table

■ un anillo de oro a gold ring

■ lo hicieron de plástico they made it out of plastic

6 (contenido) of

■ un vaso de agua a glass of water

7 (uso) for

■ aguja de calcetar knitting needle

■ gallo de pelea fighting cock

8 (oficio) by, as

■ trabaja de profesor he works as a teacher

■ es médico de profesión he's a doctor by profession

9 (modo) on, in, as

■ de pie standing up

■ estar de moda to be in fashion

10 (tiempo) at, by, in

■ de día by day, during the day

■ de noche at night

■ a las diez de la mañana at ten in the morning

11 (lugar) varias traducciones

■ la vecina de arriba our upstairs neighbour

■ el lavabo de abajo the downstairs toilet

■ la ventana de la derecha the window on the right

■ la puerta de la calle the street door

12 (precio) at

■ manzanas de dos euros el kilo apples at two euros a kilo

13 (medida) measuring

■ una botella de dos litros a two litre bottle

■ una mesa de un metro de ancho a metre-wide table

14 (causa) with, because of, of

■ llorar de alegría to cry with joy

■ morir de frío to die of cold

15 (agente) by

■ es una obra de Lope a play by Lope

16 (con superlativo) in, of

■ el mejor de España the best in Spain

■ el mayor de los tres the eldest of the three

17 (suposición) if

■ de haberlo dicho if he had told us

18 (en una aposición) of

■ la ciudad de Barcelona the city of Barcelona Table 1 NOTA See also del/Table 1

* * *

prep.

1) of

2) from

3) in, at

4) than

5) by

* * *

PREPOSITION

1) [relación] of

las calles de Madrid — the streets of Madrid

el alcalde de Valencia — the mayor of Valencia

cabo de Buena Esperanza — Cape of Good Hope

la ciudad de Madrid — the city of Madrid

en el mes de agosto — in the month of August

un libro de consulta — a reference book

un millón de euros — a million euros

la carretera de Valencia — the Valencia road, the road to Valencia

el interés del préstamo — the interest on the loan

la llave de mi cuarto — the key to my room

en el día de hoy — today

tuvieron la desgracia de perder el partido — they were unlucky enough to lose the match

ya era hora de que vinieses — it's about time you got here

el hecho de que yo no supiera nada — the fact that I didn't know anything about it

2) [pertenencia]

la casa de Isabel — Isabel's house

el coche de mi amigo — my friend's car

un familiar de mi vecina — a relative of my neighbour's

los coches de mis amigos — my friends' cars

el vestuario de las actrices — the actresses' dressing room

la señora de Pérez — Pérez's wife, Mrs Pérez

es de ellos — it's theirs

esa contestación es muy de ella — that answer is typical of her

3) [característica, material]

una cadena de oro — a gold chain

no es de oro — it's not gold

una puerta de cristal — a glass door

una cocina de gas — a gas cooker

este modelo es de electricidad — this model uses electricity, this is an electric model

ropa de buena calidad — good-quality clothes

un billete de primera clase — a first-class ticket

la niña de pelo largo — the girl with the long hair

ese tío del sombrero — that chap with o in the hat

pintado de rojo — painted red

lo tengo de varios colores distintos — I have it in several different colours

4) [contenido]

una caja de bombones — a box of chocolates

una copa de vino — [llena] a glass of wine; [vacía] a wine glass

una bolsita de té — a tea bag

estaba hecha un saco de nervios — she was a bundle of nerves

5) [origen, distancia, espacio temporal] from

soy de Galicia — I'm from Galicia

Julia no es de aquí — Julia is not from round here

los de Madrid son los mejores — the ones from Madrid are the best, the Madrid ones are the best

es de buena familia — he's from a good family

vuelo 507 (procedente) de Londres — flight 507 from London

vive a 20km de Madrid — she lives 20km from Madrid

aléjate del fuego — move away from the fire

marcó un gol a dos minutos del final del partido — he scored two minutes from the end of the match

el tren de Santiago — the Santiago train

el avión pasó a muy poca altura del suelo — the plane flew by at very low altitude

salir del cine — to come out of the cinema
de... a...
vivió de 1898 a 1937 — he lived from 1898 to 1937

de mi casa a la suya hay 5km — it is 5km from my house to his

de mayo a julio — from May to July

del 15 al 30 — from the 15th to the 30th

6) [causa]

murió de viejo — he died from old age

me dolían los pies de tanto andar — my feet were sore from all that walking

de puro cansado — out of sheer tiredness

no podía moverse de miedo — he was rigid with fear

estar loco de alegría — to be wild with joy

saltar de alegría — to jump for joy

7) [manera]

lo derribó de un solo puñetazo — he felled him with a single blow

se puso a mi lado de un salto — he jumped to my side

se lo bebió de un trago — he drank it all down in one go
de... en...
iban entrando de dos en dos — they came in two by two

bajó la escalera de tres en tres — he came down the stairs three at a time

de puerta en puerta — from door to door

8) (=respecto de)

estar mejor de salud — to be in better health, be better

es fuerte de brazos — he has strong arms

paralizado de las dos piernas — paralysed in both legs

es muy estrecho de hombros — he doesn't have very broad shoulders

9) [tema] about

un libro de biología — a biology book, a book on o about biology

hablaba de política — he was talking about politics

no sé nada de él — I don't know anything about him

una clase de francés — a French class

10) [uso]

máquina de coser — sewing machine

goma de mascar — chewing gum

11) [cantidad, medida, valor]

un chico de quince años — a fifteen-year-old boy

un viaje de dos días — a two-day journey

un embarazo de siete meses — a seven-month pregnancy

una moneda de 5 pesos — a 5-peso coin

tiene un metro de alto — it's a metre high

12) [con horas y fechas]

a las siete de la mañana — at seven o'clock in the morning, at seven a.m.

son las dos de la tarde — it's two o'clock in the afternoon, it's two p.m.

muy de mañana — very early in the morning

el 3 de mayo — 3 May ( leído May the third {o}2} the third of May)

13) [tiempo]

de día — during the day(time)

de noche — at night

de niño — as a child

de mayor voy a ser médico — when I grow up I'm going to be a doctor

14) [proporción]

tres de cada cuatro — three out of every four

15) [uso partitivo] of

uno de nosotros — one of us

comió un poco de pastel — she ate a bit of cake

¡había una de gente! — * there were loads of people there! *

16) [autoría] by

un libro de Cela — a book by Cela, a book of Cela's

las películas de Almodóvar — Almodóvar's films

17) [como complemento agente] by

fue amado de todos — he was loved by all

el rey entró seguido de su séquito — the king entered, followed by his entourage

tiene dos hijos de su primera mujer — he has two children by his first wife

18) [en aposición a sustantivos o adjetivos]

el bueno/pobre de Pedro — good/poor old Pedro

el imbécil de Fernández — that idiot Fernández

es un encanto de persona — he's a lovely person

19) [en comparaciones] than

es más difícil de lo que creía — it's more difficult than I thought

más/menos de siete — more/less than seven

más de 500 personas — more than o over 500 people

20) [con superlativos] in

el peor alumno de la clase — the worst pupil in the class

el más caro de la tienda/mundo — the most expensive in the shop/world

es el coche más caro del mercado — it's the dearest car on the market

21) + infin

un problema fácil de resolver — an easily solved problem

un libro agradable de leer — a nice book to read
ser de ({+ infin}8})
es de admirar su lealtad — his loyalty is admirable

es de esperar que recibamos una pronta respuesta — it is to be hoped that we receive a prompt reply

sería de desear que actualizaran su información — it would be desirable for them to update their information

22) [dependiente de formas verbales]

la acusaban de hipócrita — they accused her of being a hypocrite

colmar de elogios a algn — to shower praise on sb

se dio cuenta de que lo sabía — she realized (that) she knew it

de esto se deduce que... — from this it can be deduced that...

disfrutar de la vida — to enjoy life

¿qué esperabas de él? — what did you expect from him?

limpiar algo de polvo — to dust sth

llenar algo de algo — to fill sth with sth

se sirvió de sus amigos para salir de un mal trago — he turned to his friends to help him through a difficult patch

trabaja de camarero — he works as a waiter

lo uso de despensa — I use it as a pantry

vestido de azul — dressed in blue

23) [uso condicional] if

de ser posible — if possible

de haberlo sabido no habría venido — if I had known, I wouldn't have come

de resultar esto así — if this turns out to be true

de no ser así — if it were not so, were it not so

de no — LAm (=si no) otherwise

* * *
I
preposición

Sentido I

1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)

la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house

el rey de Francia — the king of France

el cumpleaños de Luis — Luis's birthday

no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs

su padre de usted — (frml) your father

es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family

un estudiante de quinto año — a fifth-year student

la correa del perro — the dog's leash

un avión de Mexair — a Mexair plane

la tapa de la cacerola — the saucepan lid

las calles de la capital — the streets of the capital

la subida de los precios — the rise in prices

al término de la reunión — at the end of the meeting

2)

a) ( introduciendo un nombre en aposición) of

la ciudad de Lima — the city of Lima

el aeropuerto de Barajas — Barajas airport

el mes de enero — the month of January

b) ( con apellidos)

[de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena

los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz

las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)

c) ( en exclamaciones)

pobre de él! — poor him!

ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)

Sentido II

3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) from

volvía del banco — I was on my way back from the bank

es de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá

una carta de Julia — a letter from Julia

lo saqué de la biblioteca — I got it out of the library

lo recogió del suelo — she picked it up off the floor

un hijo de su primera mujer — a son by his first wife

al salir de la tienda — as he left the store

un amigo de la infancia — a childhood friend

la literatura de ese período — the literature of o from that period

de un día para otro — from one day to the next

de... a... — from... to...

de aquí a tu casa — from here to your house

de nueve a cinco — it's open from nine to five

4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)

son de plástico — they're (made of) plastic

una mesa de caoba — a mahogany table

una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

un curso de secretariado — a secretarial course

un vaso de agua — a glass of water

una colección de sellos — a stamp collection

un millón de dólares — a million dollars

5) (expresando causa, modo)

murió de viejo — he died of old age

verde de envidia — green with envy

estaba ronco de tanto gritar — he was hoarse from shouting so much

temblando de miedo — trembling with fear

de memoria — by heart

lo tumbó de un golpe — he knocked him down with one blow

de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time

de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one

Sentido III

6)

a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)

es de una paciencia increíble — he is incredibly patient

objetos de mucho valor — objects of great value

¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?

tiene cara de aburrido — he looks bored

tienes cosas de niño — sometimes you act like a child

una botella de un litro — a liter bottle

un niño de tres meses — a three-month-old child

la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat

un hombre de pelo largo — a man with long hair

b) ( refiriéndose a una etapa en la vida) as

de niño — as a o when he was a child

7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)

el cepillo de la ropa — the clothes brush

copas de vino — wine glasses

ropa de cama — bed clothes

dales algo de comer — give them something to eat

¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?

8)

a) (al definir, especificar)

el botón de abajo — the bottom button

el vecino de al lado — the next-door neighbor

es muy bonita de cara — she has a pretty face

¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?

tiene dos metros de ancho — it's two meters wide

es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce

b) ( sentido partitivo) of

¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?

se llevó uno de los míos — she took one of mine

el mayor de los Soto — the eldest of the Soto children

9) ( con sentido ponderativo)

lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!

qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!

10)

a) ( con cifras)

el número de estudiantes es de 480 — there are 480 students

pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) than

cuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100

pesa menos de un kilo — it weighs less than o under a kilo

un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29

c) ( con un superlativo)

es el más caro de todos — it's the most expensive one

la ciudad más grande del mundo — the biggest city in the world

11) ( refiriéndose a una parte del día)

duerme de día y trabaja de noche — she sleeps during the day and works at night

salieron de madrugada — they left very early in the morning

12) ( en calidad de) as

trabaja de secretaria — she works as a secretary

hace de rey en la obra — he plays (the part of) a king in the play

13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)

de mal humor — in a bad mood

estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party

14) ( en oraciones pasivas) by

una novela de Goytisolo — a novel by Goytisolo

una casa rodeada de árboles — a house surrounded by trees

Sentido IV

15) ( con sentido condicional)

a)

de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered

b)

ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)

es de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...

es de destacar su actuación — her performance is worthy of note
II
femenino: name of the letter d

* * *

= across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.

Ex. This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.

Ex. The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.

Ex. These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.

Ex. Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.

Ex. However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.

Ex. From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.

Ex. The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.

----

* abogado de oficio = legal aid.

* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.

* alabanza de boquilla = lip service.

* alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.

* autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].

* cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.

* comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.

* de... a = through.

* de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.

* de abolengo = well-born.

* de abordo = in-flight.

* de absorción = absorptive.

* de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.

* de acceso público = publicly accessible.

* de acceso rápido = fast-access.

* de acceso restringido = closed access.

* de acción = action-centered.

* de acompañante = in tow.

* de actitud = attitudinal.

* de actuación = for action.

* de actualidad = topical.

* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.

* de acuerdo a = according to.

* de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.

* de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.

* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.

* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.

* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.

* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.

* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.

* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.

* de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.

* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de adaptación = adaptive.

* de †frica = African.

* de Africa occidental = West African.

* de agua = water-based.

* de aguas profundas = deep-sea.

* de ahí = therefrom.

* de ahí que = hence.

* de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.

* de Alaska = Alaskan.

* de Albania = Albanian.

* de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].

* de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].

* de alcohol = spirit-based.

* de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.

* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.

* de alguna otra forma = in any other way.

* de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.

* de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.

* de algún modo u otro = of some sort.

* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.

* de algún tipo = of some description.

* de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.

* de alta alcurnia = well-born.

* de alta cuna = well-born.

* de alta densidad = high-density.

* de alta energía = high energy.

* de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.

* de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.

* de alta potencia = high power.

* de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.

* de alta productividad = high-performance.

* de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.

* de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.

* de alta tensión = heavy-current.

* de alta velocidad = high-speed.

* de alto abolengo = well-born.

* de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.

* de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.

* de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.

* de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.

* de alto voltaje = high-voltage.

* de altura = high, top-notch.

* de altura regulable = height-adjustable.

* de aluvión = alluvial.

* de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].

* de amplio alcance = broad in scope.

* de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.

* de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.

* de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].

* de antigua generación = low-end.

* de antiguo = from time immemorial.

* de apariencia = cosmetic.

* de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.

* de aplicación específica = special-purpose.

* de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.

* de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.

* de apoyo = enabling, supportive.

* de aprovechamiento = exploitative.

* de aquel entonces = of that day.

* de aquí para allá = back and forth.

* de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.

* de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.

* de archivo = archival, archive.

* de armas tomar = redoubtable.

* de arranque = bootable.

* de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.

* de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.

* de asesoramiento = consultative.

* de aspecto = looking.

* de aspecto antiguo = old-face.

* de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.

* de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.

* de aspecto digno = dignified.

* de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.

* de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.

* de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.

* de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.

* de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.

* de aspecto solemne = dignified.

* de atención básica = preattentive.

* de atención primaria = preattentive.

* de atrás = rear.

* de atrás para adelante = back and forth.

* de aupa = royal.

* de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.

* de autogestión = self-managing.

* de autoprotección = self-protective.

* de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.

* de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].

* de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].

* de baja ralea = ignoble.

* de bajísima calidad = shoddy.

* de bajo consumo = low energy.

* de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.

* de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.

* de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.

* de bajo precio = low-priced.

* de bajo riesgo = low-risk.

* de balde = for free.

* de barrio = neighbourhood-based.

* de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].

* de bienvenida = salutatory.

* de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.

* de bodas = bridal.

* de Boole = Boolean.

* de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.

* de broma = humorously, teasingly.

* de bronce = brass.

* de buena calidad = good-quality.

* de buena disposición = good-natured.

* de buena fama = of good repute.

* de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.

* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.

* de buena reputación = of good repute.

* de buenas = on good terms.

* de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.

* de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].

* de buena voluntad = in good faith.

* de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.

* de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.

* de buen gusto = tasteful.

* de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.

* de buenos modales = well-mannered.

* de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].

* de buen ver = good looking.

* de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.

* de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.

* de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de cachondeo = teasingly.

* de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].

* de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.

* de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.

* de cajón = no-brainer.

* de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.

* de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.

* de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.

* de camino = on the way, while we're at it.

* de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.

* de campo = free-range.

* de campos fijos = fixed-field.

* de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].

* de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.

* de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.

* de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.

* de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.

* de carácter = in character.

* de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.

* de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].

* de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.

* de castigo = punitive.

* de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.

* de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.

* de cerámica = ceramic.

* de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.

* de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.

* de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.

* de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].

* de cinco días de duración = five-day.

* de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].

* de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.

* de civil = in plain clothes.

* de clasificación = classificatory.

* de clausura = cloistered.

* de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.

* de cobre = cupric.

* de cojones = badass.

* de colegas = collegial, buddying.

* de Colombia = Colombian.

* de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.

* de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.

* de color de bronce = brassy.

* de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].

* de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].

* de colorines = brightly coloured.

* de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.

* de color rojo = red-coloured.

* de color rosa = rose-coloured.

* de color verde botella = bottle green.

* de color verde oscuro = bottle green.

* de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.

* de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.

* de cómo = as to how.

* de compañeros = collegial.

* de complicidad = knowing.

* de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].

* de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.

* de conceptos = concept-based.

* de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.

* de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].

* de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.

* de confirmación = confirmatory.

* de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.

* de conformidad con eso = accordingly.

* de conífera = coniferous.

* de construcción básica = brick and frame.

* de construcción sólida = solidly-built.

* de consulta fácil = scannable.

* de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.

* de consumo = consumptive.

* de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.

* de contrabando = bootleg.

* de contrapunto = contrapuntal.

* de Corea = Korean.

* de Corea del Sur = South Korean.

* de corral = free-range.

* de corta duración = short term [short-term].

* de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.

* de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].

* de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.

* de coste cero = zero-cost.

* de costumbre = usual, usually.

* de creación = authorial.

* de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.

* de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.

* de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.

* de cría intensiva = battery-caged.

* de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.

* de Crimea = Crimean.

* de cristal = glass.

* de crucial importancia = crucially important.

* de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.

* de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.

* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].

* de cualquier modo = however, either way.

* de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.

* de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.

* de cuatro días de duración = four-day.

* de cuatro estrellas = four-star.

* de Cuba = Cuban.

* de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.

* de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.

* de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.

* de densidad doble = double-density.

* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.

* de derechas = right-wing.

* de derecho = de jure [iure].

* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.

* de desarrollo = developmental.

* de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.

* de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.

* de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.

* de desconexión = cut-off.

* de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.

* de desecho = discarded.

* de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].

* de desguace = written-off.

* de despedida = valedictory.

* de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.

* de día a día = from day to day.

* de diámetro = in diameter.

* de diario = everyday.

* de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.

* de diesel = diesel-powered.

* de diferente modo = differently.

* de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].

* de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].

* de difícil solución = intractable.

* de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.

* de dirección = directorial, administrative.

* de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.

* de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.

* de doble filo = double-edged.

* de doble hoja = double-hinged.

* de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.

* de doble uso = dual-use.

* de dolor = in pain.

* de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].

* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.

* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.

* de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.

* de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].

* de dos en dos = two at a time.

* de dos letras = two-letter.

* de dos niveles = two-tier.

* de dos páginas = two-page.

* de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].

* de dos patas = two-legged.

* de dos piernas = two-legged.

* de dos pies = two-legged.

* de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].

* de dos tonalidades = bitonal.

* de dos tonos = bitonal.

* de dos volúmenes = two-volume.

* de duelo = in mourning.

* de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].

* de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.

* de edad = elderly.

* de edad avanzada = over the hill.

* de edad escolar = school-age.

* de edad mediana = middle-aged.

* de edad universitaria = college-age.

* de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.

* de ello = thereof, therefrom.

* de ellos = theirs.

* de embalsamar = embalming.

* de emisor a receptor = downstream.

* de encaje = lacy.

* de enmienda = amendatory.

* de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.

* de entonces = of the day.

* de entreguerras = interwar.

* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.

* de entretenimiento = recreational.

* de envergadura = heavy lifting.

* de época = vintage.

* de epopeya = epic.

* de esa época = of the period.

* de escándalo = outrageous.

* de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.

* de eso = thereof.

* de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.

* de especial importancia = of particular note.

* de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.

* de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.

* de espíritu libre = free-spirited.

* de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.

* de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.

* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.

* de Estonia = Estonian.

* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.

* de estructura de acero = steel-framed.

* de estructura de madera = timber-framed.

* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.

* de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.

* de evaluación = evaluative.

* de éxito = successful.

* de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].

* de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].

* de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].

* de expansión = expanded.

* de explotación = exploitative.

* de extensión = in length.

* de extensión normal = standard-length.

* de extremada urgencia = serious.

* de fabricación casera = homemade.

* de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.

* de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.

* de fácil manejo = liftable.

* de facto = de facto.

* de fama = of note.

* de fama internacional = of international renown.

* de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.

* de felpa = plush.

* de fiar = legit.

* de fichas = card-based.

* de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.

* de final de año = end-year.

* de final de mes = end-of-the-month.

* de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.

* de fin de año = end of the year.

* de fin de milenio = millennial.

* de forma = in form.

* de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.

* de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.

* de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.

* de forma alternativa = alternatively.

* de forma anónima = anonymously.

* de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.

* de forma apreciable = markedly.

* de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma audible = audibly.

* de forma autónoma = autonomously.

* de forma caprichosa = capriciously.

* de formación = formative.

* de forma clara = clearly.

* de forma cognitiva = cognitively.

* de forma colegiada = collegially.

* de forma combinada = in combination.

* de forma competitiva = competitively.

* de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.

* de forma completa = in full.

* de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.

* de forma concisa = concisely.

* de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.

* de forma considerable = considerably.

* de forma continuada = continuously.

* de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.

* de forma deductiva = deductively.

* de forma desastrosa = disastrously.

* de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.

* de forma diferente = differently shaped.

* de forma digital = digitally.

* de forma divertida = funnily.

* de forma económica = cost-effectively.

* de forma errática = erratically.

* de forma escandalosa = outrageously.

* de forma especulativa = speculatively.

* de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.

* de forma exquisita = exquisitely.

* de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.

* de forma federal = federally.

* de forma general = widely, bulk.

* de forma global = holistically.

* de forma graciosa = funnily.

* de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma grotesca = grotesquely.

* de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].

* de forma heurística = heuristically.

* de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.

* de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.

* de forma indirecta = circuitous route.

* de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.

* de forma innata = innately.

* de forma irregular = erratically.

* de forma lamentable = miserably.

* de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.

* de forma mágica = magically.

* de forma mecánica = mechanically.

* de forma mordaz = pungently.

* de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.

* de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.

* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.

* de forma negativa = in a negative light.

* de forma neutral = neutrally.

* de forma notoria = markedly.

* de forma opcional = optionally.

* de forma óptima = optimally.

* de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.

* de forma poco ética = unethically.

* de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.

* de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.

* de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.

* de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.

* de forma práctica = pragmatically.

* de forma precisa = precisely.

* de forma provocativa = provocatively.

* de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.

* de forma que = in ways that.

* de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.

* de forma rara = oddly, funnily.

* de forma recíproca = reciprocally.

* de forma rentable = cost-effectively.

* de forma residual = residually.

* de forma ridícula = grotesquely.

* de forma saludable = healthily.

* de forma sana = healthily.

* de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.

* de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.

* de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.

* de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.

* de forma sublime = subliminally.

* de forma suscinta = in brief.

* de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.

* de forma tosca = in crude form.

* de forma trágica = tragically.

* de fotograma completo = full-frame.

* de fotograma doble = half-frame.

* de frente = head-on, frontal.

* de fuera = outside, off-side.

* de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.

* de fuerza = forceful.

* de funcionamiento = operating, operational.

* de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.

* de gala = gala.

* de Galileo = Galilean.

* de Gambia = Gambian.

* de gas = gas-powered.

* de generación a generación = from generation to generation.

* de generación en generación = from generation to generation.

* de geofísica = geophysical.

* de gestión = managerial, back-office.

* de gestión del museo = curatorial.

* de Glasgow = Glaswegian.

* de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.

* de grado básico = junior grade.

* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de gran belleza = scenic.

* de gran calibre = high-calibre.

* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.

* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.

* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* de gran corazón = big-hearted.

* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.

* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.

* de gran formato = oversized, oversize.

* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].

* de gran influencia = seminal.

* de granja = free-range.

* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.

* de gran lujo = top-class.

* de gran potencia = high-powered.

* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.

* de gran talento = talented.

* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.

* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.

* de gran venta = high selling.

* de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.

* de guasa = teasingly.

* de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.

* de habla alemana = German-speaking.

* de habla francesa = French-speaking.

* de habla inglesa = English-speaking.

* de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.

* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.

* de hierbas = herbal.

* de hierro = iron, ferric.

* de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.

* de hoja caduca = deciduous.

* de hoja perenne = evergreen.

* de hojas largas = long-leaved.

* de Homero = Homeric.

* de hongos = fungal.

* de horticultura = horticultural.

* de hoy = present-day.

* de hoy día = of today.

* de hoy en adelante = as from today.

* de hoy en día = of today.

* de huelga = striking.

* de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].

* de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.

* de ideas afines = like-minded.

* de igual a igual = as a peer.

* de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.

* de igual longitud = of equal length.

* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).

* de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.

* de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).

* de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.

* de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.

* de imitación = copycat.

* de importancia = of note, of consequence.

* de importancia creciente = of growing importance.

* de importancia crucial = crucially important.

* de importancia fundamental = critically important.

* de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.

* de incalculable valor = priceless.

* de incógnito = incognito.

* de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.

* de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].

* de inmediato = immediately.

* de inspiración = inspirational.

* de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.

* de intereses similares = of like interest.

* de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.

* de interés humano = human interest.

* de interés periodístico = newsworthy.

* de investigación = exploratory.

* de isótopos = isotopic.

* de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.

* de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].

* de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.

* de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.

* de Kenia = Kenyan.

* de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].

* de la adolescencia = teenage.

* de la alcaldía = mayoral.

* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.

* de la cara = facial.

* de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.

* de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.

* de la cóclea = cochlear.

* de la columna vertebral = spinal.

* de la comedia = comedic.

* de la corteza = crustal, cortical.

* de la cría de aves = avicultural.

* de la duramadre = dural.

* de la edad media = dark-age.

* de la embajada = ambassadorial.

* de la época = of the time(s), of the day.

* de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.

* de la época victoriana = Victorian.

* de la espina dorsal = spinal.

* de la extensión de un libro = book-length.

* de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.

* de la forma más difícil = the hard way.

* de la forma más fácil = the easy way .

* de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.

* de la fóvea = foveal.

* de la gama alta = high-end.

* de la gama baja = low-end.

* de la gama inferior = low-end.

* de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].

* de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].

* de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].

* de la malaria = malarial.

* de la mama = mammary.

* de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.

* de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.

* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.

* de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.

* de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.

* de la marina = marine.

* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili.

* * *
I
preposición

Sentido I

1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)

la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house

el rey de Francia — the king of France

el cumpleaños de Luis — Luis's birthday

no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs

su padre de usted — (frml) your father

es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family

un estudiante de quinto año — a fifth-year student

la correa del perro — the dog's leash

un avión de Mexair — a Mexair plane

la tapa de la cacerola — the saucepan lid

las calles de la capital — the streets of the capital

la subida de los precios — the rise in prices

al término de la reunión — at the end of the meeting

2)

a) ( introduciendo un nombre en aposición) of

la ciudad de Lima — the city of Lima

el aeropuerto de Barajas — Barajas airport

el mes de enero — the month of January

b) ( con apellidos)

[de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena

los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz

las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)

c) ( en exclamaciones)

pobre de él! — poor him!

ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)

Sentido II

3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) from

volvía del banco — I was on my way back from the bank

es de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá

una carta de Julia — a letter from Julia

lo saqué de la biblioteca — I got it out of the library

lo recogió del suelo — she picked it up off the floor

un hijo de su primera mujer — a son by his first wife

al salir de la tienda — as he left the store

un amigo de la infancia — a childhood friend

la literatura de ese período — the literature of o from that period

de un día para otro — from one day to the next

de... a... — from... to...

de aquí a tu casa — from here to your house

de nueve a cinco — it's open from nine to five

4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)

son de plástico — they're (made of) plastic

una mesa de caoba — a mahogany table

una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

un curso de secretariado — a secretarial course

un vaso de agua — a glass of water

una colección de sellos — a stamp collection

un millón de dólares — a million dollars

5) (expresando causa, modo)

murió de viejo — he died of old age

verde de envidia — green with envy

estaba ronco de tanto gritar — he was hoarse from shouting so much

temblando de miedo — trembling with fear

de memoria — by heart

lo tumbó de un golpe — he knocked him down with one blow

de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time

de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one

Sentido III

6)

a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)

es de una paciencia increíble — he is incredibly patient

objetos de mucho valor — objects of great value

¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?

tiene cara de aburrido — he looks bored

tienes cosas de niño — sometimes you act like a child

una botella de un litro — a liter bottle

un niño de tres meses — a three-month-old child

la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat

un hombre de pelo largo — a man with long hair

b) ( refiriéndose a una etapa en la vida) as

de niño — as a o when he was a child

7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)

el cepillo de la ropa — the clothes brush

copas de vino — wine glasses

ropa de cama — bed clothes

dales algo de comer — give them something to eat

¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?

8)

a) (al definir, especificar)

el botón de abajo — the bottom button

el vecino de al lado — the next-door neighbor

es muy bonita de cara — she has a pretty face

¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?

tiene dos metros de ancho — it's two meters wide

es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce

b) ( sentido partitivo) of

¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?

se llevó uno de los míos — she took one of mine

el mayor de los Soto — the eldest of the Soto children

9) ( con sentido ponderativo)

lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!

qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!

10)

a) ( con cifras)

el número de estudiantes es de 480 — there are 480 students

pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) than

cuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100

pesa menos de un kilo — it weighs less than o under a kilo

un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29

c) ( con un superlativo)

es el más caro de todos — it's the most expensive one

la ciudad más grande del mundo — the biggest city in the world

11) ( refiriéndose a una parte del día)

duerme de día y trabaja de noche — she sleeps during the day and works at night

salieron de madrugada — they left very early in the morning

12) ( en calidad de) as

trabaja de secretaria — she works as a secretary

hace de rey en la obra — he plays (the part of) a king in the play

13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)

de mal humor — in a bad mood

estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party

14) ( en oraciones pasivas) by

una novela de Goytisolo — a novel by Goytisolo

una casa rodeada de árboles — a house surrounded by trees

Sentido IV

15) ( con sentido condicional)

a)

de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered

b)

ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)

es de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...

es de destacar su actuación — her performance is worthy of note
II
femenino: name of the letter d

* * *

= across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.

Ex: This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.

Ex: The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.

Ex: These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.

Ex: Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.

Ex: However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.

Ex: From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.

Ex: The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.

* abogado de oficio = legal aid.

* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.

* alabanza de boquilla = lip service.

* alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.

* autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].

* cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.

* comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.

* de... a = through.

* de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.

* de abolengo = well-born.

* de abordo = in-flight.

* de absorción = absorptive.

* de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.

* de acceso público = publicly accessible.

* de acceso rápido = fast-access.

* de acceso restringido = closed access.

* de acción = action-centered.

* de acompañante = in tow.

* de actitud = attitudinal.

* de actuación = for action.

* de actualidad = topical.

* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.

* de acuerdo a = according to.

* de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.

* de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.

* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.

* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.

* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.

* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.

* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.

* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.

* de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.

* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de adaptación = adaptive.

* de frica = African.

* de Africa occidental = West African.

* de agua = water-based.

* de aguas profundas = deep-sea.

* de ahí = therefrom.

* de ahí que = hence.

* de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.

* de Alaska = Alaskan.

* de Albania = Albanian.

* de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].

* de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].

* de alcohol = spirit-based.

* de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.

* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.

* de alguna otra forma = in any other way.

* de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.

* de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.

* de algún modo u otro = of some sort.

* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.

* de algún tipo = of some description.

* de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.

* de alta alcurnia = well-born.

* de alta cuna = well-born.

* de alta densidad = high-density.

* de alta energía = high energy.

* de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.

* de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.

* de alta potencia = high power.

* de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.

* de alta productividad = high-performance.

* de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.

* de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.

* de alta tensión = heavy-current.

* de alta velocidad = high-speed.

* de alto abolengo = well-born.

* de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.

* de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.

* de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.

* de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.

* de alto voltaje = high-voltage.

* de altura = high, top-notch.

* de altura regulable = height-adjustable.

* de aluvión = alluvial.

* de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].

* de amplio alcance = broad in scope.

* de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.

* de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.

* de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].

* de antigua generación = low-end.

* de antiguo = from time immemorial.

* de apariencia = cosmetic.

* de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.

* de aplicación específica = special-purpose.

* de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.

* de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.

* de apoyo = enabling, supportive.

* de aprovechamiento = exploitative.

* de aquel entonces = of that day.

* de aquí para allá = back and forth.

* de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.

* de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.

* de archivo = archival, archive.

* de armas tomar = redoubtable.

* de arranque = bootable.

* de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.

* de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.

* de asesoramiento = consultative.

* de aspecto = looking.

* de aspecto antiguo = old-face.

* de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.

* de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.

* de aspecto digno = dignified.

* de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.

* de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.

* de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.

* de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.

* de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.

* de aspecto solemne = dignified.

* de atención básica = preattentive.

* de atención primaria = preattentive.

* de atrás = rear.

* de atrás para adelante = back and forth.

* de aupa = royal.

* de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.

* de autogestión = self-managing.

* de autoprotección = self-protective.

* de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.

* de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].

* de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].

* de baja ralea = ignoble.

* de bajísima calidad = shoddy.

* de bajo consumo = low energy.

* de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.

* de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.

* de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.

* de bajo precio = low-priced.

* de bajo riesgo = low-risk.

* de balde = for free.

* de barrio = neighbourhood-based.

* de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].

* de bienvenida = salutatory.

* de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.

* de bodas = bridal.

* de Boole = Boolean.

* de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.

* de broma = humorously, teasingly.

* de bronce = brass.

* de buena calidad = good-quality.

* de buena disposición = good-natured.

* de buena fama = of good repute.

* de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.

* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.

* de buena reputación = of good repute.

* de buenas = on good terms.

* de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.

* de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].

* de buena voluntad = in good faith.

* de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.

* de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.

* de buen gusto = tasteful.

* de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.

* de buenos modales = well-mannered.

* de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].

* de buen ver = good looking.

* de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.

* de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.

* de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de cachondeo = teasingly.

* de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].

* de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.

* de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.

* de cajón = no-brainer.

* de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.

* de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.

* de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.

* de camino = on the way, while we're at it.

* de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.

* de campo = free-range.

* de campos fijos = fixed-field.

* de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].

* de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.

* de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.

* de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.

* de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.

* de carácter = in character.

* de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.

* de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].

* de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.

* de castigo = punitive.

* de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.

* de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.

* de cerámica = ceramic.

* de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.

* de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.

* de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.

* de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].

* de cinco días de duración = five-day.

* de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].

* de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.

* de civil = in plain clothes.

* de clasificación = classificatory.

* de clausura = cloistered.

* de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.

* de cobre = cupric.

* de cojones = badass.

* de colegas = collegial, buddying.

* de Colombia = Colombian.

* de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.

* de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.

* de color de bronce = brassy.

* de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].

* de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].

* de colorines = brightly coloured.

* de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.

* de color rojo = red-coloured.

* de color rosa = rose-coloured.

* de color verde botella = bottle green.

* de color verde oscuro = bottle green.

* de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.

* de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.

* de cómo = as to how.

* de compañeros = collegial.

* de complicidad = knowing.

* de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].

* de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.

* de conceptos = concept-based.

* de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.

* de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].

* de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.

* de confirmación = confirmatory.

* de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.

* de conformidad con eso = accordingly.

* de conífera = coniferous.

* de construcción básica = brick and frame.

* de construcción sólida = solidly-built.

* de consulta fácil = scannable.

* de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.

* de consumo = consumptive.

* de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.

* de contrabando = bootleg.

* de contrapunto = contrapuntal.

* de Corea = Korean.

* de Corea del Sur = South Korean.

* de corral = free-range.

* de corta duración = short term [short-term].

* de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.

* de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].

* de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.

* de coste cero = zero-cost.

* de costumbre = usual, usually.

* de creación = authorial.

* de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.

* de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.

* de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.

* de cría intensiva = battery-caged.

* de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.

* de Crimea = Crimean.

* de cristal = glass.

* de crucial importancia = crucially important.

* de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.

* de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.

* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].

* de cualquier modo = however, either way.

* de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.

* de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.

* de cuatro días de duración = four-day.

* de cuatro estrellas = four-star.

* de Cuba = Cuban.

* de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.

* de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.

* de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.

* de densidad doble = double-density.

* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.

* de derechas = right-wing.

* de derecho = de jure [iure].

* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.

* de desarrollo = developmental.

* de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.

* de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.

* de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.

* de desconexión = cut-off.

* de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.

* de desecho = discarded.

* de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].

* de desguace = written-off.

* de despedida = valedictory.

* de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.

* de día a día = from day to day.

* de diámetro = in diameter.

* de diario = everyday.

* de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.

* de diesel = diesel-powered.

* de diferente modo = differently.

* de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].

* de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].

* de difícil solución = intractable.

* de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.

* de dirección = directorial, administrative.

* de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.

* de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.

* de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.

* de doble filo = double-edged.

* de doble hoja = double-hinged.

* de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.

* de doble uso = dual-use.

* de dolor = in pain.

* de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].

* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.

* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.

* de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.

* de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].

* de dos en dos = two at a time.

* de dos letras = two-letter.

* de dos niveles = two-tier.

* de dos páginas = two-page.

* de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].

* de dos patas = two-legged.

* de dos piernas = two-legged.

* de dos pies = two-legged.

* de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].

* de dos tonalidades = bitonal.

* de dos tonos = bitonal.

* de dos volúmenes = two-volume.

* de duelo = in mourning.

* de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].

* de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.

* de edad = elderly.

* de edad avanzada = over the hill.

* de edad escolar = school-age.

* de edad mediana = middle-aged.

* de edad universitaria = college-age.

* de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.

* de ello = thereof, therefrom.

* de ellos = theirs.

* de embalsamar = embalming.

* de emisor a receptor = downstream.

* de encaje = lacy.

* de enmienda = amendatory.

* de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.

* de entonces = of the day.

* de entreguerras = interwar.

* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.

* de entretenimiento = recreational.

* de envergadura = heavy lifting.

* de época = vintage.

* de epopeya = epic.

* de esa época = of the period.

* de escándalo = outrageous.

* de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.

* de eso = thereof.

* de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.

* de especial importancia = of particular note.

* de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.

* de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.

* de espíritu libre = free-spirited.

* de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.

* de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.

* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.

* de Estonia = Estonian.

* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.

* de estructura de acero = steel-framed.

* de estructura de madera = timber-framed.

* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.

* de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.

* de evaluación = evaluative.

* de éxito = successful.

* de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].

* de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].

* de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].

* de expansión = expanded.

* de explotación = exploitative.

* de extensión = in length.

* de extensión normal = standard-length.

* de extremada urgencia = serious.

* de fabricación casera = homemade.

* de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.

* de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.

* de fácil manejo = liftable.

* de facto = de facto.

* de fama = of note.

* de fama internacional = of international renown.

* de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.

* de felpa = plush.

* de fiar = legit.

* de fichas = card-based.

* de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.

* de final de año = end-year.

* de final de mes = end-of-the-month.

* de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.

* de fin de año = end of the year.

* de fin de milenio = millennial.

* de forma = in form.

* de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.

* de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.

* de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.

* de forma alternativa = alternatively.

* de forma anónima = anonymously.

* de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.

* de forma apreciable = markedly.

* de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.

* de forma audible = audibly.

* de forma autónoma = autonomously.

* de forma caprichosa = capriciously.

* de formación = formative.

* de forma clara = clearly.

* de forma cognitiva = cognitively.

* de forma colegiada = collegially.

* de forma combinada = in combination.

* de forma competitiva = competitively.

* de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.

* de forma completa = in full.

* de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.

* de forma concisa = concisely.

* de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.

* de forma considerable = considerably.

* de forma continuada = continuously.

* de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.

* de forma deductiva = deductively.

* de forma desastrosa = disastrously.

* de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.

* de forma diferente = differently shaped.

* de forma digital = digitally.

* de forma divertida = funnily.

* de forma económica = cost-effectively.

* de forma errática = erratically.

* de forma escandalosa = outrageously.

* de forma especulativa = speculatively.

* de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.

* de forma exquisita = exquisitely.

* de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.

* de forma federal = federally.

* de forma general = widely, bulk.

* de forma global = holistically.

* de forma graciosa = funnily.

* de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.

* de forma grotesca = grotesquely.

* de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].

* de forma heurística = heuristically.

* de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.

* de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.

* de forma indirecta = circuitous route.

* de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.

* de forma innata = innately.

* de forma irregular = erratically.

* de forma lamentable = miserably.

* de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.

* de forma mágica = magically.

* de forma mecánica = mechanically.

* de forma mordaz = pungently.

* de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.

* de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.

* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.

* de forma negativa = in a negative light.

* de forma neutral = neutrally.

* de forma notoria = markedly.

* de forma opcional = optionally.

* de forma óptima = optimally.

* de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.

* de forma poco ética = unethically.

* de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.

* de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.

* de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.

* de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.

* de forma práctica = pragmatically.

* de forma precisa = precisely.

* de forma provocativa = provocatively.

* de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.

* de forma que = in ways that.

* de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.

* de forma rara = oddly, funnily.

* de forma recíproca = reciprocally.

* de forma rentable = cost-effectively.

* de forma residual = residually.

* de forma ridícula = grotesquely.

* de forma saludable = healthily.

* de forma sana = healthily.

* de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.

* de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.

* de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.

* de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.

* de forma sublime = subliminally.

* de forma suscinta = in brief.

* de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.

* de forma tosca = in crude form.

* de forma trágica = tragically.

* de fotograma completo = full-frame.

* de fotograma doble = half-frame.

* de frente = head-on, frontal.

* de fuera = outside, off-side.

* de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.

* de fuerza = forceful.

* de funcionamiento = operating, operational.

* de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.

* de gala = gala.

* de Galileo = Galilean.

* de Gambia = Gambian.

* de gas = gas-powered.

* de generación a generación = from generation to generation.

* de generación en generación = from generation to generation.

* de geofísica = geophysical.

* de gestión = managerial, back-office.

* de gestión del museo = curatorial.

* de Glasgow = Glaswegian.

* de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.

* de grado básico = junior grade.

* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de gran belleza = scenic.

* de gran calibre = high-calibre.

* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.

* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.

* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* de gran corazón = big-hearted.

* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.

* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.

* de gran formato = oversized, oversize.

* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].

* de gran influencia = seminal.

* de granja = free-range.

* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.

* de gran lujo = top-class.

* de gran potencia = high-powered.

* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.

* de gran talento = talented.

* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.

* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.

* de gran venta = high selling.

* de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.

* de guasa = teasingly.

* de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.

* de habla alemana = German-speaking.

* de habla francesa = French-speaking.

* de habla inglesa = English-speaking.

* de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.

* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.

* de hierbas = herbal.

* de hierro = iron, ferric.

* de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.

* de hoja caduca = deciduous.

* de hoja perenne = evergreen.

* de hojas largas = long-leaved.

* de Homero = Homeric.

* de hongos = fungal.

* de horticultura = horticultural.

* de hoy = present-day.

* de hoy día = of today.

* de hoy en adelante = as from today.

* de hoy en día = of today.

* de huelga = striking.

* de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].

* de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.

* de ideas afines = like-minded.

* de igual a igual = as a peer.

* de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.

* de igual longitud = of equal length.

* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).

* de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.

* de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).

* de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.

* de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.

* de imitación = copycat.

* de importancia = of note, of consequence.

* de importancia creciente = of growing importance.

* de importancia crucial = crucially important.

* de importancia fundamental = critically important.

* de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.

* de incalculable valor = priceless.

* de incógnito = incognito.

* de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.

* de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].

* de inmediato = immediately.

* de inspiración = inspirational.

* de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.

* de intereses similares = of like interest.

* de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.

* de interés humano = human interest.

* de interés periodístico = newsworthy.

* de investigación = exploratory.

* de isótopos = isotopic.

* de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.

* de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].

* de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.

* de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.

* de Kenia = Kenyan.

* de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].

* de la adolescencia = teenage.

* de la alcaldía = mayoral.

* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.

* de la cara = facial.

* de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.

* de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.

* de la cóclea = cochlear.

* de la columna vertebral = spinal.

* de la comedia = comedic.

* de la corteza = crustal, cortical.

* de la cría de aves = avicultural.

* de la duramadre = dural.

* de la edad media = dark-age.

* de la embajada = ambassadorial.

* de la época = of the time(s), of the day.

* de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.

* de la época victoriana = Victorian.

* de la espina dorsal = spinal.

* de la extensión de un libro = book-length.

* de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.

* de la forma más difícil = the hard way.

* de la forma más fácil = the easy way.

* de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.

* de la fóvea = foveal.

* de la gama alta = high-end.

* de la gama baja = low-end.

* de la gama inferior = low-end.

* de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].

* de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].

* de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].

* de la malaria = malarial.

* de la mama = mammary.

* de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.

* de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.

* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.

* de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.

* de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.

* de la marina = marine.

* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili

* * *

de¹

prep

[ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

Sentido I

A

(en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión): la casa de mi hermano/de mis padres/de la actriz my brother's/my parents'/the actress's house

el rey de Francia the king of France

el cumpleaños de Luis Luis's birthday

el cumpleaños de la esposa de un compañero a colleague's wife's birthday, the birthday of the wife of one of my colleagues

no es de él/de ella/de ellos it isn't his/hers/theirs

su padre de usted ( frml); your father

un amigo de mi hijo a friend of my son's

es un amigo de la familia he's a friend of the family o a family friend

un estudiante de quinto año a fifth-year student

el nieto de los Arteaga the Arteagas' grandson

la mesa de la cocina the kitchen table

la correa del perro the dog's leash

un avión de Mexair a Mexair plane

la tapa de la cacerola the saucepan lid

las calles de la capital the streets of the capital, the capital's streets

la subida de los precios the rise in prices

al término de la reunión at the end of the meeting

B

1 (introduciendo un nombre en aposición) of

la ciudad de Lima the city of Lima

el aeropuerto de Barajas Barajas airport

el mes de enero the month of January

el imbécil de tu hermano that stupid brother of yours, your stupid brother

el bueno de Ricardo le aguanta cualquier cosa Ricardo is so good, he puts up with anything from her

2

(en exclamaciones): ¡pobre de él! poor him!

¡triste de quien no conozca ese sentimiento! ( liter); pity the person who has never experienced that feeling! ( liter)

C

(con apellidos): Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena ≈ Mrs Mónica Arocena

los señores de Rucabado ( frml); Mr and Mrs Rucabado

las señoritas de Paz ( frml); the Misses Paz ( frml) [de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

D

( Arg crit) (a casa de): voy del médico I'm going to the doctor's

Sentido II

A

1

(expresando procedencia, origen): volvía de clase/del banco I was on my way back from my class/from the bank

es de Bogotá she's from Bogotá, she comes from Bogotá

lo saqué de la biblioteca I got it out of the library

lo recogió del suelo she picked it up off the floor

mis amigos de América my American friends, my friends from America

he recibido carta de Julia I've had a letter from Julia

un hijo de su primera mujer a son by his first wife

al salir de la tienda as he left the store

DE … A …:

de aquí a tu casa from here to your house

2 (en el tiempo) from

un amigo de la infancia a childhood friend

data del siglo XVII it dates from the 17th century

la literatura de ese período the literature of o from that period

lo conozco de cuando estuve en Rosales I know him from when I was in Rosales

de un día para otro from one day to the next

DE … A …:

está abierto de nueve a cinco it's open from nine to five o between nine and five

de aquí a que termine tenemos para rato it'll be a while yet before he finishes, he won't be finished for a while yet

B

(expresando causa): murió de viejo he died of old age

verde de envidia green with envy

estaba ronco de tanto gritar he was hoarse from shouting so much

eso es de comer tan poco that's what comes from o of eating so little

Sentido III

A

(introduciendo cualidades, características): es de una paciencia increíble he is incredibly patient, he is a man of incredible patience

un chiste de muy mal gusto a joke in very bad taste

objetos de mucho valor objects of great value

un pez de agua dulce a freshwater fish

¿de qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?

tiene cara de aburrido he looks bored

ese gesto es muy de su madre that gesture is very reminiscent of his mother

tienes cosas de niño malcriado sometimes you act like a spoiled child

una botella de un litro a liter bottle

un niño de tres meses a three-month-old child

déme de las de 200 pesos el kilo give me some of those o some of the ones at 200 pesos a kilo

la chica del abrigo rojo the girl with o in the red coat

la señora de azul the lady in blue

un hombre de pelo largo a man with long hair

un anciano de bastón an old man with a stick [de is part of many compounds like cinturón de seguridad, hombre de negocios, válvula de escape, etc ]

B

(al especificar material, contenido, composición): una mesa de caoba a mahogany table

una inyección de morfina an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

el complemento ideal de todo plato de pescado the ideal complement to any fish dish

son de plástico they're (made of) plastic

un curso de secretariado a secretarial course

nos sirvió una copa de champán she gave us a glass of champagne

una colección de sellos a stamp collection, a collection of stamps

un millón de dólares a million dollars

C

(con sentido ponderativo): ¡lo encontré de viejo …! he seemed so old!

¡qué de coches! ( fam); what a lot of cars!

D

(al definir, especificar): tuvo la suerte de conseguirlo she was lucky enough to get it

aprieta el botón de abajo press the bottom button

E

1

(con cifras): el número de estudiantes es de 480 the number of students is 480, there are 480 students

pagan un interés del 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

2 (en comparaciones de cantidad) than

cuesta más de £100 it costs more than o over £100

pesa menos de un kilo it weighs less than o under a kilo

un número mayor/menor de 29 a number over/under 29

3

(en expresiones de modo): lo tumbó de un golpe he knocked him down with one blow

subió los escalones de dos en dos he went up the stairs two at a time

de a poco (CS); little by little, gradually

4

(CS): de a cuatro/ocho/diez: colócalos de a dos/cuatro put them in twos/fours

entraron de a uno they went in one by one o one at a time [de is part of many expressions entered under frente² m A 2. (↑ frente (2)), improviso, prisa etc]

F (en calidad de) as

está de profesor en una academia he's working as a teacher in a private school

le ofrecieron un puesto de redactor they offered him a job as an editor

hace de enanito en la obra he plays (the part of) a dwarf in the play

le habló de hombre a hombre he talked to him man to man

G

1

(limitando lo expresado a determinado aspecto): es muy bonita de cara she has a pretty face

es corto de talle/ancho de hombros he's short-waisted/broad-shouldered

es sorda de un oído she's deaf in one ear

¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? how are we doing for time?

tiene dos metros de ancho it's two meters wide

2

(refiriéndose a una etapa de la vida): de niño as a child, when he was a child

H

(en expresiones de estado, actividad): estaba de mal humor she was in a bad mood

estamos de limpieza general we're spring-cleaning [de is part of many expressions entered under juerga, picnic, obra etc]

I

(indicando uso, destino, finalidad): el cepillo de la ropa the clothes brush

el trapo de limpiar la plata the cloth for cleaning the silver

lo sirvió en copas de champán he served it in champagne glasses

dales algo de comer give them something to eat

¿qué hay de postre? what's for dessert? [de is part of many compounds like cuchara de servir, máquina de coser, saco de dormir, etc]

J (introduciendo el complemento agente) by

una novela de Goytisolo a novel by Goytisolo, a Goytisolo novel

seguidos del resto de la familia followed by the rest of the family

una casa rodeada de árboles a house surrounded by trees

viene acompañado de arroz it is served with rice

acompañado de su señora esposa ( frml); accompanied by his wife

Sentido IV

A

1 (sentido partitivo) of

¿quién de ustedes fue? which (one) of you was it?

se llevó uno de los míos she took one of mine

el mayor de los Rodríguez the eldest of the Rodríguez children

un cigarrillo de ésos que apestan one of those cigarettes that stink

2

(con un superlativo): eligió el más caro de todos she chose the most expensive one of all

la ciudad más grande del mundo the biggest city in the world

B

(refiriéndose a una parte del día): a las once de la mañana/de la noche at eleven in the morning/at night

duerme de día y trabaja de noche she sleeps during the day and works at night

salieron de madrugada they left very early in the morning

ver tb mañana³ f A. (↑ mañana (3)), tarde² (↑ tarde (2)), etc

Sentido V (con sentido condicional)

A DE + INF:

de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known, I would have come earlier o had I known, I would have come earlier

de no ser así no será considerada otherwise it will not be considered

de continuar este estado de cosas if this state of affairs persists

B SER DE + INF

(expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad): es de esperar que … it is to be hoped that …, one hopes that …

no son de fiar they are not to be trusted

es de destacar la actuación de Marta Valverde Marta Valverde's performance is worthy of note

C

de no ( AmL); if not

de²

feminine

name of the letter D

* * *

Del verbo dar: ( conjugate dar)

dé es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
dar
de
dé
dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( entregar) to give;

◊ dale las llaves a Pedro give the keys to Pedro;

déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
b) ‹cartas/mano› to give

2
a) (donar, regalar) ‹sangre/limosna› to give;

◊ me dio su reloj she gave me her watch

b) ( proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give;

‹información/idea› to give
3
a) (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

b) ( aplicar) ‹mano de pintura/barniz› to give

c) ‹sedante/masaje› to give

4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;
◊ el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday;

nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
5
a) (expresar, decir) ‹parecer/opinón› to give;

◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;

dales saludos give/send them my regards;
tuve que déle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
b) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;

◊ el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

1
a) ( producir) ‹fruto/flor› to bear;

‹ dividendos› to pay;
◊ un negocio que da mucho dinero a business which makes a lot of money

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):

◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;

venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
‹ problemas› to cause;
◊ dé trabajo to be hard work;

el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;
◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);

¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
2
a) ‹fiesta/conferencia› to give;

‹baile/banquete› to hold;
‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
b) (CS) ‹ examen› to take o (BrE) sit;

ver tb clase 4
( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;
◊ dé un paso atrás to take a step back;

dame un beso give me a kiss;
ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
( considerar) dé algo/a algn por algo:
◊ lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead;

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
verbo intransitivo
1
◊ dar a [ puerta] to give onto, open onto;

[ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
[fachada/frente] to face
2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dé para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;
◊ no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time;

dé de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
3 ( arrojar un resultado):
◊ el análisis le dio positivo her test was positive;

¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
4 ( importar):
◊ da lo mismo it doesn't matter;

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
me da igual I don't mind
5 ( en naipes) to deal
1
a) (pegar, golpear): déle a algn to hit sb;

( como castigo) to smack sb;
◊ dale al balón kick the ball;

el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post
b) ( acertar) to hit;

◊ dé en el blanco to hit the target

2 (accionar, mover) déle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
3
◊ dar con ( encontrar) ‹ persona› to find;

‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
‹ palabra› to come up with
4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) déle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;
◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …

5 [sol/luz]:
◊ aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here;

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
darse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se le dan los idiomas she's good at languages

a) ( refl) ( realizar lo que se indica) ‹ducha/banquete› to have;

◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;

dárselas de listo to act smart
b) (golpearse, pegarse):

◊ se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer;

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
se dio dé un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
( considerarse) dése por algo:
◊ con eso me déía por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that;

ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
de 1 preposición
1
a) (pertenencia, posesión):

◊ la casa dé dé mis padres my parents' house;

el rey dé Francia the king of France;
no es dé él it isn't his;
es un amigo dé mi hijo he's a friend of my son's;
un estudiante dé quinto año a fifth-year student;
la tapa dé la cacerola the saucepan lid;
un avión dé Mexair a Mexair plane
b) ( con un nombre en aposición) of;

◊ la ciudad dé Lima the city of Lima;

el aeropuerto dé Barajas Barajas airport;
el mes dé enero the month of January
2
a) (procedencia, origen, tiempo) from;

◊ es dé Bogotá she's/she comes from Bogotá;

una carta dé Julia a letter from Julia;
un amigo dé la infancia a childhood friend;
la literatura dé ese período the literature of o from that period;
dé aquí a tu casa from here to your house
b) (material, contenido, composición):

◊ son dé plástico they're (made of) plastic;

una mesa dé caoba a mahogany table;
un vaso dé agua a glass of water;
un millón dé dólares a million dollars
c) (causa, modo):

◊ murió dé viejo he died of old age;

dé tanto gritar from shouting so much;
verde dé envidia green with envy;
temblando dé miedo trembling with fear;
dé memoria by heart;
lo tumbó dé un golpe he knocked him down with one blow
d) ( en oraciones pasivas) by;

◊ un poema dé Neruda a poem by Neruda;

rodeada dé árboles surrounded by trees
3
a) (cualidades, características):

◊ de gran inteligencia of great intelligence;

objetos dé mucho valor objects of great value;
¿dé qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?;
tiene cara dé aburrido he looks bored;
una botella dé un litro a liter bottle;
la chica dé azul the girl in blue
b) (al definir, especificar):

◊ el botón dé abajo the bottom button;

tiene dos metros dé ancho it's two meters wide;
es fácil de pronunciar it's easy to pronounce;
uno dé los míos one of mine;
el mayor dé los Soto the eldest of the Soto children
4
a) ( con cifras):

◊ pagan un interés dél 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) than;

◊ más dé £100 more than o over £100;

pesa menos dé un kilo it weighs less than o under a kilo;
un número mayor/menor dé 29 a number over/under 29
c) ( con un superlativo):

◊ es el más caro dé todos it's the most expensive one;

la ciudad más grande dél mundo the biggest city in the world
d) ( refiriéndose a una parte del día):

◊ dé día/noche during the day/at night;

dé madrugada early in the morning
5
a) ( en calidad de) as;

◊ trabaja dé secretaria she works as a secretary;

hace dé rey en la obra he plays (the part of) a king in the play
b) (en expresiones de estado, actividad):

◊ dé mal humor in a bad mood;

estamos dé fiesta we're having a party
c) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad):

◊ el cepillo dé la ropa the clothes brush;

copas dé vino wine glasses;
ropa dé cama bed clothes;
dales algo dé comer give them something to eat;
¿qué hay dé postre? what's for dessert?
6 ( con sentido condicional):
◊ dé haberlo sabido if I had known, had I known;

dé no ser así otherwise
de 2 sustantivo femenino: name of the letter d
dé see
◊ dar

dar
I verbo transitivo
1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
(un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
dar las gracias, to thank
4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
(fruto, flores) to bear
(beneficio, interés) to give, yield
7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
(un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
(impartir clases) to teach
(recibir una clase) to have
US to take
10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
(del gas, agua) to turn on
13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
(un masaje, medicamento) to give
15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
dar un paseo, to go for a walk
dar una voz, to give a shout
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
(una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
dar que hablar, to set people talking
dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
de preposición
1 (pertenencia, posesión) of
la dirección de mis padres, my parents' address
el teclado de este ordenador, this computer's keyboard
la primera página del libro, the first page of the book
2 (material) of: está hecho de madera, it's made of wood
una pajarita de papel, a paper bird
(contenido) un vaso de vino, a glass of wine
3 (asunto) about, on: sabe mucho de economía, she knows a lot about economics
un curso de inglés, an English course
un libro de arte, a book on art
4 (oficio) as: está/trabaja de enfermera, she is working as a nurse
5 (cualidad) una persona de carácter, a person with character
una rubia de pelo largo, a blonde with long hair
6 (procedencia) from: es de Bilbao, he is o comes from Bilbao
de Madrid a Cáceres, from Madrid to Cáceres
7 (parte) un poco de leche, a little milk
un trozo de carne, a piece of meat
8 (causa) with, because of
llorar de alegría, to cry with joy
morir de hambre, to die of hunger
9 (modo) lo bebió de un trago, she downed it in one
un gesto de satisfacción, an expression of satisfaction
10 (localización) el señor de la camisa azul, the man in the blue shirt
la casa de la esquina, the house on the corner
11 (tiempo) a las cinco de la mañana, at five in the morning
de año en año, year in year out
de día, by day
de noche, at night
de miércoles a viernes, from Wednesday to Friday
de pequeño, as a child
12 (finalidad) jornada de reflexión, eve of polling day
libro de consulta, reference book
máquina de escribir, typewriter
13 (instrumento) derribó la puerta de una patada, he kicked the door down
lo mataron de una puñalada, he was stabbed to death
14 (comparación) el discurso fue más largo de lo esperado, the speech was longer than expected
(con superlativo) in
el coche más caro del mundo, the most expensive car in the world
15 (precio) for
un pantalón de dos mil pesetas, a pair of trousers costing two thousand pesetas 16 una avenida de quince kilómetros, an avenue fifteen kilometres long
una botella de litro, a litre bottle
17 (condicional) de haberlo sabido no le hubiera invitado, if I had known I wouldn't have invited him
de no ser así, if that wasn't o weren't the case
de ser cierto, if it was o were true
18 (reiteración) de puerta en puerta, from door to door
de tres en tres, in threes o three at a time

'dé' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- a. C.
- a.m.
- abajo
- abanderada
- abanderado
- abandonar
- abandonarse
- abandono
- abanico
- abarrotar
- abarrotada
- abarrotado
- abarrotería
- abastecer
- abastecerse
- abastecimiento
- abasto
- abatir
- abatimiento
- abatirse
- abdicar
- abertura
- abierta
- abierto
- abismo
- ablandar
- abogar
- abogacía
- abogada
- abogado
- abominar
- abominable
- abono
- abortar
- abrir
- abridor
- abrigo
- abrupta
- abrupto
- absoluta
- absolutamente
- absoluto
- abstenerse
- abstención
- abstinencia
- abstraerse
- abuelo
- abuhardillada
- abuhardillado
English:
A
- A-level
- a.m.
- AA
- abandon
- ABC
- ability
- ablaze
- aboard
- about
- about-face
- about-turn
- above
- abreast
- abroad
- abrupt
- absence
- absent
- absolve
- absorb
- abstain
- abstract
- abundance
- abuse
- AC
- accepted
- access road
- accident
- accidental
- acclaim
- accommodate
- accommodation
- accomplished
- accomplishment
- accordance
- account
- account for
- accountable
- accumulation
- accuracy
- accurate
- accurately
- accuse
- accused
- accusingly
- accustom
- ache
- Achilles heel
- aching
- acid test

* * *

de prep de combines with the article el to form the contraction del (e.g. del hombre of the man).

1. [posesión, pertenencia] of;

el automóvil de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' car;

es de ella it's hers;

la maleta es de Eva the suitcase is Eva's o belongs to Eva;

el padre de la niña the girl's father;

el director de la empresa the manager of the company, the company's manager;

la boda o [m5] el casamiento de un amigo de mi hermano the wedding of a friend of my brother's, a friend of my brother's wedding;

un equipo de segunda división a second division team;

la comida del gato the cat's food;

el título de la novela the novel's title, the title of the novel;

la pata de la mesa the table leg;

una subida de precios a price rise;

los señores de Navarro Mr and Mrs Navarro

2. [procedencia, distancia] from;

salir de casa to leave home;

soy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbao;

no soy de aquí I'm not from round here;

de la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 metres from the beach to the apartment;

estamos a 10 kilómetros de Buenos Aires we're 10 kilometres away from Buenos Aires;

el rey de España the king of Spain;

tuvo dos hijos de su primera esposa he had two children by his first wife;

b de Barcelona [deletreando] b for Barcelona

3. [en razonamiento]
de su sonrisa se deduce que todo ha ido bien you can tell from o by her smile that it all went well;

del resultado del experimento concluyo que la fórmula no funciona I infer from the result of the experiment that the formula doesn't work

4. [con nombre en aposición]
la ciudad de Caracas the city of Caracas;

el túnel del Canal the Channel Tunnel;

el signo de tauro the sign of Taurus;

el puerto de Cartagena the port of Cartagena

5. [en descripciones]
una película de terror a horror movie o Br film;

la señora de verde the lady in green;

el chico de la coleta the boy with the ponytail;

una actriz de veinte años a twenty-year-old actress;

¿de qué tamaño? what size?;

un político de fiar a trustworthy politician

6. [materia] (made) of;

un vaso de plástico a plastic cup;

un reloj de oro a gold watch;

una mesa de madera a wooden table

7. [contenido]
un vaso de agua a glass of water;

un plato de lentejas a plate of lentils

8. [precio]
he comprado las peras de 80 céntimos el kilo I bought the pears that were 80 cents a kilo;

un sello de 50 céntimos a 50-cent stamp

9. [uso]
una bici de carreras a racing bike;

ropa de deporte sportswear;

una máquina de escribir a typewriter;

una máquina de coser a sewing machine;

esta sartén es la del pescado y ésta la de las tortillas this frying pan's for fish and this one's for omelettes

10. [asunto] about;

hablábamos de ti we were talking about you;

libros de historia history books

11. [en calidad de] as;

trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman;

aparece de cosaco he appears as a Cossack, he plays a Cossack;

estás muy guapa de uniforme you look very pretty in uniform;

al desfile de carnaval iré de Napoleón I'll go as Napoleon in the carnival parade

12. [tiempo] [desde] from;
[durante] in;
trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to five;

vivió en Bolivia de 1975 a 1983 she lived in Bolivia between 1975 and 1983, she lived in Bolivia from 1975 to 1983;

de madrugada early in the morning;

a las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoon;

trabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day;

es de día it's daytime;

de niño solía jugar en la calle as a child I used to play in the street;

¿qué quieres ser de mayor? what do you want to be when you grow up?;

un compañero del colegio a friend from school;
Urug
de mañana/tarde in the morning/afternoon;
Urug
de noche at night;
Urug
ayer salimos de noche we went out last night

13. [causa] with;

morirse de hambre to die of hunger;

llorar de alegría to cry with joy;

temblar de miedo to tremble with fear;

eso es de fumar tanto that's what comes from smoking so much

14. [manera, modo] with;

de una patada with a kick;

rompió el cristal de una pedrada he shattered the window with a stone;

de una sola vez in one go;

lo bebió de un trago he drank it down in one go;

de tres en tres/cuatro en cuatro/ etc[m5]. three/four/ etc at a time;
CSur
de a tres/cuatro/ etc[m5]. in threes/fours/ etc;

de fácil manejo user-friendly;

ponerse de rodillas to kneel down

15. [con valor partitivo] of;

uno de los nuestros one of ours;

varios de nosotros several of us;

¿quién de vosotros sabe la respuesta? which of you knows the answer?

16. Literario [sobre]
de la paz y la guerra of war and peace

17. [en valoración]
lo tacharon de vulgar they branded him as vulgar, they accused him of being vulgar

18. [en lugar de]
yo de ti no lo haría I wouldn't do it if I were you;

yo de Eduardo le pediría perdón if I were Eduardo, I'd say sorry to her

19. [en comparaciones]
más/menos de… more/less than…;
[con superlativos]
el mejor de todos the best of all;

el más importante del mundo the most important in the world;

la peor película del año the worst film this year o of the year;

la impresora más moderna del mercado the most up-to-date printer on the market

20. (antes de infinitivo) [condición] if;

de querer ayudarme, lo haría if she wanted to help me, she'd do it;

de no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it;

de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sunday

21. (después de adjetivo y antes de sustantivo) [enfatiza cualidad]
el idiota de tu hermano your stupid brother;

la buena de Susana good old Susana;

¡pobre de mí! poor me!

22. (después de adjetivo y antes de infinitivo)
es difícil de creer it's hard to believe;

una velada imposible de olvidar an unforgettable evening

23. (después del verbo “haber”) [obligación]
he de trabajar más I have to work harder;

has de gastar menos you should spend less

24. (antes de complemento agente)
una película de Buñuel a film by Buñuel, a Buñuel film;

vino acompañado de su familia he was accompanied by his family

25. (antes de adverbio de lugar)
el apartamento de abajo the downstairs Br flat o US apartment;

la fila de delante the front row

♦ de no loc conj
Am otherwise;
dime la verdad, de no te castigaré tell me the truth, otherwise I'm going to punish you

* * *

de

prp

1 origen from;

de Nueva York from New York;

de … a from … to

2 posesión of;

el coche de mi amigo my friend’s car

3 material (made) of;

un anillo de oro a gold ring

4 contenido of;

un vaso de agua a glass of water

5 cualidad

:

una mujer de 20 años a 20 year old woman

6 causa with;

temblaba de miedo she was shaking with fear

7 hora

:

de noche at night, by night;

de día by day

8 en calidad de as;

trabajar de albañil work as a bricklayer;

de niño as a child

9 agente by;

de Goya by Goya

10 condición if;

de haberlo sabido if I’d known

11 en aposición

:

la ciudad de Lima the city of Lima

* * *

de prep

1) : of

la casa de Pepe: Pepe's house

un niño de tres años: a three-year-old boy

2) : from

es de Managua: she's from Managua

salió del edificio: he left the building

3) : in, at

a las tres de la mañana: at three in the morning

salen de noche: they go out at night

4) : than

más de tres: more than three

dé dar

* * *

de prep

1. (posesión de alguien) 's

el coche de Alberto Alberto's car

los gatos de Emma Emma's cats

la profesora de Marta Marta's teacher

es de mi hermano it's my brother's

2. (posesión de algo) of

la ciudad de Roma the city of Rome

el mes de noviembre the month of November

el teléfono del colegio the school phone

los árboles del jardín the trees in the garden

3. (materia)

un balón de cuero a leather ball

muebles de madera wooden furniture

un vaso de plástico a plastic cup

4. (contenido) of

una botella de agua a bottle of water

un paquete de arroz a packet of rice

un vaso de leche a glass of milk

5. (materia, tema)

profesor de inglés English teacher

novela de aventuras adventure story

película de terror horror film

6. (origen, procedencia) from

es de Asturias he's from Asturias

esta carretera va de Salamanca a Zamora this road goes from Salamanca to Zamora

7. (descripción) with / in

la chica del pelo largo the girl with long hair

el hombre de negro the man in black

un chico de doce años a twelve year old boy

8. (agente) by

un libro de Rosa Montero a book by Rosa Montero

9. (con expresiones de tiempo)

es la una de la tarde it's one o'clock in the afternoon

el tren de las diez the ten o'clock train

abren de nueve a siete they open from nine until seven

nunca viajamos de noche we never travel at night

de niño when I was a child

10. (con números, una parte) than / of

había más de mil personas there were more than a thousand people

pesa menos de 5 kilos it weighs less than 5 kilos

un trozo de pan a piece of bread

Spanish-English dictionary > de
9 guardar

v.

1 to keep.

guarda el vestido en el armario she keeps the dress in the wardrobe

¡guarda los juguetes! put your toys away!

guardo muy buenos recuerdos de mi infancia I have very good memories of my childhood

Manolo guarda las fotos Manolo keeps the pictures.

La beata guarda el día santo The pious woman keeps the holy day.

2 to save.

guarda un poco de pastel para tu hermano leave o save a bit of cake for your brother

3 to keep watch over.

4 to observe (observar) (ley, norma, fiesta).

guardar cama to stay in bed

guardar silencio to keep quiet

guardar las apariencias to keep up appearances

5 to save (computing).

6 to put away, to store, to tuck away.

Ricardo guardó los juguetes Richard put away the toys.

7 to shut in.

Ricardo guardó el licor Richard shut the liquor in.

8 to guard, to watch over.

La policía guarda el edificio The police guards the building.

* * *

guardar

► verbo transitivo

1 (cuidar) to keep, watch over, keep an eye on

■ el pastor guarda su rebaño the shepherd watches over his flock

2 (conservar) to keep, hold

■ guardo muy buenos recuerdos de la infancia I have very fond memories of my childhood

■ guardo pocas esperanzas de que vuelva I hold out little hope that he will return

3 (la ley) to observe, obey; (un secreto) to keep

4 (poner en un sitio) to put away

■ guárdate el dinero put your money away

■ guárdatelo en el bolsillo put it in your pocket

5 (reservar) to save, keep

■ le guardaron el mejor sitio they saved the best seat for him

6 (proteger) to protect, save

■ ¡Dios salve al rey! God save the King!

7 INFORMÁTICA to save

8 guardarse de (precaverse, evitar) to guard against, avoid, be careful not to

■ te guardarás muy bien de revelar nuestro secreto be very careful not to reveal our secret

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

guardar cola to queue up, US wait in line

guardar conexión con to be connected with

guardar la derecha to keep to the right

guardar las formas to be polite

guardar parecido con to be similar to

guardar relación con to be related to

guardar rencor to harbour resentment (a, against)

guardársela a alguien figurado to have it in for somebody

* * *

verb

1) to guard

2) keep

3) preserve

4) maintain

5) observe

•

- guardarse de

* * *

1. VT

1) [+ objetos]

a) (=meter) [en un lugar] to put; [en su sitio] to put away

lo guardó en el bolsillo — he put it in his pocket

no sé dónde he guardado el bolso — I don't know where I've put the bag

si no vas a jugar más, guarda los juguetes — if you're not going to play any more, put the toys away

guardó los documentos en el cajón — he put the documents away in the drawer

b) (=conservar) to keep

guardaba el dinero en una caja de seguridad — she kept the money in a safe

no tira nunca nada, todo lo guarda — he never throws anything away, he hangs on to o keeps everything

guarda tú las entradas del concierto — you hold on to o keep the concert tickets

el grano que se guarda en el almacén — the grain that is stored in the warehouse

guardar algo para sí — to keep sth for o.s.

c) (=reservar) to save

guardo los sellos para mi hermano — I save the stamps for my brother

te guardaré un poco de tarta para cuando vengas — I'll save o keep you a bit of cake for when you come

guárdame un par de entradas — hold o save me a couple of tickets, put aside a couple of tickets for me

guárdame un asiento — keep me a place

¿puedes guardarme el sitio en la cola? — can you keep my place in the queue?

puedo guardarle la habitación solo hasta mañana — I can only keep o hold the room for you till tomorrow

d) (Inform) [+ archivo] to save

2) (=mantener) [+ promesa, secreto] to keep; [+ recuerdo] to have

guardo muy buenos recuerdos de esa época — I have fond memories of that time

• guardar el anonimato — to remain anonymous

• guardar las apariencias — to keep up appearances

• guardar la calma — [en crisis, desastre] to keep calm; [ante una provocación] to remain composed

• guardar las distancias — to keep one's distance

• guardar las formas — to keep up appearances

• guardar la línea — (=mantenerla) to keep one's figure; (=cuidarla) to watch one's figure

• guardar en secreto — [+ objeto, documento] to keep in secret, keep secretly; [+ actividad, información] to keep secret
cama 1), silencio 1., 1)
3) (=tener) [+ relación] to bear; [+ semejanza] to have

su teoría guarda cierto paralelismo con la de Freud — his theory has a certain parallel with that of Freud

4) (=sentir) [+ rencor] to bear, have; [+ respeto] to have, show

no le guardo rencor — I have no ill feeling towards him, I bear him no resentment

los jóvenes de hoy no guardan ningún respeto a sus mayores — young people today have o show no respect for their elders

5) (=cumplir) [+ ley] to observe

guardar los Diez Mandamientos — to follow the Ten Commandments

6) (=cuidar) to guard

un mastín guardaba la entrada — a mastiff guarded the entrance

los soldados del rey guardan la fortaleza — the king's soldiers are guarding the fortress

• guardar a algn de algo — to protect sb from sth

• ¡ Dios guarde a la Reina! — God save the Queen!

¡Dios os guarde! — †† may God be with you!

2.

VI

¡guarda! — Arg, Chile * look out!, watch out!

3.

See:

guardarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1) ( reservar) to save

guárdale un trozo — save him a slice

guarda esa botella para Navidad — keep o save that bottle for Christmas

2)

a) ( poner en un lugar) <juguetes/libros> to put... away

ya guardé toda la ropa de invierno — I've already put away all my winter clothes

b) (conservar, mantener en un lugar) to keep

lo guardó durante años — she kept it for years

los tengo guardados en el desván — I've got them stored away in the attic

3) (liter) (defender, proteger)

la muralla que guarda el castillo — the walls which defend o protect the castle

los perros guardaban la entrada — the dogs were guarding the entrance

Dios guarde al rey — God save the King

4) < secreto> to keep

no le guardo ningún rencor — I don't feel any resentment toward(s) him

guardo muy buenos recuerdos de él — I have very good memories of him

5)

a) (mostrar, manifestar)

hay que guardar la debida compostura en la Iglesia — you must show proper respect when in church

guardar las apariencias — to keep up appearances

b) <leyes/fiestas> to observe
2.
guardarse v pron

1) ( quedarse con) to keep

2) ( reservar) to save, keep

3) ( poner en un lugar)

se guardó el cheque en el bolsillo — he put the check (away) in his pocket

4) ( cuidarse)

guardarse de + inf — to be careful not to + inf

* * *

= file, house, keep, save, store, store away, guard (against), pack up, lodge, stand + guard over, squirrel away, put away, stow, stash, have in + store, pack, stash away, cache.

Ex. File boxes can be used and filed on shelves, if appropriate, interfiled with the books.

Ex. The shared systems are run on an IBM 4341 computer housed at BLCMP.

Ex. Guard book or scrapbook type arrangement, with possibly a loose-leaf format, is suitable for organising and keeping cuttings, letters and other small items.

Ex. Whenever this code is entered, the system saves the document or list of documents being displayed and displays a summary of the documents saved up to that point.

Ex. The records in a computer data base are structured in order to suit the information that is being stored for various applications.

Ex. This chain will not be processed, but will be stored away for later use.

Ex. The article 'Sealing criminal history records: shall we let the fox guard the henhouse in the name of privacy?' has once again raised the debate on the consequences of allowing press and public to view such data.

Ex. Unless the distance was short, the books travelled in sheets, unbound, packed up in chests or barrels.

Ex. The actual report has been lodged at the British Library but has not been published.

Ex. Librarians are doomed if they are seen by their patrons as standing guard over information and seemingly barring access to it.

Ex. The more which can be digitized, and the more rapidly, the more which then can be squirreled away into atmospherically-controlled & inexpensive archives.

Ex. She took all photos, sorted them out, stuffed them into boxes, and put them away in storage.

Ex. It is a matter of basic safety for everyone on board, before casting off in the morning for that next heavenly anchorage, to see that everything be properly stowed and secured.

Ex. When I went to the little boys/girls room to relieve myself I was suprised to see the amount of loo rolls stashed in the corner.

Ex. The killing was committed in the traditional and extremely gruesome way Islam has in store for women accused of adultery: she was stoned to death.

Ex. After various selection processes, the books are sorted into broad general categories and packed into consignments of up to 5,000 books.

Ex. Almost everybody we know had their treasures or some of their personal items stashed away in an old cigar box.

Ex. Previous studies in which squirrels were provisioned with an abundant supply of food found a reduction in the rate of caching.

----

* ¡el Cielo nos guarde! = heaven forbid.

* acción de guardar documentos = save.

* ¡el Cielo nos guarde! = God forbid.

* fiesta de guardar = holiday of obligation.

* guardar Algo para otra vez = save for + a rainy day.

* guardar bajo llave = keep under + lock and key.

* guardar celosamente = guard + zealously.

* guardar como un tesoro = treasure.

* guardar con mucho cariño = treasure.

* guardar correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).

* guardar en reserva = keep in + reserve, hold in + reserve.

* guardar en secreto = keep + confidential, keep + Nombre + under wraps.

* guardar la compostura = keep + a stiff upper lip.

* guardar las apariencias = preserve + appearance, keep up + appearances.

* guardar las formas = keep up + appearances.

* guardar los resultados de una búsqueda en un fichero = store + search results + in disc file.

* guardar muchas esperanzas = get + Posesivo + hopes up.

* guardar paralelismo = have + parallel.

* guardar relación con = bear + relation to, stand in + relation to, stand in + relationship to, bear + relationship to, be commensurate with.

* guardar rencor = bear + a grudge, harbour + resentment, carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.

* guardar rencor (hacia) = bear + ill will (toward).

* guardar resentimiento = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.

* guardarse = keep for + Reflexivo, be on guard (against).

* guardarse Algo para Uno Mismo = keep + Nombre + to + Reflexivo.

* guardarse de = beware (of/that), be shy of + Gerundio.

* guardárselas a Alguien = hold + it against.

* guardar silencio = keep + silent, keep + silence.

* guardar sorpresas = hold + surprises.

* guardar una búsqueda en disco = save + Posesivo + search + to disc.

* guardar una relación directamente proporcional = vary + proportionately.

* guardar una relación inversamente proporcional = vary + inversely.

* guardar un secreto = keep + a secret.

* hacer guardar silencio = shush.

* no guardar relación con = be incommensurate with.

* porche para guardar el coche = car port.

* que guarde relación con = in keeping with.

* quien guarda, halla = waste not, want not.

* sin guardar una correlación = uncorrelated.

* volver a guardar = rehouse [re-house].

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1) ( reservar) to save

guárdale un trozo — save him a slice

guarda esa botella para Navidad — keep o save that bottle for Christmas

2)

a) ( poner en un lugar) <juguetes/libros> to put... away

ya guardé toda la ropa de invierno — I've already put away all my winter clothes

b) (conservar, mantener en un lugar) to keep

lo guardó durante años — she kept it for years

los tengo guardados en el desván — I've got them stored away in the attic

3) (liter) (defender, proteger)

la muralla que guarda el castillo — the walls which defend o protect the castle

los perros guardaban la entrada — the dogs were guarding the entrance

Dios guarde al rey — God save the King

4) < secreto> to keep

no le guardo ningún rencor — I don't feel any resentment toward(s) him

guardo muy buenos recuerdos de él — I have very good memories of him

5)

a) (mostrar, manifestar)

hay que guardar la debida compostura en la Iglesia — you must show proper respect when in church

guardar las apariencias — to keep up appearances

b) <leyes/fiestas> to observe
2.
guardarse v pron

1) ( quedarse con) to keep

2) ( reservar) to save, keep

3) ( poner en un lugar)

se guardó el cheque en el bolsillo — he put the check (away) in his pocket

4) ( cuidarse)

guardarse de + inf — to be careful not to + inf

* * *

= file, house, keep, save, store, store away, guard (against), pack up, lodge, stand + guard over, squirrel away, put away, stow, stash, have in + store, pack, stash away, cache.

Ex: File boxes can be used and filed on shelves, if appropriate, interfiled with the books.

Ex: The shared systems are run on an IBM 4341 computer housed at BLCMP.

Ex: Guard book or scrapbook type arrangement, with possibly a loose-leaf format, is suitable for organising and keeping cuttings, letters and other small items.

Ex: Whenever this code is entered, the system saves the document or list of documents being displayed and displays a summary of the documents saved up to that point.

Ex: The records in a computer data base are structured in order to suit the information that is being stored for various applications.

Ex: This chain will not be processed, but will be stored away for later use.

Ex: The article 'Sealing criminal history records: shall we let the fox guard the henhouse in the name of privacy?' has once again raised the debate on the consequences of allowing press and public to view such data.

Ex: Unless the distance was short, the books travelled in sheets, unbound, packed up in chests or barrels.

Ex: The actual report has been lodged at the British Library but has not been published.

Ex: Librarians are doomed if they are seen by their patrons as standing guard over information and seemingly barring access to it.

Ex: The more which can be digitized, and the more rapidly, the more which then can be squirreled away into atmospherically-controlled & inexpensive archives.

Ex: She took all photos, sorted them out, stuffed them into boxes, and put them away in storage.

Ex: It is a matter of basic safety for everyone on board, before casting off in the morning for that next heavenly anchorage, to see that everything be properly stowed and secured.

Ex: When I went to the little boys/girls room to relieve myself I was suprised to see the amount of loo rolls stashed in the corner.

Ex: The killing was committed in the traditional and extremely gruesome way Islam has in store for women accused of adultery: she was stoned to death.

Ex: After various selection processes, the books are sorted into broad general categories and packed into consignments of up to 5,000 books.

Ex: Almost everybody we know had their treasures or some of their personal items stashed away in an old cigar box.

Ex: Previous studies in which squirrels were provisioned with an abundant supply of food found a reduction in the rate of caching.

* ¡el Cielo nos guarde! = heaven forbid.

* acción de guardar documentos = save.

* ¡el Cielo nos guarde! = God forbid.

* fiesta de guardar = holiday of obligation.

* guardar Algo para otra vez = save for + a rainy day.

* guardar bajo llave = keep under + lock and key.

* guardar celosamente = guard + zealously.

* guardar como un tesoro = treasure.

* guardar con mucho cariño = treasure.

* guardar correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).

* guardar en reserva = keep in + reserve, hold in + reserve.

* guardar en secreto = keep + confidential, keep + Nombre + under wraps.

* guardar la compostura = keep + a stiff upper lip.

* guardar las apariencias = preserve + appearance, keep up + appearances.

* guardar las formas = keep up + appearances.

* guardar los resultados de una búsqueda en un fichero = store + search results + in disc file.

* guardar muchas esperanzas = get + Posesivo + hopes up.

* guardar paralelismo = have + parallel.

* guardar relación con = bear + relation to, stand in + relation to, stand in + relationship to, bear + relationship to, be commensurate with.

* guardar rencor = bear + a grudge, harbour + resentment, carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.

* guardar rencor (hacia) = bear + ill will (toward).

* guardar resentimiento = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.

* guardarse = keep for + Reflexivo, be on guard (against).

* guardarse Algo para Uno Mismo = keep + Nombre + to + Reflexivo.

* guardarse de = beware (of/that), be shy of + Gerundio.

* guardárselas a Alguien = hold + it against.

* guardar silencio = keep + silent, keep + silence.

* guardar sorpresas = hold + surprises.

* guardar una búsqueda en disco = save + Posesivo + search + to disc.

* guardar una relación directamente proporcional = vary + proportionately.

* guardar una relación inversamente proporcional = vary + inversely.

* guardar un secreto = keep + a secret.

* hacer guardar silencio = shush.

* no guardar relación con = be incommensurate with.

* porche para guardar el coche = car port.

* que guarde relación con = in keeping with.

* quien guarda, halla = waste not, want not.

* sin guardar una correlación = uncorrelated.

* volver a guardar = rehouse [re-house].

* * *

guardar [A1 ]

vt

A

(reservar): guárdale un pedazo de pastel save him a piece of cake

guarda esa botella para Nochevieja keep o save that bottle for New Year's Eve, put that bottle aside for New Year's Eve

guárdame un sitio save me a seat, keep me a place

si pido la excedencia, no me guardan el puesto if I ask for leave of absence, they won't keep o hold my job open for me

B

1 (poner en un lugar) to put … away

guarda los juguetes put your toys away

los guardé en un sitio seguro I put them (away) in a safe place

ya he guardado toda la ropa de invierno I've already put away all my winter clothes

guarda todos los recibos she keeps o ( colloq) hangs on to all her receipts

2 (conservar, mantener en un lugar) to keep

guardo los huevos en la nevera I keep the eggs in the fridge

lo tuvo guardado durante años she kept it for years

los tengo guardados en el desván I've got them stored away o I've got them in the attic

siempre guarda las medicinas bajo llave she always keeps the medicines locked away o under lock and key

los tesoros que guarda el mar ( liter); the treasures which lie hidden beneath the waves ( liter)

C ( liter)

(defender, proteger): la muralla que guarda el castillo the walls which defend o protect the castle

los perros guardaban la entrada a la mansión the dogs were guarding the entrance to the mansion

Dios guarde al rey ( fr hecha); God save the King

Dios guarde a Vd muchos años ( frml); ≈ yours respectfully ( frml), may God preserve you ( arch)

D ‹secreto› to keep

no le guardo ningún rencor I don't bear a grudge against o feel any resentment toward(s) him

guardo muy buenos recuerdos de aquel viaje I have very good memories of that trip

¡ésta se la guardo! ( fam); I'll remember this!, I won't forget this!

E

1

(mostrar, manifestar): le guardaron el debido respeto he was treated with due respect

hay que guardar la debida compostura en la Iglesia you must show proper respect when in church

guardar las apariencias to keep up appearances

2 ‹leyes/fiestas› to observe fiesta

■ guardarse

v pron

A (quedarse con) to keep

guárdate tus consejos keep your advice to yourself

B ( enf) (reservar) to save, keep

C

(poner en un lugar): se guardó el cheque en el bolsillo he put the check (away) in his pocket

guárdatelo bien put it somewhere safe o look after it carefully

D (cuidarse) guardarse DE + INF to be careful not to + INF

se guardó mucho de mostrarles el documento she was very careful not to show them the document

ya te guardarás de contar lo que pasó you'd better not tell anyone o you'd better make sure you don't tell anyone what happened

* * *

guardar ( conjugate guardar) verbo transitivo
1 ( reservar) to save, keep;
◊ guarda algo para después save o keep sth for later

2
a) ( poner en un lugar) ‹juguetes/libros› to put … away;

◊ ya guardé toda la ropa de invierno I've already put away all my winter clothes

b) (conservar, mantener) to keep;

◊ lo guardó durante años she kept it for years;

guardar las apariencias to keep up appearances
c) ‹ secreto› to keep;

‹ rencor› to bear, harbor^{( conjugate harbor)};
◊ guardo muy buenos recuerdos de él I have very good memories of him

guardarse verbo pronominal
1
a) ( quedarse con) to keep

b) ( reservar) to save, keep

2 ( poner en un lugar):
◊ se guardó el cheque en el bolsillo he put the check (away) in his pocket

guardar verbo transitivo
1 (preservar) to keep: ¿puedes guardármelo?, can you look after it for me?
todavía guardo sus cosas, I still keep his things
2 (un secreto, recuerdo) to keep: guardaron silencio, they remained silent
guardemos un minuto de silencio, let's observe a minute's silence
guarden silencio, por favor, be quiet, please
3 (en un sitio) to put away: guarda las tazas en ese armario, put the cups away in that cupboard
4 (reservar) to keep
5 Inform to save
♦ Locuciones: guardar cama, to stay in bed
' guardar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
apariencia
- apartar
- arca
- archivar
- ayuno
- cama
- conservar
- continencia
- forma
- recoger
- rencor
- reposo
- reservar
- rincón
- secreta
- secreto
- callar
- compostura
- dejar
- huevera
- panera
- separar
- silencio
English:
aside
- commensurate
- cookie jar
- counsel
- distance
- file
- hold
- hold against
- house
- keep
- lay up
- leave out
- lock away
- maintain
- observe
- pack away
- pertinent
- reminiscent
- retain
- save
- secret
- set aside
- silent
- skeleton
- stay
- storage space
- store
- stow
- treasure
- wrap
- appearance
- bread
- cake
- convenient
- face
- guard
- hang
- harbor
- holy
- leave
- lock
- mind
- put
- reserve
- set
- storage

* * *

guardar

♦ vt

1. [conservar] to keep;

guarda el vestido en el armario she keeps the dress in the wardrobe;

esta caja guarda documentos muy antiguos this box contains some very old documents;

guardo muy buenos recuerdos de mi infancia I have very good memories of my childhood

2. [poner en su sitio] to put away;

¡guarda los juguetes! put your toys away!

3. [vigilar] to keep watch over;
[proteger] to guard;
guarda un rebaño de ovejas he tends a flock of sheep;

el perro guarda la casa the dog guards the house;

guarda a tu hijo del peligro keep your child away from danger;

¡Dios guarde al rey! God save the King!

4. [mantener] [secreto, promesa] to keep;

guardó su palabra she kept her word;

guardar cama to stay in bed;

guardar silencio to keep quiet;

guardar las apariencias to keep up appearances;
también Fig
guardar las distancias to keep one's distance

5. [reservar, ahorrar] to save (a o para alguien for sb);
¿me guardas un sitio? will you save a place for me?;

guarda un poco de pastel para tu hermano leave o save a bit of cake for your brother;

he guardado parte de la paga para las vacaciones I've put by o saved part of my wages for my Br holidays o US vacation;

el carnicero siempre me guarda la mejor carne the butcher always saves o keeps the best meat for me

6. [observar] [ley, norma, fiesta] to observe

7. Informát to save;

guardar cambios to save changes

♦ See also the pronominal verb guardarse

* * *

guardar

v/t

1 keep;

guardar silencio remain silent, keep silent

2 poner en un lugar put (away)

3 recuerdo have

4 apariencias keep up

5 INFOR save

6

:

guardar cama stay in bed

* * *

guardar vt

1) : to guard

2) : to maintain, to preserve

3) conservar: to put away

4) reservar: to save

5) : to keep (a secret or promise)

♦ See also the reflexive verb guardarse

* * *

guardar vb

1. (en general) to keep [pt. & pp. kept]

todavía guardo la foto en la cartera I still keep the photo in my wallet

¿sabes guardar un secreto? can you keep a secret?

2. (recoger) to put away [pt. & pp. put]

voy a guardar la ropa planchada I'm going to put the ironing away

3. (meter) to put

guardó el billete en el bolsillo he put the note in his pocket

4. (reservar) to save / to keep

lo guardaré para otra ocasión I'll keep it for another time

¿me guardas un sitio? will you save me a seat?

5. (vigilar y proteger) to guard

un perro guarda la casa a dog guards the house

guardar las apariencias to keep up appearances

guardar cama to stay in bed

guardar las distancias to keep your distance

guardar relación con algo to bear relation to something

guardar rencor a alguien to bear somebody a grudge [pt. bore; pp. borne]

guardar silencio to keep quiet

guardarse de hacer algo to be careful not to do something

Spanish-English dictionary > guardar
10 hacer

v.

1 to do (realizar) (estudios, experimento, favor).

¿qué haces? what are you doing?

tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do

estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year

¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?

la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road

Ella hace la tarea She does her work.

2 to make.

hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans

hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/a symphony

hacer una fiesta to have a party

para hacer la carne… to cook the meat…

Ricardo hizo una casita Richard made a little house.

Le hago estudiar I make him study.

Nos hizo un problema He made us a problem (he made a problem for us)

3 to make (obtener) (fotocopia).

4 to do (arreglar) (casa, colada).

5 to build (to build).

han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building

6 to make (movimientos, sonidos, gestos).

le hice señas I signaled to her

hacer ruido to make a noise

el gato hace "miau" cats go "meow"

7 to do (practicar) (en general).

debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport

8 to cause to look or seem (dar aspecto a).

este espejo te hace gordo that mirror makes you look o seem fat

9 to play (Cine & Teatro) (papel).

hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter

10 to think, to reckon.

a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now

11 to be done to.

Se me hizo una injusticia An injustice was done to me.

12 to place.

Haré una llamada a mi hermana I will place a call to my sister.

13 to be made to.

Se nos hizo pagar una gran suma We were made to pay a large amount.

14 to be made for.

Se me hizo una camisa A shirt was made for me.

15 to travel, to make.

Hicimos dos kilómetros We traveled two kilometers.

* * *

HACER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

hago, haces, hace, hacemos, hacéis, hacen.

Past Indicative

hice, hiciste, hizo, hicimos, hicisteis, hicieron.

Future Indicative

haré, harás, hará, haremos, haréis, harán.

Conditional

haría, harías, haría, haríamos, haríais, harían.

Present Subjunctive

haga, hagas, haga, hagamos, hagáis, hagan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

hiciera, hicieras, hiciera, hiciéramos, hicierais, hicieran;

hiciese, hicieses, hiciese, hiciésemos, hicieseis, hiciesen.

Future Subjunctive

hiciere, hicieres, hiciere, hiciéremos, hiciereis, hicieren.

Imperative

haz (tú), haga (él/Vd.), hagamos (nos.), haced (vos.), hagan (ellos/Vds.).

Past Participle

hecho,-a.

* * *

verb

1) to make

2) do

3) be

•

- hace dos años
- hacer falta
- hacerse
* * *
Para las expresiones hacer añicos, hacer gracia, hacerse ilusiones, hacer pedazos, hacerse de rogar, hacer el tonto, hacer las veces de ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) [indicando actividad en general] to do

¿qué haces? — what are you doing?

¿qué haces ahí? — what are you doing there?

no sé qué hacer — I don't know what to do

hace y deshace las cosas a su antojo — she does as she pleases

¡eso no se hace! — that's not done!

no hizo nada por ayudarnos — she didn't do anything to help us

haz todo lo posible por llegar a tiempo — do everything possible to arrive on time

• hacer el [amor] — to make love

• hacer la [guerra] — to wage war

- ¡qué le vamos a hacer!

hacer algo por hacer —

no tiene sentido hacer las cosas por hacerlas — there's no point doing things just for the sake of it

- ¡la hemos hecho buena!

- ya ha hecho otra de las suyas

2) [en lugar de otro verbo] to do

él protestó y yo hice lo mismo — he protested and I did the same

no viene tanto como lo solía hacer — he doesn't come as much as he used to

3) (=crear) [+ coche, escultura, juguete, ropa, pastel] to make; [+ casa] to build; [+ dibujo] to do; [+ novela, sinfonía] to write

hacer dinero — to make money

• le cuesta trabajo hacer [amigos] — he finds it hard to make friends

4) (=realizar) [+ apuesta, discurso, objeción] to make; [+ deporte, deberes] to do; [+ caca, pipí] to do; [+ nudo] to tie; [+ pregunta] to ask; [+ visita] to pay; [+ milagros] to do, work

el gato hizo miau — the cat went miaow, the cat miaowed

el árbol no hace mucha sombra — the tree isn't very shady, the tree doesn't provide a lot of shade

¿me puedes hacer el nudo de la corbata? — could you knot my tie for me?

• hacer un [favor] a algn — to do sb a favour

• hacer un [gesto] — [con la cara] to make {o} pull a face; [con la mano] to make a sign

• hacer un [recado] — to do {o} run an errand

• hacer [ruido] — to make a noise

• hacer [sitio] — to make room

• hacer [tiempo] — to kill time

5) (=preparar) [+ cama, comida] to make

hacer el pelo/las uñas a algn — to do sb's hair/nails

hacer la barba a algn — to trim sb's beard

• hacer las [maletas] — to pack one's bags

6) (=dedicarse a)

¿qué hace tu padre? — what does your father do?

está haciendo turismo en África — he's gone touring in Africa

• hacer [cine] — to make films

• hacer [teatro] — to act

7) (=actuar)

hacer un papel — to play a role {o} part

hacer el papel de malo — to play the (part of the) villain

8) (=sumar) to make

6 y 3 hacen 9 — 6 and 3 make 9

este hace 100 — this one makes 100

y cincuenta céntimos, hacen diez euros — and fifty cents change, which makes ten euros

este hace el corredor número 100 en atravesar la meta — he's the 100th runner to cross the finishing line

9) (=cumplir)

voy a hacer 30 años la próxima semana — I'm going to be 30 next week, it's my 30th birthday next week

10) (=obligar) + infin to make

les hice venir — I made them come

siempre consigue hacerme reír — she always manages to make me laugh

le gustaba hacerme rabiar — he enjoyed making me mad

• hágale [entrar] — show him in, have him come in

• me lo hizo [saber] — he told me about it, he informed me of it

• hacer [que] + subjun —

yo haré que vengan — I'll make sure they come

11) (=mandar)
+ infin
hizo construirse un palacio — she had a palace built

hicieron pintar la fachada del colegio — they had the front of the school painted

12) (=transformar) + adj to make

esto lo hará más difícil — this will make it more difficult

hacer feliz a algn — to make sb happy

te hace más delgado — it makes you look slimmer

has hecho de mí un hombre muy feliz — you've made me a very happy man

13) (=pensar) to think

yo le hacía más viejo — I thought he was older, I had him down as being older

te hacíamos en el Perú — we thought you were in Peru

14) (=acostumbrar)

hacer el cuerpo al frío — to get one's body used to the cold

15) (=ejercitar)

hacer dedos — to do finger exercises

hacer piernas — to stretch one's legs

16)

• hacer a algn [con] (=proveer) —

me hizo con dinero — he provided me with money

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=comportarse)

haces bien en esperar — you're right to wait

haces mal no contestando a sus llamadas — it's wrong of you not to answer his calls

• hacer [como] que {o} como si — to make as if

hizo como que no se daba cuenta {o} como si no se diera cuenta — he made as if he hadn't noticed, he pretended not to have noticed

hizo como si me fuera a pegar — he made as if to strike me

2)

• [dar que] hacer — to cause trouble

dieron que hacer a la policía — they caused {o} gave the police quite a bit of trouble

3) (=importar)

no le hace — LAm it doesn't matter, never mind

- ¡no le hagas!

4) (=ser apropiado)

¿hace? — will it do?, is it all right?; (=¿de acuerdo?) is it a deal?

la llave hace a todas las puertas — the key fits all the doors

hace a todo — he's good for anything

5) (=apetecer)

¿te hace que vayamos a tomar unas copas? — how about going for a drink?, what do you say we go for a drink?

¿te hace un cigarrillo? — how about a cigarette?, do you fancy a cigarette?

6) [seguido de preposición]
hacer de (Teat) to play the part of
hacer de malo — to play the villain
hacer por (=intentar)
haz por verlo si puedes — try to get round to seeing him if you can

hacer por hacer algo — to try to do sth, make an effort to do sth

3. VERBO IMPERSONAL

1) [con expresiones de tiempo atmosférico] to be

hace calor/frío — it's hot/cold

hizo dos grados bajo cero — it was two degrees below zero

¿qué tiempo hace? — what's the weather like?

ojalá haga buen tiempo — I hope the weather's nice

2) [con expresiones temporales]

hace tres años que se fue — he left three years ago, it's three years since he left

hace tres años que no lo veo — I haven't seen him for three years, it's three years since I (last) saw him

ha estado aquí hasta hace poco — he was here only a short while ago

no hace mucho — not long ago

hace un mes que voy — I've been going for a month

¿hace mucho que esperas? — have you been waiting long?

hace de esto varios años — it is some years since this happened

• [desde] hace cuatro años — for four years

está perdido desde hace 15 días — it's been missing for a fortnight

3) LAm (=haber, tener)

hace sed — I'm thirsty

hace sueño — I'm sleepy

4.

See:

hacerse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

hacen buena pareja — they make a lovely couple

2)

a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

me hicieron una visita — they paid me a visit

me hizo un regalo — she gave me a gift

¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

aún queda mucho por hacer — there is still a lot (left) to do

dar que hacer — to make a lot of work

b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out

3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

nadie hizo ninguna objeción — nobody raised any objections

nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras — he related his adventures to us

4) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make

6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

7)

a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

este jabón no hace espuma — this soap doesn't lather

esos chistes no me hacen gracia — I don't find those jokes funny

estos zapatos me hacen daño — these shoes hurt my feet

b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go

las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover

9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

el visitante que hacía el número mil — the thousandth visitor

Sentido II

10)

a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do

no hace más que quejarse — she does nothing but complain

no hice más que cumplir con mi deber — I only did my duty

le gustaría hacer teatro — she would like to work in the theater

hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do

c) ( estudiar) to do

hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

hacer un curso de cocina — to do a cookery course

11)

a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

aquí se hace lo que digo yo — around here what I say goes

hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

hacerla (buena) — (fam)

ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

no sé qué hice con los recibos — I don't know what I did with the receipts

y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

c) ( causar daño)

hacerle algo a alguien — to do something to somebody

yo no le hice nada — I didn't do anything to her

el perro no te hace nada — the dog won't hurt you

12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

13) ( sustituyendo a otro verbo)

toca bien el piano - antes lo hacía mejor — she plays the piano well - she used to play better

voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

eso no le hace nada — that doesn't matter at all

Sentido III

15) (transformar en, volver) to make

te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

la hizo su mujer — he made her his wife

hizo pedazos la carta — she tore the letter into tiny pieces

ella lo hizo posible — she made it possible

hacer algo de algo — to turn something into something

hacer algo de alguien — to make something of somebody

quiero hacer de ti un gran actor — I want to make a great actor of you

16) ( dar apariencia de)

ese vestido te hace más delgada — that dress makes you look thinner

17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

me hizo llorar — it made me cry

todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

hizo caer al niño — he knocked the child over

hágalo pasar — tell him to come in

hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! — you're going to make me lose my temper!

18) ( obligar a)

hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

me hizo esperar tres horas — she kept me waiting for three hours

me hizo abrirla — he made me open it

hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

hizo que todos se sentaran — he made everybody sit down

19)

hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

20) (suponer, imaginar)

te hacía en Buenos Aires — I thought you were in Buenos Aires

yo que lo hacía casado! — I had the idea that he was married!
2.
hacer vi

Sentido I

1)

a) (obrar, actuar)

déjame hacer a mí — just let me handle this o take care of this

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

le hace a todo — she does a bit of everything

yo no le hago a la pintura — I don't go in for painting

hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

b) (+ compl)

hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

haces mal en mentir — it's wrong of you to lie

2) ( refiriéndose a las necesidades fisiológicas)

mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

3) (fingir, simular)

hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

hice como que no oía — I pretended not to hear

haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

4) ( servir)

hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

5) ( interpretar personaje)

hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

Sentido II

6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

le va a hacer bien salir un poco — it'll do her good to get out a bit

la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

7) ( corresponder)

hacerle a algo — to fit something

esta tapa no le hace al frasco — this lid doesn't fit the jar

8)

no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

9) (en 3^a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)
3.
hacer v impers

1)

a) ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico)

hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

hace tres grados — it's three degrees

(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso — the weather was terrible

b) (fam & hum)

hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

2) ( expresando tiempo transcurrido)

hace dos años que murió — he's been dead for two years

¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

hace mucho que lo conozco — I've known him for a long time

no lo veo desde hace años — I haven't seen him for years

hacía años que no lo veía — I hadn't seen him for o in years

hasta hace poco — until recently
4.
1) hacerse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse)

hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo un nudo en el hilo — I got a knot in the thread

se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

hacérsele algo a alguien — (Méx)

por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

3)

a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself

se hace toda la ropa — she makes all her (own) clothes

se hicieron una casita — they built themselves a little house

b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)

se hicieron una casita — they had a little house built

se hizo la cirugía estética — she had plastic surgery

voy a hacerme las manos — I'm going to have a manicure

4) ( causarse)

me hice un tajo en el dedo — I cut my finger

¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

5) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make

hacerse un nombre — to make a name for oneself

hacerse enemigos — to make enemies

Sentido II

7)

a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

se están haciendo viejos — they are getting o growing old

b) (impers)

se hace de noche muy pronto — it gets dark very early

se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

se nos hizo de noche esperándolo — it got dark while we were waiting for him

c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook

d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

8) ( resultar)

esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo interminable — it seemed interminable

se me hace difícil creerlo — I find it very hard to believe

9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

10) (caus)

hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

11) ( acostumbrarse)

hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

no consigo hacerme a la idea — I can't get used to the idea

12) ( fingirse)

no te hagas el inocente — don't act the innocent

me vio pero se hizo el loco — he saw me but pretended he hadn't

¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

14) hacerse con

el ejército se hizo con la ciudad — the army took the city

tengo que hacerme con esa carta — I must get hold of that letter

logró hacerse con el control de la compañía — he managed to gain control of the company

15) hacerse de (AmL)

se hicieron de gran fama — they became very famous

tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

se hizo de muchos amigos — he made a lot of friends

* * *

= accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.

Ex. If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.

Ex. In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.

Ex. When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.

Ex. As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.

Ex. Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.

Ex. In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.

Ex. Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.

Ex. The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.

Ex. So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.

Ex. There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.

Ex. This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..

Ex. The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.

Ex. The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.

Ex. The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.

Ex. The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.

----

* acceder haciendo clic = click.

* acusación + hacer = accusation + level.

* aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.

* algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.

* Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.

* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.

* a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.

* anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.

* aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.

* batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.

* ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.

* buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.

* contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.

* continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.

* continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.

* cuando hace frío = in the cold.

* cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.

* decidir hacer = spring for.

* decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.

* desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.

* desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.

* desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace muchos años = for years.

* desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.

* desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.

* desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.

* desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.

* desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.

* desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.

* desde hace ya años = for years now.

* difícil de hacer = hard to do.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.

* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.

* encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.

* esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* esperado hace tiempo = overdue.

* esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.

* establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.

* estar haciendo = be up to.

* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.

* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.

* existir desde hace años = be around for years.

* frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.

* hace algunos años = some years ago.

* hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.

* hace años = years ago.

* hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.

* hacer huir en batalla = route.

* hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.

* hace miles de años = aeons ago.

* hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.

* hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.

* hace muchos años = many years ago.

* hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.

* hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.

* hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.

* hacer abono orgánico = compost.

* hacer acampada = camp.

* hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.

* hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.

* hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.

* hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.

* hacer ágil = limber up.

* hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.

* hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.

* hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.

* hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.

* hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.

* hacer alegaciones = plead.

* hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.

* hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.

* hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.

* hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).

* hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).

* hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.

* hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.

* hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.

* hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.

* hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.

* hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.

* hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.

* hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.

* hacer Algo puré = mash.

* hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.

* hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.

* hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.

* hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.

* hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.

* hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.

* hacer a mano = handcraft.

* hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.

* hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.

* hacer amigos = win + friends.

* hacer amistad = make + friend.

* hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.

* hacer amistades = friend.

* hacer ampollas = blister.

* hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.

* hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer aparecer = cause + display of.

* hacer a partir de = make out of.

* hacer apología = make + apology.

* hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.

* hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.

* hacer asequible = make + amenable.

* hacer atractivo = endear.

* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.

* hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.

* hacer avances = make + headway.

* hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.

* hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.

* hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.

* hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.

* hacer bajar = force down.

* hacer balance de = take + stock of.

* hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.

* hacer basto = coarsen.

* hacer bien = do + good.

* hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.

* hacer borroso = blur.

* hacer bromas = banter.

* hacer bucles = loop.

* hacer buenas migas = hit it off.

* hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.

* hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.

* hacer bulto = bulge.

* hacer búsquedas en = search through.

* hacer caca = take + a dump.

* hacer caer = oust.

* hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.

* hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.

* hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.

* hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.

* hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.

* hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).

* hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.

* hacer cara a = brave.

* hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).

* hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.

* hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.

* hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.

* hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.

* hacer chanchullos = fiddle.

* hacer chatting = chat.

* hacer circular = pass around.

* hacer circular por = circulate round.

* hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.

* hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cola = queue up.

* hacer colectas = exact + contributions.

* hacer comentarios = air + comments.

* hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.

* hacer como si nada = play it + cool.

* hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.

* hacer comparecer = arraign.

* hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer compost = compost.

* hacer compras = do + shopping.

* hacer comprender = bring + home.

* hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.

* hacer concesiones = make + allowances.

* hacer conjeturas = speculate.

* hacer constar = state.

* hacer contrabando = smuggle.

* hacer copias = make + multiple copies.

* hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.

* hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.

* hacer cosas = get + things done.

* hacer cosquillas = tickle.

* hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.

* hacer crítica = find + fault with.

* hacer croché = crochet.

* hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.

* hacer cumplir = uphold.

* hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.

* hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.

* hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.

* hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.

* hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.

* hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.

* hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.

* hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.

* hacer de = make out of.

* hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.

* hacer declamaciones = declaim.

* hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.

* hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.

* hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.

* hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.

* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.

* hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].

* hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.

* hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.

* hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.

* hacer descuento = discount.

* hacer desfilar = parade.

* hacer detonar = detonate.

* hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.

* hacer diabluras = play + pranks.

* hacer diana = hit + home.

* hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.

* hacer dinero = make + money.

* hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.

* hacer eco = echo, resonate.

* hacer eco de = echo.

* hacer efectivo = cash in.

* hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.

* hacer ejercicio físico = work out.

* hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.

* hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.

* hacer el amor = make + love.

* hacer el avío = get + ready.

* hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer el cambio = make + the change.

* hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.

* hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer el dobladillo = hem.

* hacer elección = make + choices.

* hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.

* hacer el indio = horse around/about.

* hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.

* hacer el mal = do + evil.

* hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.

* hacer el monigote = fool around.

* hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.

* hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* hacer el testamento = testate.

* hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.

* hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* hacer encaje = tat.

* hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.

* hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer encargos = run + errands.

* hacer enemigos = make + enemies.

* hacer entender = get across.

* hacer erupción = erupt.

* hacer escala = stop over.

* hacer eses = zigzag.

* hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.

* hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.

* hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.

* hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.

* hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.

* hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.

* hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.

* hacer esto = go along + this road.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.

* hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.

* hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).

* hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.

* hacer estrías = rifle.

* hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.

* hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.

* hacer explícito = make + explicit.

* hacer explotar = blow up.

* hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.

* hacer factible = make + feasible.

* hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.

* hacer flexible = limber up.

* hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.

* hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].

* hacer fotografía = make + picture.

* hacer fracasar = foil, derail.

* hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.

* hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.

* hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.

* hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.

* hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.

* hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.

* hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.

* hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).

* hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.

* hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.

* hacer frente a la vida = cope.

* hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.

* hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.

* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.

* hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.

* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.

* hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.

* hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.

* hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.

* hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.

* hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.

* hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.

* hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.

* hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.

* hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.

* hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.

* hacer fresco = be cool.

* hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.

* hacer gala de = sport.

* hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.

* hacer ganchillo = crochet.

* hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.

* hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.

* hacer gozar = delight.

* hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.

* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.

* hacer guardar silencio = shush.

* hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.

* hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.

* hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].

* hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.

* hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.

* hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.

* hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.

* hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.

* hacer horas extras = work + overtime.

* hacer hueco = make + room (for).

* hacer huelga = strike.

* hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.

* hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.

* hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.

* hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.

* hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.

* hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.

* hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.

* hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.

* hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.

* hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.

* hacer inutilizable = render + useless.

* hacer juego con = go with.

* hacer juegos malabares = juggle.

* hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer justicia = do + justice.

* hacer la cama = make + the bed.

* hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.

* hacer la guerra = make + war.

* hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.

* hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.

* hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.

* hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.

* hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.

* hacer largos = swim + laps.

* hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.

* hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.

* hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.

* hacer la transición = make + the transition.

* hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.

* hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.

* hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.

* hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.

* hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.

* hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.

* hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.

* hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.

* hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.

* hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.

* hacerlo = do so, go ahead.

* hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.

* hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.

* hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.

* hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.

* hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.

* hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.

* hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.

* hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.

* hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.

* hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.

* hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.

* hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.

* hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.

* hacer los deberes = do + homework.

* hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.

* hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacer malabarismos = juggle.

* hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer mandados = run + errands.

* hacer maravillas = work + wonders.

* hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.

* hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.

* hacer más eficiente = streamline.

* hacer más estricto = tighten.

* hacer más fuerte = toughen.

* hacer más inteligente = smarten.

* hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.

* hacer más preciso = tightening up.

* hacer más rico = add + richness to.

* hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.

* hacer más sabroso = pep up.

* hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.

* hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.

* hacer mejoras = make + improvements.

* hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.

* hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.

* hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.

* hacer mezcla = mix + cement.

* hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.

* hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* hacer mucho = do + much.

* hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.

* hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.

* hacer necesario = render + necessary.

* hacer negocio = make + business.

* hacer negocios = do + business, transact.

* hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.

* hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.

* hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.

* hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.

* hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.

* hacer nudos = knot.

* hacer objeciones contra = urge against.

* hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.

* hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.

* hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.

* hacer ordinario = coarsen.

* hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.

* hacer palmas = clap.

* hacer paradas = make + stops.

* hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.

* hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.

* hacer partícipe = engage.

* hacer pasajero = render + transitory.

* hacer patochadas = fool around.

* hacer payasadas = fool around.

* hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.

* hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.

* hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.

* hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.

* hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.

* hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.

* hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.

* hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.

* hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.

* hacer permanente = render + permanent.

* hacer ping = ping.

* hacer pipí = pee.

* hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.

* hacer planes = plan, make + plans.

* hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....

* hacer poco = do + little.

* hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].

* hacer por encargo = make to + order.

* hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.

* hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.

* hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.

* hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.

* hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.

* hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.

* hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

hacen buena pareja — they make a lovely couple

2)

a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

me hicieron una visita — they paid me a visit

me hizo un regalo — she gave me a gift

¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

aún queda mucho por hacer — there is still a lot (left) to do

dar que hacer — to make a lot of work

b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out

3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

nadie hizo ninguna objeción — nobody raised any objections

nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras — he related his adventures to us

4) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make

6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

7)

a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

este jabón no hace espuma — this soap doesn't lather

esos chistes no me hacen gracia — I don't find those jokes funny

estos zapatos me hacen daño — these shoes hurt my feet

b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go

las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover

9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

el visitante que hacía el número mil — the thousandth visitor

Sentido II

10)

a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do

no hace más que quejarse — she does nothing but complain

no hice más que cumplir con mi deber — I only did my duty

le gustaría hacer teatro — she would like to work in the theater

hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do

c) ( estudiar) to do

hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

hacer un curso de cocina — to do a cookery course

11)

a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

aquí se hace lo que digo yo — around here what I say goes

hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

hacerla (buena) — (fam)

ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

no sé qué hice con los recibos — I don't know what I did with the receipts

y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

c) ( causar daño)

hacerle algo a alguien — to do something to somebody

yo no le hice nada — I didn't do anything to her

el perro no te hace nada — the dog won't hurt you

12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

13) ( sustituyendo a otro verbo)

toca bien el piano - antes lo hacía mejor — she plays the piano well - she used to play better

voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

eso no le hace nada — that doesn't matter at all

Sentido III

15) (transformar en, volver) to make

te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

la hizo su mujer — he made her his wife

hizo pedazos la carta — she tore the letter into tiny pieces

ella lo hizo posible — she made it possible

hacer algo de algo — to turn something into something

hacer algo de alguien — to make something of somebody

quiero hacer de ti un gran actor — I want to make a great actor of you

16) ( dar apariencia de)

ese vestido te hace más delgada — that dress makes you look thinner

17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

me hizo llorar — it made me cry

todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

hizo caer al niño — he knocked the child over

hágalo pasar — tell him to come in

hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! — you're going to make me lose my temper!

18) ( obligar a)

hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

me hizo esperar tres horas — she kept me waiting for three hours

me hizo abrirla — he made me open it

hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

hizo que todos se sentaran — he made everybody sit down

19)

hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

20) (suponer, imaginar)

te hacía en Buenos Aires — I thought you were in Buenos Aires

yo que lo hacía casado! — I had the idea that he was married!
2.
hacer vi

Sentido I

1)

a) (obrar, actuar)

déjame hacer a mí — just let me handle this o take care of this

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

le hace a todo — she does a bit of everything

yo no le hago a la pintura — I don't go in for painting

hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

b) (+ compl)

hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

haces mal en mentir — it's wrong of you to lie

2) ( refiriéndose a las necesidades fisiológicas)

mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

3) (fingir, simular)

hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

hice como que no oía — I pretended not to hear

haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

4) ( servir)

hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

5) ( interpretar personaje)

hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

Sentido II

6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

le va a hacer bien salir un poco — it'll do her good to get out a bit

la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

7) ( corresponder)

hacerle a algo — to fit something

esta tapa no le hace al frasco — this lid doesn't fit the jar

8)

no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

9) (en 3^a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)
3.
hacer v impers

1)

a) ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico)

hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

hace tres grados — it's three degrees

(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso — the weather was terrible

b) (fam & hum)

hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

2) ( expresando tiempo transcurrido)

hace dos años que murió — he's been dead for two years

¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

hace mucho que lo conozco — I've known him for a long time

no lo veo desde hace años — I haven't seen him for years

hacía años que no lo veía — I hadn't seen him for o in years

hasta hace poco — until recently
4.
1) hacerse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse)

hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo un nudo en el hilo — I got a knot in the thread

se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

hacérsele algo a alguien — (Méx)

por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

3)

a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself

se hace toda la ropa — she makes all her (own) clothes

se hicieron una casita — they built themselves a little house

b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)

se hicieron una casita — they had a little house built

se hizo la cirugía estética — she had plastic surgery

voy a hacerme las manos — I'm going to have a manicure

4) ( causarse)

me hice un tajo en el dedo — I cut my finger

¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

5) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make

hacerse un nombre — to make a name for oneself

hacerse enemigos — to make enemies

Sentido II

7)

a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

se están haciendo viejos — they are getting o growing old

b) (impers)

se hace de noche muy pronto — it gets dark very early

se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

se nos hizo de noche esperándolo — it got dark while we were waiting for him

c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook

d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

8) ( resultar)

esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo interminable — it seemed interminable

se me hace difícil creerlo — I find it very hard to believe

9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

10) (caus)

hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

11) ( acostumbrarse)

hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

no consigo hacerme a la idea — I can't get used to the idea

12) ( fingirse)

no te hagas el inocente — don't act the innocent

me vio pero se hizo el loco — he saw me but pretended he hadn't

¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

14) hacerse con

el ejército se hizo con la ciudad — the army took the city

tengo que hacerme con esa carta — I must get hold of that letter

logró hacerse con el control de la compañía — he managed to gain control of the company

15) hacerse de (AmL)

se hicieron de gran fama — they became very famous

tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

se hizo de muchos amigos — he made a lot of friends

* * *

= accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.

Ex: If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.

Ex: In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.

Ex: When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.

Ex: As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.

Ex: Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.

Ex: In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.

Ex: Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.

Ex: The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.

Ex: So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.

Ex: There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.

Ex: This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..

Ex: The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.

Ex: The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.

Ex: The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.

Ex: The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.

* acceder haciendo clic = click.

* acusación + hacer = accusation + level.

* aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.

* algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.

* Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.

* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.

* a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.

* anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.

* aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.

* batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.

* ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.

* buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.

* contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.

* continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.

* continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.

* cuando hace frío = in the cold.

* cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.

* decidir hacer = spring for.

* decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.

* desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.

* desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.

* desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace muchos años = for years.

* desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.

* desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.

* desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.

* desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.

* desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.

* desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.

* desde hace ya años = for years now.

* difícil de hacer = hard to do.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.

* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.

* encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.

* esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* esperado hace tiempo = overdue.

* esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.

* establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.

* estar haciendo = be up to.

* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.

* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.

* existir desde hace años = be around for years.

* frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.

* hace algunos años = some years ago.

* hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.

* hace años = years ago.

* hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.

* hacer huir en batalla = route.

* hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.

* hace miles de años = aeons ago.

* hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.

* hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.

* hace muchos años = many years ago.

* hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.

* hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.

* hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.

* hacer abono orgánico = compost.

* hacer acampada = camp.

* hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.

* hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.

* hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.

* hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.

* hacer ágil = limber up.

* hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.

* hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.

* hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.

* hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.

* hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.

* hacer alegaciones = plead.

* hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.

* hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.

* hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.

* hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).

* hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).

* hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.

* hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.

* hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.

* hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.

* hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.

* hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.

* hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.

* hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.

* hacer Algo puré = mash.

* hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.

* hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.

* hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.

* hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.

* hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.

* hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.

* hacer a mano = handcraft.

* hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.

* hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.

* hacer amigos = win + friends.

* hacer amistad = make + friend.

* hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.

* hacer amistades = friend.

* hacer ampollas = blister.

* hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.

* hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer aparecer = cause + display of.

* hacer a partir de = make out of.

* hacer apología = make + apology.

* hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.

* hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.

* hacer asequible = make + amenable.

* hacer atractivo = endear.

* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.

* hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.

* hacer avances = make + headway.

* hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.

* hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.

* hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.

* hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.

* hacer bajar = force down.

* hacer balance de = take + stock of.

* hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.

* hacer basto = coarsen.

* hacer bien = do + good.

* hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.

* hacer borroso = blur.

* hacer bromas = banter.

* hacer bucles = loop.

* hacer buenas migas = hit it off.

* hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.

* hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.

* hacer bulto = bulge.

* hacer búsquedas en = search through.

* hacer caca = take + a dump.

* hacer caer = oust.

* hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.

* hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.

* hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.

* hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.

* hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.

* hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).

* hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.

* hacer cara a = brave.

* hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).

* hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.

* hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.

* hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.

* hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.

* hacer chanchullos = fiddle.

* hacer chatting = chat.

* hacer circular = pass around.

* hacer circular por = circulate round.

* hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.

* hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cola = queue up.

* hacer colectas = exact + contributions.

* hacer comentarios = air + comments.

* hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.

* hacer como si nada = play it + cool.

* hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.

* hacer comparecer = arraign.

* hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer compost = compost.

* hacer compras = do + shopping.

* hacer comprender = bring + home.

* hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.

* hacer concesiones = make + allowances.

* hacer conjeturas = speculate.

* hacer constar = state.

* hacer contrabando = smuggle.

* hacer copias = make + multiple copies.

* hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.

* hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.

* hacer cosas = get + things done.

* hacer cosquillas = tickle.

* hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.

* hacer crítica = find + fault with.

* hacer croché = crochet.

* hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.

* hacer cumplir = uphold.

* hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.

* hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.

* hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.

* hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.

* hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.

* hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.

* hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.

* hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.

* hacer de = make out of.

* hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.

* hacer declamaciones = declaim.

* hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.

* hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.

* hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.

* hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.

* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.

* hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].

* hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.

* hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.

* hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.

* hacer descuento = discount.

* hacer desfilar = parade.

* hacer detonar = detonate.

* hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.

* hacer diabluras = play + pranks.

* hacer diana = hit + home.

* hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.

* hacer dinero = make + money.

* hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.

* hacer eco = echo, resonate.

* hacer eco de = echo.

* hacer efectivo = cash in.

* hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.

* hacer ejercicio físico = work out.

* hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.

* hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.

* hacer el amor = make + love.

* hacer el avío = get + ready.

* hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer el cambio = make + the change.

* hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.

* hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer el dobladillo = hem.

* hacer elección = make + choices.

* hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.

* hacer el indio = horse around/about.

* hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.

* hacer el mal = do + evil.

* hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.

* hacer el monigote = fool around.

* hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.

* hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* hacer el testamento = testate.

* hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.

* hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* hacer encaje = tat.

* hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.

* hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer encargos = run + errands.

* hacer enemigos = make + enemies.

* hacer entender = get across.

* hacer erupción = erupt.

* hacer escala = stop over.

* hacer eses = zigzag.

* hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.

* hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.

* hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.

* hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.

* hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.

* hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.

* hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.

* hacer esto = go along + this road.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.

* hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.

* hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).

* hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.

* hacer estrías = rifle.

* hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.

* hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.

* hacer explícito = make + explicit.

* hacer explotar = blow up.

* hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.

* hacer factible = make + feasible.

* hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.

* hacer flexible = limber up.

* hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.

* hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].

* hacer fotografía = make + picture.

* hacer fracasar = foil, derail.

* hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.

* hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.

* hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.

* hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.

* hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.

* hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.

* hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.

* hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).

* hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.

* hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.

* hacer frente a la vida = cope.

* hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.

* hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.

* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.

* hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.

* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.

* hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.

* hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.

* hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.

* hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.

* hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.

* hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.

* hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.

* hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.

* hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.

* hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.

* hacer fresco = be cool.

* hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.

* hacer gala de = sport.

* hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.

* hacer ganchillo = crochet.

* hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.

* hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.

* hacer gozar = delight.

* hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.

* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.

* hacer guardar silencio = shush.

* hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.

* hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.

* hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].

* hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.

* hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.

* hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.

* hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.

* hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.

* hacer horas extras = work + overtime.

* hacer hueco = make + room (for).

* hacer huelga = strike.

* hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.

* hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.

* hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.

* hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.

* hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.

* hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.

* hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.

* hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.

* hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.

* hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.

* hacer inutilizable = render + useless.

* hacer juego con = go with.

* hacer juegos malabares = juggle.

* hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer justicia = do + justice.

* hacer la cama = make + the bed.

* hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.

* hacer la guerra = make + war.

* hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.

* hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.

* hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.

* hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.

* hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.

* hacer largos = swim + laps.

* hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.

* hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.

* hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.

* hacer la transición = make + the transition.

* hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.

* hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.

* hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.

* hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.

* hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.

* hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.

* hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.

* hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.

* hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.

* hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.

* hacerlo = do so, go ahead.

* hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.

* hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.

* hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.

* hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.

* hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.

* hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.

* hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.

* hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.

* hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.

* hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.

* hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.

* hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.

* hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.

* hacer los deberes = do + homework.

* hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.

* hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacer malabarismos = juggle.

* hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer mandados = run + errands.

* hacer maravillas = work + wonders.

* hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.

* hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.

* hacer más eficiente = streamline.

* hacer más estricto = tighten.

* hacer más fuerte = toughen.

* hacer más inteligente = smarten.

* hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.

* hacer más preciso = tightening up.

* hacer más rico = add + richness to.

* hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.

* hacer más sabroso = pep up.

* hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.

* hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.

* hacer mejoras = make + improvements.

* hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.

* hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.

* hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.

* hacer mezcla = mix + cement.

* hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.

* hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* hacer mucho = do + much.

* hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.

* hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.

* hacer necesario = render + necessary.

* hacer negocio = make + business.

* hacer negocios = do + business, transact.

* hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.

* hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.

* hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.

* hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.

* hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.

* hacer nudos = knot.

* hacer objeciones contra = urge against.

* hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.

* hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.

* hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.

* hacer ordinario = coarsen.

* hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.

* hacer palmas = clap.

* hacer paradas = make + stops.

* hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.

* hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.

* hacer partícipe = engage.

* hacer pasajero = render + transitory.

* hacer patochadas = fool around.

* hacer payasadas = fool around.

* hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.

* hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.

* hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.

* hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.

* hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.

* hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.

* hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.

* hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.

* hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.

* hacer permanente = render + permanent.

* hacer ping = ping.

* hacer pipí = pee.

* hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.

* hacer planes = plan, make + plans.

* hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....

* hacer poco = do + little.

* hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].

* hacer por encargo = make to + order.

* hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.

* hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.

* hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.

* hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.

* hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.

* hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.

* hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].

* * *

hacer [ E18 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ hacer (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 crear

2 extender: cheque, factura etc

B efectuar, llevar a cabo

C formular, expresar

D con las necesidades fisiológicas

E adquirir: dinero, amigos etc

F preparar, arreglar

G

1 producir, causar

2 refiriéndose a sonidos

H recorrer

I en cálculos, enumeraciones

Sentido II

A

1 ocuparse en una actividad

2 como profesión, ocupación

3 estudiar

B

1 actuar de cierta manera

2 dar cierto uso

3 causar daño

C actuar como

D hacer una vida

E sustituyendo a otro verbo

F afectar, importar

Sentido III

A transformar en, volver

B dar apariencia de

C inducir a, ser la causa de que

D obligar a

E hacer hacer algo

F acostumbrar

G suponer, imaginar

■ hacer (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 obrar, actuar

2 hacer bien, mal etc

B con las necesidades fisiológicas

C fingir, simular

D intentar, procurar

E servir

F interpretar un personaje

Sentido II

A

1 sentarle bien, mal

2 quedar, resultar

B corresponder

C no le hace

D en tercera persona: concernir

E apetecer

■ hacer (verbo impersonal)

A

1 refiriéndose al tiempo

2 familiar humorístico

B expresando el tiempo transcurrido

■ hacerse (verbo pronominal)

Sentido I

A producirse

B

1 hacer para sí

2 hacer que otro haga

C causarse

D con las necesidades fisiológicas

E adquirir

Sentido II

A

1 volverse, convertirse en

2 impersonal

3 cocinarse

4 pasarle (a algn)

B resultar

C dar la impresión de

D causativo

E acostumbrarse

F fingirse

G

1 moverse

2 colocarse

H hacerse con

I hacerse de

vt

Sentido I [ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

A

1 (crear) ‹mueble› to make; ‹casa/carretera› to build; ‹nido› to build, make; ‹coche› to make, manufacture; ‹dibujo› to do, draw; ‹lista› to make, draw up; ‹resumen› to do, make; ‹película› to make; ‹vestido/cortina› to make; ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake; ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make; ‹cerveza› to make, brew

les hace toda la ropa a los niños she makes all the children's clothes

hacer un nudo/lazo to tie a knot/bow

hazme un plano de la zona do o draw me a map of the area

me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa he made room o a place for me at the table

le hizo un hijo ( fam); he got her pregnant

hacen una pareja preciosa they make a lovely couple

2 (extender) ‹cheque/factura/receta› to make out, write out, write

me hizo un cheque she wrote o made me out a check

B (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹sacrificio› to make; ‹milagro› to work, perform; ‹deberes/ejercicios› to do; ‹transacción› to carry out; ‹experimento› to do, perform; ‹limpieza› to do

estaban haciendo los preparativos para el viaje they were making preparations for o they were preparing for the journey

me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit, they came and visited me

hicieron una gira por Europa they went on o did a tour of Europe

hicimos el viaje sin parar we did the journey without stopping

me hizo un regalo precioso she gave me a beautiful gift

tengo que hacer los mandados I have some errands to run

¿me haces un favor? will you do me a favor?

me hizo señas para que me acercara she motioned to me to come closer

hicimos un trato we did o made a deal

hago un papel secundario en la obra I have a minor part in the play

aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do

C (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make; ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up; ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice; ‹pregunta› to ask

nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections, nobody objected

nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras he related his adventures to us, he gave us an account of his adventures

D

(con las necesidades fisiológicas): hace dos días que no hago caca ( fam); I haven't been for two days ( euph)

hice pis or pipí antes de salir ( fam); I had a pee before I left ( colloq)

hacer sus necesidades ( euf); to go to the bathroom o toilet

E (adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make; ‹amigo› to make

hicieron muchas amistades en Chile they made a lot of friends in Chile

F (preparar, arreglar) ‹cama› to make; ‹maleta› to pack

tengo que hacer la comida I must get lunch (ready) o cook lunch

hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven

G

1 (producir, causar) ‹ruido› to make

este jabón no hace espuma this soap doesn't lather

esos chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find those jokes funny

estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet

2 (refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go

los perros hacen `guau guau' dogs go `bow-wow'

el agua hacía glugluglú en los caños the water gurgled o made a gurgling noise in the pipes

¿cómo hace el coche del abuelo? how does Grandpa's car go?, what noise does Grandpa's car make?

H (recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do

hicimos los 500 kilómetros en cuatro horas we did o covered the 500 kilometers in four hours

I

(en cálculos, enumeraciones): son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

el visitante que hacía el número mil the thousandth visitor

hace el número 26 en la lista she is o comes 26th on the list

Sentido II

A

1 (ocuparse en una actividad) to do

¿no tienes nada que hacer? don't you have anything to do?

ya terminé ¿qué hago ahora? I've finished, what shall I do now?

no hace más que or sino quejarse she does nothing but complain, all she ever does is complain

no hice más que or sino cumplir con mi deber I only o merely did my duty

le gustaría hacer teatro she would like to work in the theater

están haciendo una obra de Ibsen they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

deberías hacer ejercicio you should exercise, you should do o get some exercise

¿hace algún deporte? do you go in for o play o do any sports?

no estaba haciendo turismo, sino en viaje de negocios I wasn't there on vacation ( AmE) o ( BrE) on holiday, it was a business trip

2 (como profesión, ocupación) to do

¿qué hace su novio? — es médico what does her boyfriend do? — he's a doctor

3 (estudiar) to do

hace Derecho she's doing o studying o reading Law

hizo un curso de contabilidad he did an accountancy course

hizo la carrera de Filosofía she did a degree in philosophy o a philosophy degree, she studied philosophy

B

1 (actuar de cierta manera, realizar cierta acción) to do

yo en tu caso habría hecho lo mismo in your situation I would have done the same

perdona, lo hice sin querer I'm sorry, I didn't do it on purpose

haz lo que quieras do what you like

aquí se hace lo que digo yo I'm in charge around here, around here what I say goes

¡niño, eso no se hace! you mustn't do that!

haré lo posible por hablar con él I'll do all o everything I can to speak to him

¡qué se le va a hacer! or ¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o ( frml) one do?

no puedes aceptar — ¡qué le voy a hacer! no me queda más remedio you can't accept — what else can I do? I've no choice

hacerla ( Méx fam): ya la hizo: lo nombraron director now he's really made it: he's been appointed director

si le gano al sueco ya la hice if I can beat the Swede I'll have it in the bag ( colloq)

la hicieron bien y bonita con ese negocio they did really well out of that deal

hacerla (buena) ( fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! me dejé las llaves dentro now I've (really) done it! I've left the keys inside

¡ya la hicimos! se pinchó la rueda that's done it! o now, we're in trouble, we've got a flat

hacérsela buena a algn ( Méx); to keep one's word o promise to sb

se la hizo buena y se casó con ella he kept his word o promise and married her

soñé que te sacabas la lotería — ¡házmela buena! I dreamed you won the lottery — if only! o if only it would come true!

mañana dejo de fumar — ¡házmela buena! I'm going to give up smoking tomorrow — oh, please! o if only you would!

2 (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

¿qué vas a hacer con el dinero del premio? what are you going to do with the prize money?

no sé qué hice con los recibos I don't know what I did with the receipts

y el libro ¿qué lo hice? (CS fam); what did I do with the book?

3

(causar daño): hacerle algo a algn to do sth to sb

no le tengas miedo al perro, no hace nada don't be frightened of the dog, he won't hurt you

yo no le hice nada I didn't touch her o do anything to her

no te he contado la última que me hizo I haven't told you the latest thing he did to me

C

( esp Esp) (actuar como): deja de hacer el tonto/payaso stop acting o playing the fool, stop clowning around

D

(llevar): hacer una vida solitaria/normal to lead a lonely life/normal life

trata de hacer una vida sana try to lead a healthy life

E

(sustituyendo a otro verbo): toca bien la guitarra — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the guitar well — she used to play o be better

voy a escribirle — deja, ya lo haré yo I'm going to write to him — don't bother, I'll do it

voy a dimitir — por favor, no lo hagas I'm going to resign — please don't o please, don't do it

F

( RPl fam) (afectar, importar): la salsa quedó un poco líquida — ¿qué le hace? the sauce came out a bit thin — so what? o what does it matter?

eso no le hace nada that doesn't matter at all

Sentido III

A (transformar en, volver) to make

te hará hombre, hijo mío it will make a man of you, my son

la hizo su mujer he made her his wife

agarró la copa y la hizo añicos contra el suelo he grabbed the glass and smashed it to smithereens on the floor

hizo pedazos or trizas la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces

la película que la hizo famosa the movie that made her famous

este hombre me hace la vida imposible this man is making my life impossible

quisiera agradecer a quienes han hecho posible este encuentro I should like to thank (all) those who have made this meeting possible

hacer algo DE algo to turn sth INTO sth

hice de mi afición por la cocina una profesión I turned my interest in cooking into a career, I made a career out of my interest in cooking

hacer algo DE algn to make sth OF sb

quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you

B

(dar apariencia de): ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner

el pelo corto te hace más joven short hair makes you look younger

C (inducir a, ser la causa de que) hacer algo/a algn + INF to make sth/sb + INF

una de esas canciones que te hacen llorar one of those songs that make you cry

todo hace suponer que fue así everything suggests that o leads one to think that that is what happened

hizo caer al niño he knocked the child over

haga pasar al próximo tell the next person to come in, have the next person come in

eso no hizo sino precipitar el desenlace all that did was to hasten the end

hacer que algo/algn + SUBJ to make sth/sb + INF

¡vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! you're going to make me lose my temper!

esto hace que sus reacciones sean lentas this makes him slow to react, this makes his reactions slow

D (obligar a) hacer + INF a algn to make sb + INF

me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours

se lo haré hacer de nuevo I'll make him do it again

me hizo abrirla or me la hizo abrir he made me open it

me hizo levantar(me) a las cinco she made me get up at five

hacer que algn + SUBJ to make sb + INF

hizo que todos se sentaran he made everybody sit down

E

hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done

hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened

le hice hacer un vestido para la boda I had o got a dress made for her for the wedding

F (acostumbrar) hacer a algn A algo to get sb used o accustomed TO sth

pronto la hizo a su manera de trabajar he soon got her used o accustomed to his way of working

G

(suponer, imaginar): te hacía en Buenos Aires I thought you were in Buenos Aires

tiene 42 años — yo la hacía más joven she's 42 — I thought she was younger

¡yo que lo hacía casado y con hijos! I had the idea that he was married with children!

■ hacer

vi

Sentido I

A

1

(obrar, actuar): nadie trató de impedírselo, lo dejaron hacer nobody tried to stop him, they just let him get on with it

tú no te preocupes, déjame hacer a mí don't you worry, just let me take care of it

déjalo hacer a él, que sabe qué es lo que conviene let him handle it, he knows what's best

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? how do you go about getting the grant?

¿cómo hay que hacer para ponerlo en funcionamiento? what do you have to do to make it work?

no me explico cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo I don't know how they manage to live on that salary

hacerle a algo (Chi, Méx fam): Enrique le hace a la electricidad Enrique knows a bit o knows something about electricity

tienen una empleada que le hace a todo they have a maid who does a bit of everything

ya sabes que yo no le hago a esos menesteres you know I don't go in for o do that sort of thing

hacer y deshacer to do as one pleases, do what one likes

¡no le hagas/hagan! ( Méx fam); you can't be serious!, you're joking o kidding! ( colloq)

2 (+ complemento):

hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me

haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie

mejor haría callándose she'd do better to keep quiet

B

( esp AmL) (con las necesidades fisiológicas): ¡mamá, ya hice! Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

hace dos días que no hace ( euf); he hasn't been for two days ( euph)

hagan antes de salir go to the bathroom o toilet before we leave, you'd better go before we leave ( euph)

hacer de cuerpo or de vientre ( frml); to move one's bowels ( frml), to have a bowel movement ( frml)

C

(fingir, simular): hizo (como) que no me había visto he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

cuando entre haz (como) que lees when she comes in, make out o pretend you're reading, when she comes in, pretend to be reading

hice (como) que no oía I pretended I couldn't hear, I acted as if I couldn't hear

hacer COMO SI + SUBJ:

haz como si no supieras nada make out o pretend you don't know anything about it, act as if you don't know anything about it

D (intentar, procurar) hacer POR + INF to try to + INF

tienes que hacer por corregir ese genio you must try to o ( colloq) try and do something about that temper (of yours)

tú no haces por entenderla you don't even try to understand her

E (servir) hacer DE algo:

esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning

la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital

F (interpretar un personaje) hacer DE algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb

siempre hace de `malo' he always plays the bad guy

hizo de Hamlet he played (the part of) Hamlet

Sentido II

A (+ compl)

1 (sentar) (+ me/te/le etc):

le va a hacer bien salir un poco it'll do her good to get out a bit

¡me hizo tanto bien su visita …! her visit did me such a lot of good …!

los mejillones me hicieron muy mal ( AmL); the mussels made me really ill

2

( Esp) (quedar): con los cuadros hace mucho más bonito it looks much prettier with the pictures

B (corresponder) hacerle A algo to fit sth

esta tapa no le hace al frasco this lid doesn't fit the jar

esta llave no le hace a la cerradura this isn't the right key for the lock

C

no le hace (no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; (no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse, don't give me that ( colloq)

¿no le hace que tire la ceniza en este florero? do you mind if I drop the ash in this vase?

D ( en tercera persona) ( frml)

(concernir, tocar): por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud as far as your application is concerned, as regards your application

E

( Esp fam) (apetecer): ¿hace or te hace una cerveza? (do you) feel like a beer?, do you fancy a beer? ( BrE colloq)

te invito a cenar a un chino ¿hace? — hace I'll take you out to a Chinese restaurant, how does that grab you? — great idea! ( colloq)

■

v impers

A

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico): hace frío/calor/sol/viento it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

hace tres grados bajo cero it's three degrees below (zero)

nos hizo un tiempo espantoso we had terrible weather

ojalá haga buen tiempo or ( esp Esp) bueno I hope the weather's fine o nice, I hope it's nice weather

2 ( familiar humorístico):

hace sed ¿verdad? it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

parece que hace hambre you/they seem to be hungry

¿hace sueño, niños? are you getting sleepy, children?

B

(expresando el tiempo transcurrido): hace dos años que murió he died two years ago, he's been dead for two years

¿cuándo llegaste? — hace un ratito when did you get here? — a short while ago

¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?, how long is it since she left?

lo leí hace poco I read it a short time ago

lo había visto hacía exactamente un año I had seen him exactly one year before

¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?

hace mucho tiempo que lo conozco or lo conozco desde hace mucho tiempo I've known him for a long time

hace años que no lo veo or no lo veo desde hace años I haven't seen him for years o it's years since I saw him

hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years, it had been years since I'd seen him

hasta hace poco vivían en Austria they lived in Austria until recently

■ hacerse

v pron

Sentido I

A

(producirse): hágase la luz ( Bib) let there be light

(+ me/te/le etc): se me ha hecho un nudo en el hilo I've got a knot in the thread, the thread has a knot in it

si no lo revuelves se te hacen grumos if you don't stir it, it goes lumpy o forms lumps

se le ha hecho una ampolla she's got o she has a blister

hacérsele a algn ( Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar un campeonato she finally got to win a championship

por fin se le hizo a Mauricio con ella Mauricio finally made it with her ( colloq)

B

1 ( refl)

(hacer para sí): se hace toda la ropa she makes all her (own) clothes

se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house

2 ( caus)

(hacer que otro haga): se hace la ropa en Roma she has her clothes made in Rome

se hicieron una casita they had a little house built

se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery

voy a hacerme las manos I'm going to have a manicure

tienes que hacerte la barba you must get your beard trimmed

C

(causarse): me hice un tajo en el dedo I cut my finger

¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?

¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?

D

(con las necesidades fisiológicas): todavía se hace pis/caca ( fam); she still wets herself/messes her pants

se hace pis en la cama ( fam); he wets the bed

¡me estoy haciendo caca! ( fam); I'm desperate (to go to the bathroom o toilet)! ( colloq)

E ( refl)

(adquirir): se ha hecho un nombre en el mundo de la moda she's made a name for herself in the fashion world

sólo conseguirás hacerte enemigos si sigues así you'll only make enemies if you keep on like that

idea

Sentido II

A

1 (volverse, convertirse en) to become

se quiere hacer monja she wants to become a nun

se hizo famoso he became famous

se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old

2 ( impersonal):

en invierno se hace de noche muy pronto in winter it gets dark very early

vamos, se está haciendo tarde come on, it's getting late

(+ me/te/le etc): se nos hizo de noche esperándolo it got dark while we were waiting for him

3 (cocinarse) «pescado/guiso» to cook

dejar que se haga a fuego lento leave to cook over a low heat

4

( AmL) (pasarle a): no sé qué se habrá hecho María I don't know what can have happened to María o ( colloq) where María can have got(ten) to

B

(resultar): se hace muy pesado repetir lo mismo tantas veces it gets very boring having to repeat the same thing over and over again

(+ me/te/le etc): la espera se me hizo interminable the wait seemed interminable

se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe

C (dar la impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc):

se me hace que aquí pasa algo raro I get the feeling o impression that something strange is going on around here

se me hace que va a llover I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

se me hace que esta vez vas a tener suerte something tells me o I have a feeling (that) this time you're going to be lucky

D ( causativo) hacerse + INF:

tienes que hacerte oír/respetar you have to make people listen to you/respect you

el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming

cuando era actriz se hacía llamar Mónica Duarte when she was an actress she went by the name of Monica Duarte o she used the name Monica Duarte

es un chico que se hace querer he's a likable kid o a kid you can't help liking

se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built

hazte ver por un médico ( AmL); go and see a doctor

rogar

E (acostumbrarse) hacerse A algo to get used TO sth

no me hago al clima de este país I can't get used to the weather in this country

no consigo hacerme a la idea I can't get used to the idea

hacerse A + INF to get used TO -ING

no se hace a vivir solo he hasn't got used to living alone

F

(fingirse): no te hagas el inocente don't act all innocent

seguro que me vio pero se hizo el loco he must have seen me but he pretended he hadn't

¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? ( fam); is this guy stupid or just a good actor? ( colloq)

no te hagas el sordo don't pretend o make out you didn't hear me

se hizo la que no entendía she pretended o she made out she didn't understand

yo me hice ( Méx fam); I pretended not to notice

G

1 (moverse) (+ compl):

hacerse atrás to move back

hacerse a un lado to move to one side, to move aside

hazte para aquí/para allá move over this way/that way

2

( Col) (colocarse): ¿quieres salir en la foto? — sí ¿dónde me hago? do you want to be in the photo? — yes, where shall I stand/sit?

H hacerse con to take

el ejército se hizo con la ciudad the army took the city

se hizo con una fortuna considerable he amassed a considerable fortune

tengo que hacerme con esa información como sea I must get hold of that information somehow

se hicieron con la empresa they took over the company

lograron hacerse con el control de la compañía they managed to gain o get control of the company

no creo que puedan hacerse con la copa I don't think they can win the cup

I hacerse de

( AmL): se hicieron de gran fama they became very famous

tengo que hacerme de dinero I must get o lay my hands on some money

se han hecho de muchos amigos allí they've made a lot of friends there

* * *

Multiple Entries:
hacer
hacer algo
hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( crear) ‹mueble/vestido› to make;

‹casa/carretera› to build;
‹ nido› to build, make;
‹ túnel› to make, dig;
‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
‹ lista› to make, draw up;
‹ resumen› to do, make;
‹ película› to make;
‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
‹ cerveza› to make, brew;
◊ me hizo un lugar en la mesa he made room for me at the table;

hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
b) (producir, causar) ‹ ruido› to make;

◊ los chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find jokes funny;

estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
2
a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹ sacrificio› to make;

‹ milagro› to work, perform;
‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
‹ mandado› to run;
‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
‹ experimento› to do, perform;
‹ entrevista› to conduct;
‹gira/viaje› to do;
‹ regalo› to give;
‹ favor› to do;
‹ trato› to make;
◊ me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit;

aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do;
dar que hacer to make a lot of work
b) ‹cheque/factura› to make out, write out

3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
‹ pregunta› to ask;
◊ nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections

4
a) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):

◊ hacer caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);

hacer pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
hacer sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go;

◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'

5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
‹ amigo› to make
6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
‹ maleta› to pack;
◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;

tengo que hacer la comida I must make lunch;
ver tb comida b
7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):
◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

1
a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do;

◊ hacer la(s) compra(s) to do the shopping;

¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
hacer ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
See Also→ amor 1b
b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do;

◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?

c) ( estudiar) to do

2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;
◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;

¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o (frml) one do?;
toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
hacerla buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
1 (transformar en, volver) to make;
◊ ella lo hizo posible she made it possible;

hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
hacer algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
2
a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)

◊ hacer a algn hacer algo to make sb do sth;

me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
me hizo llorar it made me cry;
hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
hacer que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sth
b)

◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;

hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
verbo intransitivo
1 (obrar, actuar):
◊ déjame hacer a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
2 (fingir, simular):
◊ hice como que no oía I pretended not to hear;

haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
3 ( servir):
◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;

la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
4 ( interpretar personaje) hacer de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
(+ compl) ( sentar):
◊ tanto sol hace mal (AmL) too much sun is not good for you;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ el descanso le hizo bien the rest did him good;

la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
hacer v impers
1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):
◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;

hace tres grados it's three degrees;
(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):
◊ hace dos años que murió he's been dead for two years;

hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
hasta hace poco until recently
hacerse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se me hizo un nudo en el hilo I got a knot in the thread;

se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
2
a) ( refl) ( hacer para sí) ‹café/falda› to make oneself;

◊ se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house

b) ( caus) ( hacer que otro haga):

◊ se hicieron una casita they had a little house built;

se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
3 ( causarse):
◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;

¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):
◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself

5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;
◊ hacerse un nombre to make a name for oneself

1
a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become;

◊ se hicieron amigos they became friends;

se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
b) ( resultar):

◊ se hace muy pesado it gets very boring;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ se me hizo interminable it seemed interminable;

se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
c) ( impers):

◊ se hace de noche muy pronto it gets dark very early;

se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
d) ( cocinarse) [pescado/guiso] to cook

e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):

◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?

2 ( acostumbrarse) hacerse a algo to get used to sth
3 ( fingirse):
◊ no te hagas el inocente don't act the innocent;

¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
hacerse pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;
◊ hacerse a un lado to move to one side

5
◊ hacerse de (AmL) (de fortuna, dinero) to get;

( de amigos) to make
hacer
I verbo transitivo
1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
hacer un puente, to build a bridge
2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
haz lo que quieras, do what you want
¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
(para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
hace atletismo, he does athletics
hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
3 (amigos, dinero) to make
4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
6 (arreglar) to make
hacer la cama, to make the bed
hacer la casa, to do the housework
7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
II verbo intransitivo
1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
III verbo impersonal
1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
¿To make o to do?
El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
' hacer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrir
- aclarar
- acopio
- acto
- adelantar
- adelantamiento
- advertir
- alarde
- aliviar
- amagar
- amarrar
- amor
- amortizar
- ampliar
- añicos
- aplanar
- aprecio
- aprender
- aspaviento
- atonía
- autostop
- ayuno
- balance
- broma
- burla
- burrada
- cábala
- caballo
- cabronada
- caca
- cafetera
- caja
- calceta
- calentar
- callar
- calle
- calor
- cama
- capacitar
- capaz
- caso
- castigar
- castillo
- chantaje
- colar
- colada
- colecta
- comecome
- comentar
- como
English:
abort
- abstain
- abuse
- accent
- accentuate
- accepted
- accustom
- act
- advance
- advertise
- afraid
- again
- agitate
- agree
- aim at
- aim to
- air
- all-out
- amenable
- antsy
- apart
- appearance
- arm-twisting
- as
- assert
- attempt
- audition
- authorize
- backup
- bake
- balance
- bandy about
- bed
- begin
- blast
- blind
- blueberry
- blur
- boil
- bonk
- boohoo
- book in
- bounce
- bring in
- bubble
- budget
- bulldoze
- bully
- bundle
- burp

* * *

hacer

♦ vt

1. [elaborar, crear, cocinar] to make;

hacer una fiesta to have a party;

hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans;

hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/symphony;

hacer un nudo to tie a knot;

los cristianos creen que Dios hizo al hombre Christians believe that God created mankind;

haz un poco más la carne cook the meat a bit longer;
Fam
tu hermano ha hecho una de las suyas your brother has been up to his usual tricks;

Comp
Fam
¡buena la has hecho! you've really gone and done it now!

2. [construir] to build;

han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building

3. [generar] to produce;

el árbol hace sombra the tree gives shade;

la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road

4. [movimientos, sonidos, gestos] to make;

le hice señas I signalled to her;

hizo un gesto de aprobación con la cabeza she nodded her approval;

el gato hace “miau” cats go “miaow”;

el reloj hace tic-tac the clock goes tick-tock;

hacer ruido to make a noise

5. [obtener] [fotocopia] to make;
[retrato] to paint; [fotografía] to take
6. [realizar] [trabajo, estudios] to do;
[viaje] to make; [comunión] to take; [sacrificio] to make; [promesa, oferta] to make; [milagro] to perform; [experimento] to do, to perform; [favor] to do; [pregunta] to ask; [declaración] to make; [crucigrama] to do;
hacer una entrevista to do an interview;

hacer una entrevista a alguien to interview sb;

tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do;

hoy hace guardia she's on duty today;

estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year;

hago ingeniería I'm doing o studying engineering

7. [obrar, realizar una acción] to do;

¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?;
CSur Fam
y mis llaves, ¿qué las hice? and my keys, now what did I do with them?;

¡le he dicho mil veces que eso no se hace! I've told him time and again that it's wrong to do that!;
Fam
haz lo que te dé la gana do whatever you want;

¿qué haces? vas a romper la bicicleta what are you doing o what do you think you're doing?, you're going to break the bicycle!;

¡qué le vamos a hacer! never mind!;

8. [practicar] [en general] to do;
[tenis, fútbol] to play;
debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport

9. [arreglar] [casa, colada] to do;
[cama] to make; [maleta] to pack; [uñas] to do; [barba] to trim
10. [dar aspecto a] to cause to look o seem;

este espejo te hace gordo this mirror makes you look fat

11. [transformar en]
hacer a alguien feliz to make sb happy;

la guerra no lo hizo un hombre the war didn't make him (into) a man;

hizo pedazos el papel he tore the paper to pieces;

hacer de algo/alguien algo to make sth/sb into sth;

hizo de ella una buena cantante he made a good singer of her

12. [comportarse como]
hacer el tonto to act the fool;

hacer el vándalo to act like a hooligan;

hacer el ridículo to make a fool of oneself

13. [causar]
hacer daño a alguien to hurt sb;

me hizo gracia I thought it was funny;

un poco de aire fresco le hará bien a bit of fresh air will do her good;
Am
esos ñoquis me hicieron mal those gnocchi disagreed with me

14. Cine & Teatro [papel] to play;
[obra] to do, to perform;
hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter;

hoy hacen una obra de Brecht today they're putting on o doing one of Brecht's plays

15. [suponer] to think, to reckon;

a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now;

te hacía más joven I thought you were younger, I'd have said you were younger

16. [ser causa de]
hacer que alguien haga algo to make sb do sth;

me hizo reír it made me laugh;

has hecho que se enfadara you've made him angry;

haces que me avergüence you make me ashamed;

la tormenta hizo que se cancelara el concierto the storm caused the concert to be called off

17. [mandar]
hacer que se haga algo to have sth done;

voy a hacer teñir este vestido I'm going to have this dress dyed;

la hizo callarse he made her shut up

18. [acostumbrar]
la prisión lo hizo a la soledad prison made o got him used to being alone

19. [cumplir]
hizo los cincuenta la semana pasada he was fifty last week, he celebrated his fiftieth birthday last week

20. [completar] to make;

tres y dos hacen cinco three and two make five;

y este huevo hace la docena and this egg makes (it) a dozen;

hago el número seis en la lista I'm number six on the list

21. [conseguir] to make;

hizo una gran fortuna he made a large fortune;

hizo muchas amistades en Australia she made a lot of friends in Australia

22. [recorrer] to do;

¿cuántos kilómetros hiciste ayer? how many kilometres did you do yesterday?;

hago dos kilómetros a pie todos los días I walk two kilometres every day

23. [referido a necesidades fisiológicas] to do;
Euf
tengo que hacer mis necesidades I have to answer a call of nature;
Fam
los niños quieren hacer pipí the children want to have a pee

24. [sustituyendo a otro verbo] to do;

se negó a ir y yo hice lo mismo she refused to go and I did likewise;

ya no puedo leer como solía hacerlo I can't read as well as I used to

♦ vi

1. [intervenir, actuar]
déjame hacer (a mí) let me do it;

Comp

ser el que hace y deshace: en la empresa, él es el que hace y deshace he's the one who calls the shots in the company

2.
hacer de [trabajar] to work as;
[servir] to serve as, to act as; Cine & Teatro [actuar] to play;
hace de electricista he's an electrician, he works as an electrician;

este tronco hará de asiento this tree trunk will do for somewhere to sit;

hace de don Quijote he's playing Don Quixote

3. [aparentar]
hacer como si to act as if;

haz como que no te importa act as if you don't care

4. [procurar, intentar]
hacer por hacer algo to try to do sth;

haré por verle esta noche I'll try to see him tonight

5. [proceder]
haces mal en callarte it's wrong of you not to say anything;

hizo bien dimitiendo she was right to resign;

¿cómo hay que hacer para abrir esta caja? how do you open this box?, what do you have to do to open this box?

6. Esp Fam [apetecer]
¿hace un vaso de vino? would you like o Br do you fancy a glass of wine?

7. Am [necesidades fisiológicas]
¿hiciste? have you done anything?;

preciso un baño, no hice antes de salir I need to find a bathroom, I didn't go before I came out

8. Méx Fam
hacer(la) buena: [ojalá] [m5]dicen que te sacaste la lotería – ¡házmela buena! they say you've won the lottery – if only!;

me ofreció empleo don Paco, voy a ver si me la hace buena Don Paco offered me a job, I'll see if he comes through for me

9. Méx Fam
hacerle a [profesión] to do;

por las mañanas estudia y en la tarde le hace a la peluquería she studies in the morning and in the afternoon she does hairdressing

10. Méx Fam
hacerle a [droga] to do;

ese tipo le hace a la cocaína that guy does coke

11. Méx Fam
hacerle a [aparentar] to pretend to be;

le hace al tonto, pero bien que sabe he pretends to be clueless but he knows perfectly well;

dile que no le haga al cuento tell him to stop Br spinning me a line o US jerking me around

12. Méx Fam
no le hagas [exclamación] come off it!, Br do me a favour!, US give me a break!;

perdí mi libro – ¡no le hagas! I lost my book – pull the other one! o sure you did!

13. Méx, RP
no le hace [no importa] it doesn't matter;

no sé si voy a poder ir – no le hace I don't know if I'll be able to go – it doesn't matter;

¿qué le hace? so what?, big deal!

♦ v impersonal

1. [tiempo meteorológico]
hace frío/sol/viento it's cold/sunny/windy;

hace un día precioso it's a beautiful day;

mañana hará mal tiempo the weather will be bad tomorrow

2. [tiempo transcurrido]
hace diez años ten years ago;

hace mucho a long time ago;

hace poco not long ago;

hace un rato a short while ago;

hace un mes que llegué it's a month since I arrived;

no la veo desde hace un año I haven't seen her for a year;

¿cuánto hace de eso? how long ago was that?

♦ See also the pronominal verb hacerse

* * *

hacer

<part hecho>

I v/t

1 ( realizar) do;

¡haz algo! do something!;

hacer una pregunta ask a question;

tengo que hacer los deberes I have to do my homework; !;

no hace más que quejarse all he does is complain;

no hay nada que hacer there’s nothing we can do;

se hace lo que se puede one does one’s best;

¡eso no se hace! that’s just not done!

2 ( elaborar, crear) make;

hacer la comida make o cook a meal;

hacer que algo ocurra make sth happen

3 ( obligar a)

:

hacer que alguien haga algo make s.o. do sth;

le hicieron ir they made him go

4 ( cumplir)

:

hoy hago veinte años I am twenty today, today is my twentieth birthday

5 ( equivaler a)

:

esta botella hace un litro this bottle holds a liter

6

:

¡qué le vamos a hacer! that’s life

II v/i

1

:

haces bien/mal en ir you are doing the right/wrong thing by going

2 ( sentar)

:

me hace mal it’s making me ill

3 ( servir de)

:

esto hará de mesa de objeto this will do as a table

4 ( fingir)

:

hacer como que o

como si act as if

5 L.Am.

no le hace it doesn’t matter

6 L.Am. ( parecer)

:

se me hace que it seems to me that

7 ( apetecer)

:

¿hace? fam does that sound good?

8

:

hacer de malo TEA play the villain

III v/ impers

:

hace calor/frío it’s hot/cold;

hace tres días three days ago;

hace mucho (tiempo) a long time ago, long ago;

desde hace un año for a year

* * *

hacer {40} vt

1) : to make

2) : to do, to perform

3) : to force, to oblige

los hice esperar: I made them wait

hacer vi

: to act

haces bien: you're doing the right thing

hacer v impers

1) (referring to weather)

hacer frío: to be cold

hace viento: it's windy

2)

hace : ago

hace mucho tiempo: a long time ago, for a long time

3)

no le hace : it doesn't matter, it makes no difference

4)

hacer falta : to be necessary, to be needed

♦ See also the reflexive verb hacerse

* * *

hacer vb

1. (crear, fabricar, conseguir) to make [pt. & pp. made]

Dios hizo al hombre God made man

voy a hacer la comida I'm going to make lunch

¿has hecho la cama? have you made your bed?

no hagas tanto ruido don't make so much noise

hizo mucho dinero he made a lot of money

ocho y tres hacen once eight and three make eleven

la película me hizo llorar the film made me cry

2. (una actividad, trabajo) to do [pt. did; pp. done]

¿qué haces? what are you doing?

¿qué hacen tus padres? what do your parents do?

¿qué has hecho en el cole hoy? what did you do at school today?

nos han mandado hacer un trabajo sobre Lorca we've got to do an essay on Lorca

¿has hecho los deberes? have you done your homework?

está haciendo un curso de informática he's doing a computer course

¿me haces un favor? can you do me a favour?

3. (tiempo meteorológico) to be

hace calor it's hot

hace sol it's sunny

hace buen tiempo the weather is good

4. (dar cierto aspecto) to make... look...

la barba te hace mayor your beard makes you look older

ese pantalón te hace más delgada those trousers make you look slimmer

5. (pensar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]

hacía más joven a tu hermano I thought your brother was younger

6. (aparentar) to pretend

haz como que no lo sabías pretend you didn't know

hace que trabaja he pretends to work

7. (cumplir años) to be

mañana haré 18 años I'll be 18 tomorrow

8. (poner) to show [pt. showed; pp. shown] / to be on

esta noche hacen una película buena there's a good film on tonight

hace (acción acabada) ago (acción que continúa) for

hace una semana a week ago

mi abuelo murió hace cinco años my grandfather died five years ago

hace años que no la veo I haven't seen her for years

vivo aquí desde hace un año I've been living here for a year

¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?

hacer bien to be right

haces bien en quejarte you're right to complain

hacer daño to hurt [pt. & pp. hurt]

hacer el tonto to act the fool / to mess about

hacer la maleta to pack

hacer señas to signal [pt. & pp. signalled]

hacer un dibujo to draw a picture [pt. drew; pp. drawn]

hacer un nudo to tie a knot

hacer un papel to play a part

hacer un viaje to go on a trip

hacer una casa to build a house [pt. & pp. built]

hacer una foto to take a photo [pt. took; pp. taken]

hacer una pregunta to ask a question

hacer una redacción to write an essay [pt. wrote; pp. written]

hacer una visita to visit

Spanish-English dictionary > hacer
11 salir

v.

1 to go out (ir fuera).

¡sal aquí fuera! come out here!

salir de to go/come out of

¿salimos al jardín? shall we go out into the garden?

Yo salí I went out.

2 to go out (ser novios).

están saliendo they are going out (together)

3 to turn out.

ha salido muy estudioso he has turned out to be very studious

¿qué salió en la votación? what was the result of the vote?

salir elegida actriz del año to be voted actress of the year

salir premiado to be awarded a prize

salir bien/mal to turn out well/badly

salir ganando/perdiendo to come off well/badly

me ha salido mal it didn't go very well; (examen, entrevista) it didn't turn out very well; (plato, dibujo) I got the wrong result (cuenta)

¿qué tal te ha salido? how did it go?

4 to go out.

salen mucho a cenar they eat out a lot

5 to come out (surgir) (luna, estrellas, planta).

le ha salido un sarpullido en la espalda her back has come out in a rash

El plan me salió mal The plan came out bad.

6 to come out (aparecer) (publicación, producto, traumas).

¡qué bien sales en la foto! you look great in the photo!

ha salido en los periódicos/en la tele it's been in the papers/on TV

salir de (Cine & Teatro) to appear as

7 to come up.

8 to turn up, to come along (presentarse) (ocasión, oportunidad).

9 to work out.

salir caro to be expensive; (de dinero) to be costly (por las consecuencias)

10 to lead.

te toca salir a ti it's your lead

11 to come out.

la mancha de vino no sale the wine stain won't come out

12 to get out, to escape.

Me salió una espinilla I got a pimple.

13 to slip out.

Se me salió una imprudencia Something improper slipped out.

14 to get away.

El chico salió The boy got away.

15 to step out, to pull out, to step outside.

Ellos salieron con dificultad They pulled out with difficulty.

16 to come up against, to encounter.

Nos salió un problema We encountered a problem [came up against a problem]

17 to be out, to come out.

La luna sale a veces The moon comes out sometimes.

18 to appear to.

Nos salió un fantasma A ghost appeared to us.

19 to work out for.

20 to match.

* * *

SALIR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

salgo, sales, sale, salimos, salís, salen.

Future Indicative

saldré, saldrás, saldrá, saldremos, saldréis, saldrán.

Conditional

saldría, saldrías, saldría, saldríamos, saldríais, saldrían.

Present Subjunctive

salga, salgas, salga, salgamos, salgáis, salgan.

Imperative

sal (tú), salga (él/Vd.), salgamos (nos.), salid (vos.), salgan (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to go out, get out

2) depart, leave

3) come out, appear

4) turn out

5) become, be elected

•

- salir a

* * *
Para las expresiones salir adelante, salir ganando, salir perdiendo, salir de viaje, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=partir) [persona] to leave; [transportes] to leave, depart frm; (Náut) to leave, sail

el autocar sale a las ocho — the coach leaves at eight

sale un tren cada dos horas — there is a train every two hours

• salir [de] — to leave

salimos de Madrid a las ocho — we left Madrid at eight

saldremos del hotel temprano — we'll leave the hotel early

quiere salir del país — she wants to leave the country

¿a qué hora sales de la oficina? — what time do you leave the office?

salgo de clase a las cinco — I finish school at five

• salir [para] — to set off for

después de comer salimos para Palencia — after we had eaten we set off for Palencia

2) (=no entrar) (=ir fuera) to go out; (=venir fuera) to come out; [a divertirse] to go out

sal ahí fuera a recoger la pelota — go out there and get the ball back

sal aquí al jardín con nosotros — come out into the garden with us

salió a la calle a ver si venían — she went outside {o} she went out into the street to see if they were coming

-¿está Juan? -no, ha salido — "is Juan in?" - "no, I'm afraid he's gone out"

¿vas a salir esta noche? — are you going out tonight?

nunca he salido al extranjero — I've never been abroad

la pelota salió fuera — (Ftbl) the ball went out (of play)

los rehenes salieron por la ventana — the hostages got out through the window

• salió [corriendo] (del cuarto) — he ran out (of the room)

• salir [de], nos la encontramos al salir del cine — we bumped into her when we were coming out of the cinema

¿de dónde has salido? — where did you appear {o} spring from?

salir de un apuro — to get out of a jam

salir del coma — to come out of a coma

• salir de [paseo] — to go out for a walk

- de esta no salimos

salir de pobre —

no salió nunca de pobre — he never stopped being poor

3) [al mercado] [revista, libro, disco] to come out; [moda] to come in

el libro sale el mes que viene — the book comes out next month

acaba de salir un disco suyo — an album of his has just come out {o} been released

4) [en medios de comunicación]

la noticia salió en el periódico de ayer — the news was {o} appeared in yesterday's paper

sus padres salieron en los periódicos — her parents were in the papers

salir por la televisión — to be {o} appear on TV

5) (=surgir) to come up

en el debate no salió el tema del aborto — the subject of abortion didn't come up in the debate

si sale un puesto apropiado — if a suitable job comes up

cuando salga la ocasión — when the opportunity comes up {o} arises

¡ya salió aquello! — we know all about that!

salirle algo a algn: le ha salido novio/un trabajo — she's got herself a boyfriend/a job

6) (=aparecer) [agua] to come out; [sol] to come out; [mancha] to appear

no sale agua del grifo — there's no water coming out of the tap

ha salido una mancha en el techo — a damp patch has appeared on the ceiling

me sale sangre — I'm bleeding

7) (=nacer) [diente] to come through; [planta, sol] to come up; [pelo] to grow; [pollito] to hatch

me está saliendo una muela del juicio — one of my wisdom teeth is coming through

ya le ha salido un diente al niño — the baby already has one tooth

le han salido muchas espinillas — he's got a lot of blackheads

nos levantamos antes de que saliera el sol — we got up before sunrise

8) (=quitarse) [mancha] to come out, come off

el anillo no le sale del dedo — the ring won't come off her finger, she can't get the ring off her finger

9) (=costar)

la calefacción de gas saldría más barata — gas heating would work out cheaper

• salir [a], sale a ocho euros el kilo — it works out at eight euros a kilo

salimos a 10 libras por persona — it works out at £10 each

• salir [por], me salió por 1.000 pesos — it cost me 1,000 pesos

10) (=resultar)

¿cómo salió la representación? — how did the performance go?

espero que todo salga como habíamos planeado — I hope everything goes to plan

la prueba salió positiva — the test was positive

salió triunfador de las elecciones — he was victorious in the elections

la secretaria salió muy trabajadora — the secretary turned out to be very hard-working

¿qué número ha salido premiado en la lotería? — what was the winning number in the lottery?

salió alcalde por tres votos — he was elected mayor by three votes

tenemos que aceptarlo, salga lo que salga — we have to accept it, whatever happens

• salir [bien], el plan salió bien — the plan worked out well

espero que todo salga bien — I hope everything works out all right

¿salió bien la fiesta? — did the party go well?

ha salido muy bien de la operación — she's come through the operation very well

¿cómo te salió el examen? — how did your exam go?

• salir [mal], salió muy mal del tratamiento — the treatment wasn't at all successful

la celebración salió mal por la lluvia — the celebrations were spoiled by the rain

les salió mal el proyecto — their plan didn't work out

¡qué mal me ha salido el dibujo! — oh dear! my drawing hasn't come out very well!

11)

salirle algo a algn —

a) (=poder resolverse)

he intentado resolver el problema pero no me sale — I've tried to solve the problem but I just can't do it

este crucigrama no me sale — I can't do this crossword

b) (=resultar natural)

no me sale ser amable con ella — I find it difficult being nice to her

c) (=poder recordarse)

no me sale su apellido — I can't think of his name

12)

• salir [a] — [calle] to come out in, lead to

esta calle sale a la plaza — this street comes out in {o} leads to the square

13)

• salir [a] algn — (=parecerse) to take after sb

ha salido a su padre — he takes after his father

14)

• salir [con] algn — to go out with sb

está saliendo con un compañero de clase — she's going out with one of her classmates

salen juntos desde hace dos años — they've been going out (together) for two years

15)

• salir [con] algo — [al hablar] to come out with sth

y ahora sale con esto — and now he comes out with this

ahora me sale con que yo le debo dinero — and now he starts complaining that I owe him money

16)

• salir [de] — [proceder] to come from

el aceite que sale de la aceituna — oil which comes from olives

17)

• salir [por] algn — (=defender) to come out in defence of sb, stick up for sb; [económicamente] to back sb financially

cuando hubo problemas, salió por mí — when there were problems, she stuck up for me {o} came out in my defence

18) (Teat) to come on

sale vestido de policía — he comes on dressed as a policeman

"sale el rey" — [acotación] "enter the king"

19) (=empezar) (Dep) to start; (Ajedrez) to have first move; (Naipes) to lead

salir con un as — to lead an ace

salir de triunfo — to lead a trump

20) (Inform) to exit

21) (=sobresalir) to stick out

el balcón sale unos dos metros — the balcony sticks out about two metres

22) (=pagar)

salir a los gastos de algn — to meet {o} pay sb's expenses

2.

See:

salirse
SALIR Para precisar la forma de salir Aunque salir (de ) se suele traducir por come out (of ) o por go out (of) según la dirección del movimiento, cuando se quiere especificar la forma en que se realiza ese movimiento, estos verbos se pueden reemplazar por otros como run out, rush out, jump out, tiptoe out, climb out {etc}: Se vio a tres hombres enmascarados salir del banco corriendo Three masked men were seen running out of the bank Salió del coche con un salto He jumped out of the car Salió de puntillas de la habitación He tiptoed out of the room Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

Sentido I

1) ( partir) to leave

¿a qué hora sale tu tren/tu vuelo? — what time is your train/flight?

el jefe había salido de viaje — the boss was away

salió corriendo or disparada — (fam) she was off like a shot (colloq)

salir de algo — to leave from something

¿de qué andén sale el tren? — what platform does the train leave from?

salgo de casa a las siete — I leave home at seven

salir para algo — to leave for something

2) ( al exterior - acercándose al hablante) to come out; (- alejándose del hablante) to go out

no salgas sin abrigo — don't go out without a coat

no puedo salir, me he quedado encerrado — I can't get out, I'm trapped in here

salir de algo — to come out/get out of something

sal de ahí! — come out of there!

sal de aquí! — get out of here!

sal ya de la cama — get out of bed

¿tú de dónde has salido? — where have you sprung from?

¿de dónde salió este dinero? — where did this money come from?

nunca ha salido de España — he's never been out of Spain

no puede salir del país — she can't leave the country

salir por algo — to leave by something

salió por la puerta de atrás — he went out o left by the back door

tuvo que salir por la ventana — she had to get out through the window

salir a algo: salieron al balcón/al jardín they went out onto the balcony/into the garden; salir a + inf to go out/come out to + inf; ¿sales a jugar? are you coming out to play?; salió a hacer las compras — she's gone out (to do the) shopping

3) ( habiendo terminado algo) to leave

no salgo de trabajar hasta las siete — I don't finish o leave work until seven

¿a qué hora sales de clase? — what time do you get out of class o finish your class?

¿cuándo sale del hospital? — when is he coming out of (the) hospital?

4)

a) ( como entretenimiento) to go out

estuvo castigado un mes sin salir — he wasn't allowed to go out for a month

salieron a cenar fuera — they went out for dinner

b) ( tener una relación) to go out

salen juntos — they're going out together

salir con alguien — to go out with somebody

¿estás saliendo con alguien? — are you going out with anyone?

5) (a calle, carretera)

¿por aquí se sale a la carretera? — can I get on to the road this way?

¿esta calle sale al Paseo Colón? — does this street come out onto the Paseo Colón?

6) clavo/tapón to come out; anillo to come off

Sentido II

7) (aparecer, manifestarse)

a) cana/sarpullido to appear; (+ me/te/le etc)

me empiezan a salir canas — I'm starting to go gray

ya le ha salido el primer diente — her first tooth has already come through

le están saliendo los dientes — she's teething

me ha salió una ampolla — I've got a blister

le salió un sarpullido — he came out in a rash

me salieron granos — I broke out o (BrE) come out in spots

¿te sale sangre? — are you bleeding o is it bleeding?

me sale sangre de la nariz — my nose is bleeding

a la planta le están saliendo hojas nuevas — the plant's putting out new leaves

b) sol ( por la mañana) to rise, come up; ( de detrás de una nube) to come out

c) ( surgir) tema/idea to come up

yo no se lo pedí, salió de él — I didn't ask him to do it, it was his idea o he offered

ya salió aquello — you (o he etc) had to bring that up; (+ me/te/le etc)

le salió así, espontáneamente — he just came out with it quite spontaneously

me salió en alemán — it came o I said it in German

me salió otro compromiso — something (else) came up

d) carta ( en naipes) to come up

¿ha salido ya el 15? — have they called number 15 yet?

8)

a) ( tocar en suerte) (+ me/te/le etc)

me salió un tema que no había estudiado — I got a subject I hadn't studied

b) ( en un reparto)

salir a algo — to get something

salimos a dos pastelitos cada uno — we get two cakes each

salen a tres mil el par — it works out at three thousand a pair

9) mancha ( aparecer) to appear; ( quitarse) to come out

10)

a) revista/novela to come out; disco to come out, be released

salir al mercado — to come on to the market

b) (en televisión, el periódico) to appear

salió en primera página — it appeared on the front page

salió por or en (la) televisión — she was o appeared on television

c) ( en una foto) to appear; (+ compl)

qué bien saliste en esta foto! — this photo of you is really good

d) ( desempeñando un papel)

sale de pastor — he plays o he is a shepherd

11) (expresando irritación, sorpresa)

ya salió la niña! — her again!

salir con algo: mira con qué sale éste ahora! did you hear what he just said?; no me salgas ahora con eso — don't give me that (colloq)

Sentido III

12) ( expresando logro) (+ me/te/le etc)

¿te salió el crucigrama? — did you finish the crossword?

no me sale esta ecuación — I can't do this equation

no te sale bien el acento — you haven't got the accent right

ahora mismo no me sale su nombre — (fam) I can't think of her name right now

no le salían las palabras — he couldn't get his words out

13) ( resultar)

de aquí no va a salir nada bueno — no good is going to come of this

¿a ti te da 40? a mí me sale 42 — how do you get 40? I make it 42; (+ compl)

las cosas salieron bien — things turned out o worked out well

el plan no salió como esperábamos — the plan didn't work out as we expected

no salió ninguna de las fotos — none of the photographs came out

la foto salió movida — the photograph has come out blurred

tenemos que acabarlo salga como salga — we have to finish it no matter how it turns out

sale muy caro — it works out o is very expensive

salió elegido tesorero — he was elected treasurer

¿qué número salió premiado? — what was the winning number?

salir bien/mal en un examen — (Chi fam) to pass/fail an exam; (+ me/te/le etc)

el postre no me salió bien — the dessert didn't come out right

las cosas no nos han salido bien — things haven't gone right for us

no lo hagas deprisa que te va a salir todo mal — don't try to do it too quickly, you'll do it all wrong

¿cómo te salió el examen? — how did you get on o do in the exam?

el niño les salió muy inteligente — their son turned out (to be) really bright

14) (de situación, estado)

salir de algo: para salir del apuro in order to get out of an awkward situation; está muy mal, no sé si saldrá de ésta she's very ill, I don't know if she'll pull through; no sé cómo vamos a salir de ésta I don't know how we're going to get out of this one; me ayudó a salir de la depresión he helped me get over my depression; (+ compl) salió bien de la operación she came through the operation well; salieron ilesos del accidente they were not hurt in the accident; salió airosa del trance she came through it with flying colors; salir adelante negocio to stay afloat, survive; propuesta to prosper; fue una época muy dura, pero lograron salir adelante — it was a difficult period but they managed to get through it

15) ( con preposición)

a) salir a ( parecerse a) to take after

b) salir con (Col) ( combinar con) to go with

c) salir de (Col, Ven) ( deshacerse de) to get rid of
2.
salirse v pron

1)

a) (de recipiente, límite)

cierra el grifo, que se va a salir el agua — turn off the faucet (AmE) o (BrE) tap, the water's going to overflow

vigila que no se salga la leche — don't let the milk boil over

salirse de algo: el camión se salió de la carretera the truck came/went off the road; el río se salió de su cauce the river overflowed its banks; la pelota se salió del campo de juego the ball went into touch o out of play; procura no salirte del presupuesto try to keep within the budget; te estás saliendo del tema — you're getting off the point

b) (por orificio, grieta) agua/tinta to leak (out), come out; gas to escape, come out

salirse de algo: se está saliendo el aire del neumático the air's coming o leaking out of the tire; se me salió el hilo de la aguja — the needle's come unthreaded

c) (Chi, Méx) pluma/recipiente to leak

2) ( soltarse) to come off; (+ me/te/le etc)

estos zapatos se me salen — these shoes are too big for me

se le salían los ojos de las órbitas — his eyes were popping out of his head

3) ( irse) to leave

salirse de algo — de asociación to leave something

se salió del cine a la mitad de la película — she walked out halfway through the movie

salirse con la suya — to get one's (own) way

* * *

= come out, debouch, depart, exit, go out of, make + departure, march off, quit, take + departure, leave, issue out, start out, go out and about, go out, pop, head out, socialise [socialize, -USA], be out and about, get out and about, go forth.

Ex. Maybe it's the frustrated library school professor in him crying to come out -- whatever it is, give him a chance to show you what he knows.

Ex. As they debouched into the street and hurried back to the library, Jergens thanked Meek for being someone she could share her concerns with.

Ex. He smiled again, waved goodbye, and departed.

Ex. Enter the lesson number you wish, or press the letter 'X' to exit the tutorial.

Ex. In all 20 per cent of visitors went out of the bookshop with a book they had intended to buy, 15 per cent went out with a book they had not intended to buy and 67 went out with both intended and unintended purchases.

Ex. Before making his departure, however, a few hints upon the methods of examining bibliographic compilations are necessary.

Ex. Do not march off full-tilt in front of the readers.

Ex. If you decide not to send or save the message, replace the question mark in front of ' Quit' with another character.

Ex. 'I'm sure we'll be in touch a lot this week!' Suttie took her departure, repeating the offer.

Ex. 'Do you ever let anyone leave without inspecting their bags?' Carpozzi asked as she sidled up to the checker.

Ex. He bade her good day and issued out into the street.

Ex. He went back into the house, addressing his Maker in low agonized tones, changed, and started out again.

Ex. Thursday 22 August is your opportunity to go out and about - seeing at first hand the great variety of library and information centres located in the Central Belt of Scotland.

Ex. They decided one day to take it upon themselves without his knowledge to go out and solicit funds from some of the large corn processors and farm equipment manufacturers.

Ex. The azaleas are popping, the redbuds are in their finest attire, and the dogwoods are lacy jewels at the edge of the wood.

Ex. It's tempting to splurge on a new hi-fi system or head out on a shopping spree, but the smart option might be to pay off an existing debt.

Ex. She is married and has a family, but does not spend much time in the director's office or socialize with her.

Ex. But if you' re out and about like I am, here's where I'll be over the next few nights, and feel free to say hi if you're going to be in the same area.

Ex. Use the links below for ideas to get out and about.

Ex. Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.

----

* acabar de salir de = be fresh out of.

* a lo que salga = come what may.

* a veces las cosas salen mal = shit happens.

* a veces sales jodido = shit happens.

* aventurarse a salir = venture forth.

* ayudar a Alguien a salir adelante = help + Nombre + get on + Posesivo + feet.

* cosas + salir bien = things + work out.

* dejar que Alguien se salga con la suya = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* entrar y salir = come and go, drift in and out, wander in and out, go into and out of.

* entrar y salir corriendo = run in and out.

* estar saliendo con alguien = be in a dating relationship.

* evitar que + salir = keep + Nombre + in.

* hacer salir = push out, flush out.

* imposibilitado para salir de casa = housebound [house-bound], homebound [home-bound].

* invitar a Alguien a salir = ask + Nombre + out.

* invitar a salir = take + Nombre + out.

* no salir mal parado por = be none the worse for (that), be none the worse for wear.

* obligar a salir = drive out + with a pitchfork, push out.

* obligar a salir de = force from.

* personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.

* por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.

* que puede salir en préstamo = loanable.

* salir a = propagate out to, crash to, be out to.

* salir a borbotones = gush out, spurt.

* salir a chorros = gush out, spurt.

* salir a comer = eat out.

* salir a dar una vuelta = go out.

* salir a dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* salir a dar un paseo = go out for + a walk.

* salir adelante = make + ends meet, keep + the wolves from the door, get + unstuck.

* salir adelante a duras penas = eke out + a living, scratch (out) + a living, scrape + a living, eke out + an existence.

* salir adelante en la vida, = get on in + life.

* salir adelante por uno mismo = pull + Reflexivo + up(wards) by + Posesivo + (own) bootstraps.

* salir adelante sin la ayuda de nadie = pull + Reflexivo + up(wards) by + Posesivo + (own) bootstraps.

* salir a echarse un cigarro = go out for + a smoke.

* salir a flote = make + ends meet.

* salir a fumarse un cigarro = go out for + a smoke.

* salir a hurtadillas = steal away.

* salir airoso = pass + muster, pass with + flying colours.

* salir airoso de = ride out.

* salir a la calle = go out, hit + the streets.

* salir a la calle en avalancha = spill (out) into + the streets.

* salir a la luz = come to + light, go + live.

* salir a la palestra = come out in + the open.

* salir a las mil maravillas = work + a treat, come up + a treat, go down + a treat.

* salir a la superficie = surface.

* salir ampollas = blister.

* salir a pasear en coche = go out for + a drive.

* salir a pedir de boca = come up + roses, go off without + a hitch.

* salir apresuradamente = dash off, shoot off.

* salir a subasta = come up for + auction.

* salir a toda prisa = make + a hasty exit.

* salir a tomar una copa = go out for + a drink.

* salir bien = go + well.

* salir bien al final = turn out + right in the end.

* salir bramando = roar out of.

* salir con estupideces = talk + nonsense.

* salir corriendo = leg it, run off, run away, bolt, make + a bolt for, dash off, take off, shoot off, take off + running, take to + Posesivo + heels.

* salir corriendo a la calle = run into + the street.

* salir de = get out of, walk out of, climb out of, break out of, break through, strike out from.

* salir de casa = leave + home.

* salir de copas = go out for + a drink.

* salir de donde menos Uno se lo espera = come out of + the woodwork.

* salir de fiesta = party.

* salir de Guatemala para meterse en Guatapeor = out of the fire and into the frying pan.

* salir de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* salir de juerga = go out + boozing, paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* salir de la cárcel = release from + jail.

* salir de la miseria = haul + Reflexivo + out of + Posesivo + bog.

* salir del armario = come out of + the closet.

* salir de la rutina tradicional = break out of + the traditional mould.

* salir de la situación = extricate + Reflexivo.

* salir del cascarón = come out of + Posesivo + shell.

* salir del círculo = break out of + circle.

* salir del trabajo = clock off + work.

* salir de marcha = paint + the town red, party, go out on + the town.

* salir de nuevo = come back out.

* salir de parranda = go out + boozing, paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* salir de paseo = go out for + a walk.

* salir de paseo en coche = go out for + a drive.

* salir de perlas = come up + a treat, go down + a treat.

* salir de + Posesivo + escondite = raise + Posesivo + head above the parapet.

* salir de + Posesivo + refugio = raise + Posesivo + head above the parapet.

* salir de quién sabe dónde = come out of + the woodwork.

* salir desapercibido = sneak out of.

* salir desde = set out from.

* salir de una situación difícil = haul + Reflexivo + out of + Posesivo + bog.

* salir de un impás = circumvent + impasse.

* salir disparado = bolt, make + a bolt for, shoot off, dash off, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* salir disparado de = shoot out of.

* salir echando leches = bolt, take off, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off.

* salir el tiro por la culata = backfire, misfire.

* salir en desbandada = stampede.

* salir en estampida = stampede.

* salir en forma radial de = radiate from.

* salir enojado dando zapatazos = stomp out of.

* salir en pareja con = date.

* salir en tropel = stampede.

* salir escaldado = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.

* salir fatal = go + pear-shaped.

* salir fuera = be out and about, get out and about.

* salir ganando = make + a profit, win, compare + favourably, be better off, win + the day, win out, be better served by, come out on + top.

* salir grietas = develop + cracks.

* salir horriblemente mal = go + horribly wrong.

* salir huyendo = make off, do + a bunk.

* salir ileso = escape + injury, leave without + a scratch.

* salir impune = get away with it, get away with + murder, get away + scot-free.

* salir inadvertidamente = sneak out of.

* salir juntos = be an item.

* salir los dientes = cut + Posesivo + teeth.

* salir mal = go + wrong, go + awry, misfire, backfire.

* salir malparado = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.

* salir perdiendo = victimise [victimize, -USA], come off + worst, lose out, compare + unfavourably, lose + neck, be a little worse off.

* salir perjudicado = pay + the price, pay + the penalty.

* salir pitando = take off, bolt, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* salir por los cerros de Ubeda = go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, fly off on + a tangent.

* salir por piernas = make + a hasty exit.

* salir por pies = take off + running, leg it, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* salir resueltamente = sally forth.

* salir rugiendo = roar out of.

* salir sangre = draw + blood.

* salirse con la de Uno = have + Posesivo + way (with), get away with it.

* salirse con las de Uno = get + Posesivo + (own) way, have + Posesivo + own way, get away with + murder, get away + scot-free.

* salirse de = depart from, opt out of, step out of, spill out of.

* salirse de convencionalismos = think out(side) + (of) the box.

* salirse de la carretera = go off + the road.

* salirse del molde = think out(side) + (of) the box.

* salir según lo planeado = go off + as planned.

* salir según lo previsto = go off + as planned.

* salirse por la tangente = go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic.

* salir sigilosamente = steal away, slither out of.

* salir sin ganar ni perder = break + even.

* salir sin ser visto = sneak out of, slip out, steal away.

* salir sin un rasguño = leave without + a scratch.

* salir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.

* salir todo bien = land on + Posesivo + (own two) feet.

* salir todo redondo = land on + Posesivo + (own two) feet.

* salir una gotera = spring + a leak.

* salir un momento a = pop down to.

* salir un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.

* salir volando = bolt, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off.

* salir y caer = fall out (of).

* salir zumbando = bolt, make + a bolt for.

* si no aguantas el calor, sal de la cocina = if you can't stand the heat, get out of the kitchen.

* sol + salir por = sun + rise on.

* volver a salir = come back out.

* volver a salir a la superficie = resurface.

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

Sentido I

1) ( partir) to leave

¿a qué hora sale tu tren/tu vuelo? — what time is your train/flight?

el jefe había salido de viaje — the boss was away

salió corriendo or disparada — (fam) she was off like a shot (colloq)

salir de algo — to leave from something

¿de qué andén sale el tren? — what platform does the train leave from?

salgo de casa a las siete — I leave home at seven

salir para algo — to leave for something

2) ( al exterior - acercándose al hablante) to come out; (- alejándose del hablante) to go out

no salgas sin abrigo — don't go out without a coat

no puedo salir, me he quedado encerrado — I can't get out, I'm trapped in here

salir de algo — to come out/get out of something

sal de ahí! — come out of there!

sal de aquí! — get out of here!

sal ya de la cama — get out of bed

¿tú de dónde has salido? — where have you sprung from?

¿de dónde salió este dinero? — where did this money come from?

nunca ha salido de España — he's never been out of Spain

no puede salir del país — she can't leave the country

salir por algo — to leave by something

salió por la puerta de atrás — he went out o left by the back door

tuvo que salir por la ventana — she had to get out through the window

salir a algo: salieron al balcón/al jardín they went out onto the balcony/into the garden; salir a + inf to go out/come out to + inf; ¿sales a jugar? are you coming out to play?; salió a hacer las compras — she's gone out (to do the) shopping

3) ( habiendo terminado algo) to leave

no salgo de trabajar hasta las siete — I don't finish o leave work until seven

¿a qué hora sales de clase? — what time do you get out of class o finish your class?

¿cuándo sale del hospital? — when is he coming out of (the) hospital?

4)

a) ( como entretenimiento) to go out

estuvo castigado un mes sin salir — he wasn't allowed to go out for a month

salieron a cenar fuera — they went out for dinner

b) ( tener una relación) to go out

salen juntos — they're going out together

salir con alguien — to go out with somebody

¿estás saliendo con alguien? — are you going out with anyone?

5) (a calle, carretera)

¿por aquí se sale a la carretera? — can I get on to the road this way?

¿esta calle sale al Paseo Colón? — does this street come out onto the Paseo Colón?

6) clavo/tapón to come out; anillo to come off

Sentido II

7) (aparecer, manifestarse)

a) cana/sarpullido to appear; (+ me/te/le etc)

me empiezan a salir canas — I'm starting to go gray

ya le ha salido el primer diente — her first tooth has already come through

le están saliendo los dientes — she's teething

me ha salió una ampolla — I've got a blister

le salió un sarpullido — he came out in a rash

me salieron granos — I broke out o (BrE) come out in spots

¿te sale sangre? — are you bleeding o is it bleeding?

me sale sangre de la nariz — my nose is bleeding

a la planta le están saliendo hojas nuevas — the plant's putting out new leaves

b) sol ( por la mañana) to rise, come up; ( de detrás de una nube) to come out

c) ( surgir) tema/idea to come up

yo no se lo pedí, salió de él — I didn't ask him to do it, it was his idea o he offered

ya salió aquello — you (o he etc) had to bring that up; (+ me/te/le etc)

le salió así, espontáneamente — he just came out with it quite spontaneously

me salió en alemán — it came o I said it in German

me salió otro compromiso — something (else) came up

d) carta ( en naipes) to come up

¿ha salido ya el 15? — have they called number 15 yet?

8)

a) ( tocar en suerte) (+ me/te/le etc)

me salió un tema que no había estudiado — I got a subject I hadn't studied

b) ( en un reparto)

salir a algo — to get something

salimos a dos pastelitos cada uno — we get two cakes each

salen a tres mil el par — it works out at three thousand a pair

9) mancha ( aparecer) to appear; ( quitarse) to come out

10)

a) revista/novela to come out; disco to come out, be released

salir al mercado — to come on to the market

b) (en televisión, el periódico) to appear

salió en primera página — it appeared on the front page

salió por or en (la) televisión — she was o appeared on television

c) ( en una foto) to appear; (+ compl)

qué bien saliste en esta foto! — this photo of you is really good

d) ( desempeñando un papel)

sale de pastor — he plays o he is a shepherd

11) (expresando irritación, sorpresa)

ya salió la niña! — her again!

salir con algo: mira con qué sale éste ahora! did you hear what he just said?; no me salgas ahora con eso — don't give me that (colloq)

Sentido III

12) ( expresando logro) (+ me/te/le etc)

¿te salió el crucigrama? — did you finish the crossword?

no me sale esta ecuación — I can't do this equation

no te sale bien el acento — you haven't got the accent right

ahora mismo no me sale su nombre — (fam) I can't think of her name right now

no le salían las palabras — he couldn't get his words out

13) ( resultar)

de aquí no va a salir nada bueno — no good is going to come of this

¿a ti te da 40? a mí me sale 42 — how do you get 40? I make it 42; (+ compl)

las cosas salieron bien — things turned out o worked out well

el plan no salió como esperábamos — the plan didn't work out as we expected

no salió ninguna de las fotos — none of the photographs came out

la foto salió movida — the photograph has come out blurred

tenemos que acabarlo salga como salga — we have to finish it no matter how it turns out

sale muy caro — it works out o is very expensive

salió elegido tesorero — he was elected treasurer

¿qué número salió premiado? — what was the winning number?

salir bien/mal en un examen — (Chi fam) to pass/fail an exam; (+ me/te/le etc)

el postre no me salió bien — the dessert didn't come out right

las cosas no nos han salido bien — things haven't gone right for us

no lo hagas deprisa que te va a salir todo mal — don't try to do it too quickly, you'll do it all wrong

¿cómo te salió el examen? — how did you get on o do in the exam?

el niño les salió muy inteligente — their son turned out (to be) really bright

14) (de situación, estado)

salir de algo: para salir del apuro in order to get out of an awkward situation; está muy mal, no sé si saldrá de ésta she's very ill, I don't know if she'll pull through; no sé cómo vamos a salir de ésta I don't know how we're going to get out of this one; me ayudó a salir de la depresión he helped me get over my depression; (+ compl) salió bien de la operación she came through the operation well; salieron ilesos del accidente they were not hurt in the accident; salió airosa del trance she came through it with flying colors; salir adelante negocio to stay afloat, survive; propuesta to prosper; fue una época muy dura, pero lograron salir adelante — it was a difficult period but they managed to get through it

15) ( con preposición)

a) salir a ( parecerse a) to take after

b) salir con (Col) ( combinar con) to go with

c) salir de (Col, Ven) ( deshacerse de) to get rid of
2.
salirse v pron

1)

a) (de recipiente, límite)

cierra el grifo, que se va a salir el agua — turn off the faucet (AmE) o (BrE) tap, the water's going to overflow

vigila que no se salga la leche — don't let the milk boil over

salirse de algo: el camión se salió de la carretera the truck came/went off the road; el río se salió de su cauce the river overflowed its banks; la pelota se salió del campo de juego the ball went into touch o out of play; procura no salirte del presupuesto try to keep within the budget; te estás saliendo del tema — you're getting off the point

b) (por orificio, grieta) agua/tinta to leak (out), come out; gas to escape, come out

salirse de algo: se está saliendo el aire del neumático the air's coming o leaking out of the tire; se me salió el hilo de la aguja — the needle's come unthreaded

c) (Chi, Méx) pluma/recipiente to leak

2) ( soltarse) to come off; (+ me/te/le etc)

estos zapatos se me salen — these shoes are too big for me

se le salían los ojos de las órbitas — his eyes were popping out of his head

3) ( irse) to leave

salirse de algo — de asociación to leave something

se salió del cine a la mitad de la película — she walked out halfway through the movie

salirse con la suya — to get one's (own) way

* * *

= come out, debouch, depart, exit, go out of, make + departure, march off, quit, take + departure, leave, issue out, start out, go out and about, go out, pop, head out, socialise [socialize, -USA], be out and about, get out and about, go forth.

Ex: Maybe it's the frustrated library school professor in him crying to come out -- whatever it is, give him a chance to show you what he knows.

Ex: As they debouched into the street and hurried back to the library, Jergens thanked Meek for being someone she could share her concerns with.

Ex: He smiled again, waved goodbye, and departed.

Ex: Enter the lesson number you wish, or press the letter 'X' to exit the tutorial.

Ex: In all 20 per cent of visitors went out of the bookshop with a book they had intended to buy, 15 per cent went out with a book they had not intended to buy and 67 went out with both intended and unintended purchases.

Ex: Before making his departure, however, a few hints upon the methods of examining bibliographic compilations are necessary.

Ex: Do not march off full-tilt in front of the readers.

Ex: If you decide not to send or save the message, replace the question mark in front of ' Quit' with another character.

Ex: 'I'm sure we'll be in touch a lot this week!' Suttie took her departure, repeating the offer.

Ex: 'Do you ever let anyone leave without inspecting their bags?' Carpozzi asked as she sidled up to the checker.

Ex: He bade her good day and issued out into the street.

Ex: He went back into the house, addressing his Maker in low agonized tones, changed, and started out again.

Ex: Thursday 22 August is your opportunity to go out and about - seeing at first hand the great variety of library and information centres located in the Central Belt of Scotland.

Ex: They decided one day to take it upon themselves without his knowledge to go out and solicit funds from some of the large corn processors and farm equipment manufacturers.

Ex: The azaleas are popping, the redbuds are in their finest attire, and the dogwoods are lacy jewels at the edge of the wood.

Ex: It's tempting to splurge on a new hi-fi system or head out on a shopping spree, but the smart option might be to pay off an existing debt.

Ex: She is married and has a family, but does not spend much time in the director's office or socialize with her.

Ex: But if you' re out and about like I am, here's where I'll be over the next few nights, and feel free to say hi if you're going to be in the same area.

Ex: Use the links below for ideas to get out and about.

Ex: Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.

* acabar de salir de = be fresh out of.

* a lo que salga = come what may.

* a veces las cosas salen mal = shit happens.

* a veces sales jodido = shit happens.

* aventurarse a salir = venture forth.

* ayudar a Alguien a salir adelante = help + Nombre + get on + Posesivo + feet.

* cosas + salir bien = things + work out.

* dejar que Alguien se salga con la suya = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* entrar y salir = come and go, drift in and out, wander in and out, go into and out of.

* entrar y salir corriendo = run in and out.

* estar saliendo con alguien = be in a dating relationship.

* evitar que + salir = keep + Nombre + in.

* hacer salir = push out, flush out.

* imposibilitado para salir de casa = housebound [house-bound], homebound [home-bound].

* invitar a Alguien a salir = ask + Nombre + out.

* invitar a salir = take + Nombre + out.

* no salir mal parado por = be none the worse for (that), be none the worse for wear.

* obligar a salir = drive out + with a pitchfork, push out.

* obligar a salir de = force from.

* personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.

* por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.

* que puede salir en préstamo = loanable.

* salir a = propagate out to, crash to, be out to.

* salir a borbotones = gush out, spurt.

* salir a chorros = gush out, spurt.

* salir a comer = eat out.

* salir a dar una vuelta = go out.

* salir a dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* salir a dar un paseo = go out for + a walk.

* salir adelante = make + ends meet, keep + the wolves from the door, get + unstuck.

* salir adelante a duras penas = eke out + a living, scratch (out) + a living, scrape + a living, eke out + an existence.

* salir adelante en la vida, = get on in + life.

* salir adelante por uno mismo = pull + Reflexivo + up(wards) by + Posesivo + (own) bootstraps.

* salir adelante sin la ayuda de nadie = pull + Reflexivo + up(wards) by + Posesivo + (own) bootstraps.

* salir a echarse un cigarro = go out for + a smoke.

* salir a flote = make + ends meet.

* salir a fumarse un cigarro = go out for + a smoke.

* salir a hurtadillas = steal away.

* salir airoso = pass + muster, pass with + flying colours.

* salir airoso de = ride out.

* salir a la calle = go out, hit + the streets.

* salir a la calle en avalancha = spill (out) into + the streets.

* salir a la luz = come to + light, go + live.

* salir a la palestra = come out in + the open.

* salir a las mil maravillas = work + a treat, come up + a treat, go down + a treat.

* salir a la superficie = surface.

* salir ampollas = blister.

* salir a pasear en coche = go out for + a drive.

* salir a pedir de boca = come up + roses, go off without + a hitch.

* salir apresuradamente = dash off, shoot off.

* salir a subasta = come up for + auction.

* salir a toda prisa = make + a hasty exit.

* salir a tomar una copa = go out for + a drink.

* salir bien = go + well.

* salir bien al final = turn out + right in the end.

* salir bramando = roar out of.

* salir con estupideces = talk + nonsense.

* salir corriendo = leg it, run off, run away, bolt, make + a bolt for, dash off, take off, shoot off, take off + running, take to + Posesivo + heels.

* salir corriendo a la calle = run into + the street.

* salir de = get out of, walk out of, climb out of, break out of, break through, strike out from.

* salir de casa = leave + home.

* salir de copas = go out for + a drink.

* salir de donde menos Uno se lo espera = come out of + the woodwork.

* salir de fiesta = party.

* salir de Guatemala para meterse en Guatapeor = out of the fire and into the frying pan.

* salir de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* salir de juerga = go out + boozing, paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* salir de la cárcel = release from + jail.

* salir de la miseria = haul + Reflexivo + out of + Posesivo + bog.

* salir del armario = come out of + the closet.

* salir de la rutina tradicional = break out of + the traditional mould.

* salir de la situación = extricate + Reflexivo.

* salir del cascarón = come out of + Posesivo + shell.

* salir del círculo = break out of + circle.

* salir del trabajo = clock off + work.

* salir de marcha = paint + the town red, party, go out on + the town.

* salir de nuevo = come back out.

* salir de parranda = go out + boozing, paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* salir de paseo = go out for + a walk.

* salir de paseo en coche = go out for + a drive.

* salir de perlas = come up + a treat, go down + a treat.

* salir de + Posesivo + escondite = raise + Posesivo + head above the parapet.

* salir de + Posesivo + refugio = raise + Posesivo + head above the parapet.

* salir de quién sabe dónde = come out of + the woodwork.

* salir desapercibido = sneak out of.

* salir desde = set out from.

* salir de una situación difícil = haul + Reflexivo + out of + Posesivo + bog.

* salir de un impás = circumvent + impasse.

* salir disparado = bolt, make + a bolt for, shoot off, dash off, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* salir disparado de = shoot out of.

* salir echando leches = bolt, take off, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off.

* salir el tiro por la culata = backfire, misfire.

* salir en desbandada = stampede.

* salir en estampida = stampede.

* salir en forma radial de = radiate from.

* salir enojado dando zapatazos = stomp out of.

* salir en pareja con = date.

* salir en tropel = stampede.

* salir escaldado = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.

* salir fatal = go + pear-shaped.

* salir fuera = be out and about, get out and about.

* salir ganando = make + a profit, win, compare + favourably, be better off, win + the day, win out, be better served by, come out on + top.

* salir grietas = develop + cracks.

* salir horriblemente mal = go + horribly wrong.

* salir huyendo = make off, do + a bunk.

* salir ileso = escape + injury, leave without + a scratch.

* salir impune = get away with it, get away with + murder, get away + scot-free.

* salir inadvertidamente = sneak out of.

* salir juntos = be an item.

* salir los dientes = cut + Posesivo + teeth.

* salir mal = go + wrong, go + awry, misfire, backfire.

* salir malparado = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.

* salir perdiendo = victimise [victimize, -USA], come off + worst, lose out, compare + unfavourably, lose + neck, be a little worse off.

* salir perjudicado = pay + the price, pay + the penalty.

* salir pitando = take off, bolt, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* salir por los cerros de Ubeda = go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, fly off on + a tangent.

* salir por piernas = make + a hasty exit.

* salir por pies = take off + running, leg it, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* salir resueltamente = sally forth.

* salir rugiendo = roar out of.

* salir sangre = draw + blood.

* salirse con la de Uno = have + Posesivo + way (with), get away with it.

* salirse con las de Uno = get + Posesivo + (own) way, have + Posesivo + own way, get away with + murder, get away + scot-free.

* salirse de = depart from, opt out of, step out of, spill out of.

* salirse de convencionalismos = think out(side) + (of) the box.

* salirse de la carretera = go off + the road.

* salirse del molde = think out(side) + (of) the box.

* salir según lo planeado = go off + as planned.

* salir según lo previsto = go off + as planned.

* salirse por la tangente = go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic.

* salir sigilosamente = steal away, slither out of.

* salir sin ganar ni perder = break + even.

* salir sin ser visto = sneak out of, slip out, steal away.

* salir sin un rasguño = leave without + a scratch.

* salir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.

* salir todo bien = land on + Posesivo + (own two) feet.

* salir todo redondo = land on + Posesivo + (own two) feet.

* salir una gotera = spring + a leak.

* salir un momento a = pop down to.

* salir un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.

* salir volando = bolt, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off.

* salir y caer = fall out (of).

* salir zumbando = bolt, make + a bolt for.

* si no aguantas el calor, sal de la cocina = if you can't stand the heat, get out of the kitchen.

* sol + salir por = sun + rise on.

* volver a salir = come back out.

* volver a salir a la superficie = resurface.

* * *

salir [ I29 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ salir (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A partir

B salir al exterior

C

1 habiendo terminado algo

2 Informática

D

1 como entretenimiento

2 tener una relación

E a una calle, carretera

F salir: clavos, tapones etc

Sentido II

A

1 aparecer, manifestarse

2 salir: sol

3 surgir

4 en naipes

B

1 tocar en suerte

2 en un reparto

C salir: manchas

D

1 salir: revista, novela etc

2 en televisión, el periódico

3 en una foto

4 desempeñando un papel

E expresando irritación, sorpresa

Sentido III

A expresando logro

B resultar

C de una situación, un estado

D parecerse a

E salir con, combinar con

F salir de, deshacerse de

■ salirse (verbo pronominal)

A

1 de un recipiente, un límite

2 por un orificio, una grieta

3 salirse: recipientes etc

B soltarse

C irse

vi

Sentido I

A (partir) to leave

¿a qué hora sale el tren/tu vuelo? what time does the train/your flight leave?, what time is your train/flight?

salieron a toda velocidad they went off at top speed, they sped off

¿está Marcos? — no, ha salido de viaje can I speak to Marcos? — I'm afraid he's away at the moment

salió corriendo or pitando or disparada ( fam); she was off like a shot ( colloq), she shot off ( colloq)

salir DE algo to leave FROM sth

¿de qué andén sale el tren? what platform does the train leave from?

salgo de casa a las siete I leave home at seven

salir PARA algo to leave FOR sth

los novios salieron para las Bahamas the newlyweds left for the Bahamas

B (al exterior — acercándose al hablante) to come out; (— alejándose del hablante) to go out

no salgas sin abrigo don't go out without a coat

ha salido she's gone out, she's out

ya puedes salir que te he visto you can come on out now, I can see you

no puedo salir, me he quedado encerrado I can't get out, I'm trapped in here

salir DE algo to come out/get out OF sth

¡sal de ahí! come out of there!

¡sal de aquí! get out of here!

sal de debajo de la mesa come out from under the table

no salió de su habitación en todo el día he didn't come out of o leave his room all day

sal ya de la cama get out of bed

de aquí que no salga ni una palabra not a word of this to anyone

¿tú de dónde has salido? where have you sprung from?

¿de dónde salió este dinero? where did this money come from?

nunca ha salido de España/del pueblo he's never been out of Spain/the village

está en libertad bajo fianza y no puede salir del país she's out on bail and can't leave the country

para impedir que salgan más capitales del país to prevent more capital flowing out of o leaving the country

salir POR algo to leave BY sth

tuvo que salir por la ventana she had to get out through the window

acaba de salir por la puerta de atrás he's just left by the back door, he's just gone out the back door

salir A algo:

salieron al balcón/al jardín they went out onto the balcony/into the garden

salen al mar por la noche they go out to sea at night

¿quién quiere salir a la pizarra? who wants to come up to the blackboard?

el equipo salió al terreno de juego the team took the field o came onto the field

¿quién te salió al teléfono? who answered (the phone)?

salir A + INF to go out/come out to + INF

¿sales a jugar? are you coming out to play?

ha salido a hacer la compra she's gone out (to do the) shopping

C

1 (habiendo terminado algo) to leave

no salgo de trabajar hasta las siete I don't finish o leave work until seven

empezó a trabajar aquí recién salido de la escuela he started working here just after he left school

¿a qué hora sales de clase? what time do you come out of class o get out of class o finish your class?

¿cuándo sale del hospital/de la cárcel? when is he coming out of (the) hospital/(the) prison?

2 ( Informática) (del sistema) to log off, log out; (de una aplicación) to quit

D

1 (como entretenimiento) to go out

estuvo castigado un mes sin salir he wasn't allowed to go out for a month

salieron a cenar fuera they went out for dinner, they had dinner out

2 (tener una relación) to go out

hace tiempo que salen juntos they've been going out together for a while

salir CON algn to go out WITH sb

¿estás saliendo con alguien? are you going out with anyone?, are you seeing anyone? ( AmE)

E

(a una calle, carretera): ¿por aquí se sale a la carretera? can I get on to the road this way?

¿esta calle sale al Paseo Colón? will this street take me to the Paseo Colón?, does this street come out onto the Paseo Colón?

F «clavo/tapón» to come out; «anillo» to come off

el anillo no me sale my ring won't come off, I can't get my ring off

Sentido II

A (aparecer, manifestarse)

1 «cana/sarpullido» to appear

(+ me/te/le etc): ya me empiezan a salir canas I'm starting to go gray, I'm getting gray hairs

ya le han salido los dientes de abajo she's already got o she's already cut her bottom teeth, her bottom teeth have already come through

me ha salido una ampolla I've got a blister

le salió un sarpullido he came out in a rash

le ha salido un chichón en la frente a bump's come up on her forehead

si como chocolate me salen granos if I eat chocolate I break out o ( BrE) come out in spots

a ver ¿te sale sangre? let's have a look, are you bleeding o is it bleeding?

me sale sangre de la nariz my nose is bleeding

a la planta le están saliendo hojas nuevas the plant's putting out new leaves, the plant has some new leaves coming out

2 «sol» (por la mañana) to rise, come up; (de detrás de una nube) to come out

parece que quiere salir el sol it looks as though the sun's trying to come out

3 (surgir) «tema/idea» to come up

¿cómo salió eso a la conversación? how did that come up in the conversation?

yo no se lo pedí, salió de él I didn't ask him to do it, it was his idea o he offered

(+ me/te/le etc): le salió así, espontáneamente he just came out with it quite spontaneously

me salió en alemán it came out in German, I said it in German

no me salió nada mejor nothing better came up o turned up

¿has visto el novio que le ha salido? ( fam); have you seen the boyfriend she's found herself? ( colloq)

no voy a poder ir, me ha salido otro compromiso I'm afraid I won't be able to go, something (else) has come up o cropped up

4 «carta» (en naipes) to come up

el as de diamantes todavía no ha salido the ace of diamonds hasn't come up yet

¿ya ha salido el 15? have they called number 15 yet?, has number 15 gone yet?

B

1 (tocar en suerte) (+ me/te/le etc):

me salió un tema que no había estudiado I got a subject I hadn't studied

me salió un cinco I got a five

2 ( Esp) (en un reparto) salir A algo; to get sth

salimos a dos pastelitos cada uno we get two cakes each, it works out as two cakes each

son tres hermanos, así que salen a tres mil cada uno there are three brothers, so they each end up with o get three thousand

C «mancha» (aparecer) to appear; (quitarse) to come out

D

1 «revista» to come out; «novela» to come out, be published; «disco» to come out, be released

un producto que acaba de salir al mercado a new product which has just come on to the market

2 (en televisión, el periódico) to appear

la noticia salió en primera página the news appeared on the front page

salió por or en (la) televisión she was o appeared on television

ayer salió mi primo en or por la televisión my cousin was on (the) television yesterday

3 (en una foto) to appear

no sale en esta foto he doesn't appear in o he isn't in this photograph

(+ compl): ¡qué bien saliste en esta foto! you've come out really well in this photograph, this is a really good photograph of you

4

(desempeñando un papel): ¿tú sales en la obra de fin de curso? are you in the end-of-term play?

sale de pastor he plays o he is a shepherd

me salió de testigo en el juicio ( RPl); he testified on my behalf

le salí de testigo cuando se casó ( RPl); I was a witness at her wedding

E (expresando irritación, sorpresa) salir + GER:

y ahora sale diciendo que no lo sabía and now he says he didn't know

salir CON algo:

¡mira con qué sale éste ahora! did you hear what he just said?

no me salgas ahora con eso don't give me that ( colloq)

y ahora me sale con que no quiere ir and now he tells me he doesn't want to go!

¡a veces sale con cada cosa más graciosa! sometimes she comes out with the funniest things!

Sentido III

A (expresando logro) (+ me/te/le etc):

¿te salió el crucigrama? did you finish the crossword?

no me sale esta ecuación/cuenta I can't do this equation/sum

¿me ayudas con este dibujo que a mí no me sale? can you help me with this drawing? I can't get it right

no te sale el acento mexicano you're not very good at the Mexican accent, you haven't got the Mexican accent right

ahora mismo no me sale su nombre ( fam); I can't think of her name right now

estaba tan entusiasmado que no le salían las palabras he was so excited he couldn't get his words out

B

(resultar): de aquí no va a salir nada bueno no good is going to come of this

van a lo que salga, nunca hacen planes they just take things as they come, they never make plans

¿a ti te da 40? a mí me sale 42 how do you get 40? I make it 42

(+ compl): las cosas salieron mejor de lo que esperábamos things turned out/worked out better than we expected

tenemos que acabarlo salga como salga we have to finish it, no matter how it turns out

no ha salido ninguna de las fotos none of the photographs has come out

la foto ha salido movida the photograph has come out blurred

mandarlo certificado sale muy caro sending it registered mail works out o is very expensive

salió elegido tesorero he was elected treasurer

¿qué número salió premiado? what was the winning number?

salió beneficiado en el reparto he did well out of the division o ( BrE) share-out

(+ me/te/le etc): el postre no me salió bien the dessert didn't come out right

las cosas no nos han salido bien things haven't gone right for us

no lo hagas deprisa que te va a salir todo al revés don't try to do it too quickly, you'll do it all wrong

si lo haces sin regla te va a salir torcido if you do it without a ruler it'll come out crooked

así te va a salir muy caro it'll work out very expensive for you that way

¿cómo te salió el examen? how did you get on o do in the exam?, how did the exam go?

el niño les salió muy inteligente their son turned out (to be) really bright

C (de una situación, un estado) salir DE algo:

para salir del apuro in order to get out of an awkward situation

está muy mal, no sé si saldrá de ésta she's very ill, I don't know if she'll make it o if she'll pull through

no sé cómo vamos a salir de ésta I don't know how we're going to get out of this one

luchan por salir de la miseria en que viven they struggle to escape from the poverty in which they live

me ayudó a salir de la depresión he helped me get over my depression

a este paso no vamos a salir nunca de pobres the way we're going we're never going to stop being poor

(+ compl): salió bien de la operación she came through the operation well

salieron ilesos del accidente they were not hurt in the accident

salió airosa del trance she came through it with flying colors*

salir bien/mal en un examen ( Chi) ( Educ) to pass/fail an exam

salir adelante: fue una época muy dura, pero lograron salir adelante it was a difficult period but they managed to get through it

para que el negocio salga adelante if the business is to stay afloat o survive

la propuesta cuenta con pocas posibilidades de salir adelante the proposal is unlikely to prosper

paso¹ (↑ paso (1))

D salir a (parecerse a) to take after

es gordita, sale a la madre she's chubby, she takes after her mother

¡tiene a quien salir! you can see who she takes after!

en lo tozudo sale a su padre he gets his stubbornness from his father

E salir con ( Col) (combinar con) to go with

F salir de ( Col) (deshacerse de) to get rid of

no han podido salir de él they haven't been able to get rid of him

■ salirse

v pron

A

1

(de un recipiente, un límite): cierra el grifo, que se va a salir el agua turn off the faucet ( AmE) o ( BrE) tap, the water's going to overflow

vigila que no se salga la leche don't let the milk boil over

salirse DE algo:

el camión se salió de la carretera the truck came/went off the road, the truck left the road

el río se salió de su cauce the river overflowed its banks

no te salgas de las líneas keep inside the lines

la pelota se salió del campo de juego the ball went out of play o into touch

procura no salirte del presupuesto try to keep within the budget

te estás saliendo del tema you're getting off the point

2 (por un orificio, una grieta) «agua/tinta» to leak, leak out, come out; «gas» to escape, come out

está rajado y se sale el aceite it's cracked and the oil leaks out

salirse DE algo:

se está saliendo el aire del neumático the air's coming o leaking out of the tire*

se me ha salido el hilo de la aguja the needle's come unthreaded

3 (Chi, Méx) «recipiente/pluma» to leak

B (soltarse) to come off

se ha salido el pomo de la puerta the knob has come off the door

(+ me/te/le etc): estos zapatos se me salen these shoes are too big for me

se le ha salido una rueda it's lost a wheel, one of the wheels has come off

se le salían los ojos de las órbitas his eyes were popping out of his head o were out on stalks

C (irse) to leave salirse DE algo ‹de una asociación› to leave sth

se salió del cine a la mitad de la película she walked out halfway through the movie

salirse con la suya to get one's (own) way

* * *

salir ( conjugate salir) verbo intransitivo
1 ( partir) to leave;
◊ ¿a qué hora sale el tren? what time does the train leave?;

el jefe había salido de viaje the boss was away;
salió corriendo (fam) she was off like a shot (colloq);
salir de algo to leave from sth;
¿de qué andén sale el tren? what platform does the train leave from?;
salgo de casa a las siete I leave home at seven;
salir para algo to leave for sth
2 ( al exterior — acercándose al hablante) to come out;
(— alejándose del hablante) to go out;
◊ no salgas sin abrigo don't go out without a coat;

no puedo salir, me he quedado encerrado I can't get out, I'm trapped in here;
salir de algo to come out/get out of sth;
¡sal de ahí/de aquí! come out of there/get out of here!;
¿de dónde salió este dinero? where did this money come from?;
nunca ha salido de España he's never been out of Spain;
salir por la ventana/por la puerta to get out through the window/leave by the door;
salieron al balcón/al jardín they went out onto the balcony/into the garden;
¿por aquí se sale a la carretera? can I get on to the road this way?;
salió a hacer las compras she's gone out (to do the) shopping
3 ( habiendo terminado algo) to leave;
◊ ¿a qué hora sales de clase? what time do you get out of class o finish your class?;

¿cuándo sale del hospital? when is he coming out of (the) hospital?
4
a) ( como entretenimiento) to go out;

◊ salir a cenar to go out for dinner

b) ( tener una relación) to go out;

salir con algn to go out with sb
5 [clavo/tapón/mancha] to come out;
[ anillo] to come off
1 (aparecer, manifestarse)
a) [cana/sarpullido] to appear;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ me empiezan a salir canas I'm starting to go gray;

le están saliendo los dientes she's teething;
me salió una ampolla I've got a blister;
le salió un sarpullido he came out in a rash;
me salieron granos I broke out o (BrE) came out in spots;
me sale sangre de la nariz my nose is bleeding;
a la planta le están saliendo hojas nuevas the plant's putting out new leaves
b) [ sol] ( por la mañana) to rise, come up;

( de detrás de una nube) to come out
c) ( surgir) [tema/idea] to come up

d) [ carta] ( en naipes) to come up

2
a) [revista/novela] to come out;

[ disco] to come out, be released;
◊ salir al mercado to come on to the market

b) (en televisión, en el periódico) to appear

c) ( en una foto) to appear;

(+ compl)
◊ saliste muy bien en la foto you came out very well in the photo

1 ( expresando logro) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ no me sale esta ecuación I can't do this equation;

ahora mismo no me sale su nombre (fam) I can't think of her name right now;
no le salían las palabras he couldn't get his words out
2
a) ( costar) to work out;

◊ sale más barato/caro it works out less/more expensive

b) ( resultar):

◊ todo salió bien everything turned out o worked out well;

salió tal como lo planeamos it turned out just as we planned;
no salió ninguna de las fotos none of the photographs came out;
¿qué número salió premiado? what was the winning number?;
salir bien/mal en un examen (Chi fam) to pass/fail an exam;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ el postre no me salió bien the dessert didn't come out right

3 (de situación, estado) salir de algo ‹ de apuro› to get out of sth;
‹ de depresión› to get over sth;
◊ salieron ilesos del accidente they were not hurt in the accident;

salir adelante [ negocio] to stay afloat, survive;

[ propuesta] to prosper;
◊ lograron salir adelante they managed to get through it

4 ( con preposición)
a)

◊ salir a ( parecerse a) to take after

b)

◊ salir con (Col) ( combinar con) to go with

salirse verbo pronominal
1
a) (de borde, límite) [ agua] to overflow;

[ leche] to boil over;
salirse de algo ‹ de carretera› to come/go off sth;
‹ de tema› to get off sth;
◊ el río se salió de su cauce the river overflowed its banks;

procura no salirte del presupuesto try to keep within the budget
b) (por orificio, grieta) [agua/tinta] to leak (out), come out;

[ gas] to escape, come out
2 ( soltarse) [pedazo/pieza] to come off;
(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ estos zapatos se me salen these shoes are too big for me

3 ( irse) to leave;
salirse de algo ‹ de asociación› to leave sth;
◊ salirse con la suya to get one's (own) way

salir verbo intransitivo
1 (de un lugar) to go out: nunca ha salido de su país, he's never been out of his country
el ladrón salió por la ventana, the burglar got out through the window
(si el hablante está fuera) to come out: ¡sal de la habitación, por favor! please, come out of the room!
2 Inform to exit
(de un sistema) to log off
3 (partir) to leave: salí de casa a mediodía, I left home at noon
nuestro avión sale a las seis, our plane departs at six
4 (para divertirse) to go out: siempre sale los viernes, she always goes out on Friday
5 (tener una relación) to go out: está saliendo con Ana, he's going out with Ana
6 Dep to start
(en juegos) to lead
7 (manifestarse, emerger) le ha salido un grano en la cara, he has got a spot on his face
me salió sangre de la nariz, my nose was bleeding
(un astro) to rise: la Luna sale al atardecer, the moon comes out in the evening
(retoñar, germinar) to sprout
8 (surgir) la idea salió de ti, it was your idea
9 (aparecer) mi hermana salía en (la) televisión, my sister appeared on television
(un libro, un disco, etc) to come out
10 salir a (parecerse) ha salido a su hermano, he takes after his brother
(costar) el almuerzo sale a 800 pesetas cada uno, lunch works out at 800 pesetas a head
11 (resultar) su hija le ha salido muy estudiosa, her daughter has turned out to be very studious
salió premiado el número 5.566, the winning number was 5,566
(una operación matemática) a él le da 20, pero a mí me sale 25, he gets 20, but I make it 25
12 (costar) nos sale barato, it works out cheap
13 (superar una situación, una gran dificultad) to come through, get over: estuvo muy enfermo, pero salió de esa, he was very ill, but he pulled through
14 (ser elegido por votación) salió alcalde, he was elected mayor
♦ Locuciones: salir con, (manifestación inesperada) no me salgas ahora con estupideces, stop talking nonsense
' salir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acampada
- ahora
- airosa
- airoso
- al
- asomarse
- atusar
- boca
- cabronada
- casa
- con
- concebir
- contraluz
- coscorrón
- cuenta
- dar
- dejar
- desalojar
- desfilar
- desorbitar
- dimanar
- echar
- entrar
- estar
- gatas
- grabar
- gracia
- gustar
- hondura
- irse
- niqui
- palestra
- para
- parada
- parado
- paso
- pico
- pierna
- pitar
- portazo
- puntilla
- quite
- rana
- relucir
- revés
- rodada
- rodado
- salida
- sangrar
- señora
English:
after
- appear
- as
- ask out
- average out at
- back out
- be
- blow off
- boomerang
- bootstrap
- break
- break out
- break through
- call away
- can
- check out
- chicken out
- clean up
- climb
- come away
- come off
- come on
- come out
- come up
- crowd
- dash off
- dash out
- date
- depart
- discipline
- do
- doll
- doubtfully
- downpour
- draw out
- drive-through
- emerge
- even
- exit
- fancy
- flounce
- forward
- genie
- get about
- get along
- get away
- get away with
- get off
- get out
- go

* * *

salir

♦ vi

1. [ir fuera] to go out;
[venir fuera] to come out;
¡sal aquí fuera! come out here!;

no pueden salir, están atrapados they can't get out, they're trapped;

¿salimos al jardín? shall we go out into the garden?;

salieron al balcón they went out onto the balcony;

salió a la puerta she came/went to the door;

salir a escena [actor] to come/go on stage;

salir a pasear/tomar el aire to go out for a walk/for a breath of fresh air;

salir a hacer la compra/de compras to go shopping;

salir de to go/come out of;

me lo encontré al salir del cine I met him as I was coming out of the cinema;

¡sal de aquí! get out of here!;

¡sal de ahí! come out of there!;

salimos por la escalera de incendios/la puerta trasera we left via the fire escape/through the back door;

Comp
Fam
porque me sale/no me sale de las narices because I damn well feel like it/damn well can't be bothered;

Comp
muy Fam
porque me sale/no me sale de los huevos because I bloody well feel like it/because I can't be arsed

2. [marcharse] to leave ( para for);
cuando salimos de Quito/del país when we left Quito/the country;

salí de casa/del trabajo a las siete I left home/work at seven;

¿a qué hora o [m5] cuándo sale vuestro vuelo? when does your flight leave?;

¿a qué hora o [m5] cuándo sales de trabajar? what time do you leave o finish work?;

salir corriendo to run off;
Fam
salir pitando to leg it;

salir de vacaciones to go (away) on Br holiday o US vacation;

salir de viaje to go away (on a trip)

3. [ser novios] to go out ( con with);
están saliendo they are going out (together);

¿desde cuándo llevan saliendo? how long have they been going out (together)?

4. [ir a divertirse] to go out;

suelo salir el fin de semana I usually go out at the weekend;

salen mucho a cenar they eat out a lot

5. [librarse]
salir de la droga to get off drugs;

Marisa ha salido de la depresión Marisa has got over o come through her depression;

salir de la miseria to escape from poverty;

salir de un apuro to get out of a tight spot;

le he ayudado a salir de muchos líos I've helped him out of a lot of tricky situations;

no sé si podremos salir de ésta I don't know how we're going to get out of this one;

con este dinero no vamos a salir de pobres this money isn't exactly enough for us never to have to work again

6. [desembocar] [calle, sendero, carretera]
¿a dónde sale esta calle? where does this street come out?

7. [separarse]
este anillo sale fácilmente this ring comes off easily;

este corcho no sale this cork won't come out

8. [resultar] to turn out;

ha salido muy estudioso he's turned out to be very studious;

¿cómo salió la fiesta? how did the party go?;

¿qué salió en la votación? what was the result of the vote?;

a mí me sale un total de 35.000 pesos I've got a total of 35,000 pesos, I make it 35,000 pesos in total;

salió (como) senador por California he was elected (as) senator for California;

salió elegida actriz del año she was voted actress of the year;

salió herido/ileso del accidente he was/wasn't injured in the accident;

salir premiado to be awarded a prize;

salir bien/mal [examen, entrevista] to go well/badly;
[plato, dibujo] to turn out well/badly;
¿qué tal te ha salido? how did it go?;

me ha salido bien/mal [examen, entrevista] it went well/badly;
[plato, dibujo] it turned out well/badly; [cuenta] I got it right/wrong;
normalmente me sale a la primera I normally get it right first time;

a mí la paella no me sale tan bien como a ti my paella never turns out as well as yours does;

¿te salen las cuentas? do all the figures tally?;

salir ganando/perdiendo to come off well/badly

9. [en sorteo, juego] [número, nombre] to come up;

no me ha salido un as en toda la partida I haven't got o had a single ace in the whole game

10. [proceder]
salir de to come from;

el vino sale de la uva wine comes from grapes;

salió de él (lo de) regalarte unas flores it was his idea to get you the flowers

11. [surgir, brotar] [luna, estrellas] to come out;
[sol] to rise; [flores, hojas] to come out; [dientes] to come through;
le han salido varias flores al rosal the rose bush has got several flowers now;

le están saliendo canas he's getting grey hairs, he's going grey;

le están saliendo los dientes her teeth are starting to come through, she's teething;

me salen los colores con tanto cumplido all these compliments are making me blush;

le ha salido un sarpullido en la espalda her back has come out in a rash;

te está saliendo sangre you're bleeding;

me ha salido un grano en la nariz I've got a spot on my nose

12. [aparecer] [publicación, producto, modelo] to come out;
[disco] to come out, to be released; [moda, ley] to come in; [trauma, prejuicios] to come out; [tema, asunto] to come up;
una revista que sale los jueves a magazine that comes out on Thursdays;

su nuevo disco saldrá al mercado en otoño her new record comes out o will be released in the autumn;

salieron (a relucir) todos sus miedos all his fears came out;

¡qué bien sales en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;

ha salido en los periódicos/en la tele it's been in the papers/on TV;

salir de/en [en película, serie, obra de teatro] to appear as/in;

salía de extra en “Ben-Hur” he appeared as o was an extra in “Ben-Hur”;

salir en defensa de alguien to come to sb's defence

13. [presentarse, ofrecerse] [ocasión, oportunidad] to turn up, to come along;
[puesto, empleo] to come up; [problema] to arise; [contratiempo] to occur;
le ha salido una plaza de profesor en Tegucigalpa a job has come up for him as a teacher in Tegucigalpa;

Comp

a lo que salga, salga lo que salga whatever happens

14. [costar]
salimos a 20 dólares por cabeza it came to o worked out at $20 each;

¿por cuánto me saldría una moto de segunda mano? how much would a second-hand motorbike cost me o come to?;

en botella te saldrá más barata la cerveza the beer works out cheaper if you buy it bottled;

salir caro [económicamente] to be expensive;
[por las consecuencias] to be costly
15. [decir u obrar inesperadamente]
nunca se sabe por dónde va a salir you never know what she's going to come out with/do next;

el jefe sale con cada tontería… the boss comes out with some really stupid remarks;

salió con que era un incomprendido y nadie le hacía caso he claimed he was misunderstood and that no one ever took any notice of him;

¿y ahora nos sales con ésas? now you tell us!

16. [parecerse]
salir a alguien to take after sb;

eres un vago, en eso has salido a tu padre you're a layabout, just like your father

17. [en juegos] to lead;

te toca salir a ti it's your lead;

salió con un as she led with an ace;

salen blancas [en damas, ajedrez] white goes first

18. [desaparecer] to come out;

la mancha de vino no sale the wine stain won't come out

19. Informát [instrucción] to quit, to exit;

salir de un programa to quit o exit a program

20.
salir adelante [persona, empresa] to get by;
[proyecto, propuesta, ley] to be successful;
la familia lo está pasando muy mal para salir adelante the family is struggling to get by o to make ends meet

♦ See also the pronominal verb salirse

* * *

salir

v/i

1 leave, go out;

salir de (ir fuera de) leave, go out of; ( venir fuera de) leave, come out of;

salir a Avda. América come out onto Avda. América; de calle lead to Avda. América;

salir de apuros get out of difficulties;

salir corriendo run off;

salir con alguien date s.o., go out with s.o.

2 ( aparecer) appear, come out

3

:

salir a bolsa float, be floated

4 DEP en carrera start;

salir fuera de pelota go out

5 INFOR de programa quit, exit

6 ( parecerse a)

:

salir a alguien de bebé take after s.o.

7 ( resultar)

:

salir bien/mal turn out well/badly;

salió caro tb fig it worked out expensive;

salir ileso escape unharmed;

salir perdiendo end up losing;

salir a 1000 colones cost 1000 colons;

a lo que salga any old how

8

:

¡ya salió aquello! fam why did you have to bring that up?;

salir con algo fam come out with sth;

¿y ahora me sales con que no tienes dinero? and you’re telling me now that you don’t have any money?

9 ( conseguir)

:

el dibujo no me sale fam I can’t get this drawing right;

no me salió el trabajo I didn’t get the job

10

:

salir por alguien stand up for s.o.

* * *

salir {73} vi

1) : to go out, to come out, to get out

salimos todas las noches: we go out every night

su libro acaba de salir: her book just came out

2) partir: to leave, to depart

3) aparecer: to appear

salió en todos los diarios: it came out in all the papers

4) : to project, to stick out

5) : to cost, to come to

6) resultar: to turn out, to prove

7) : to come up, to occur

salga lo que salga: whatever happens

salió una oportunidad: an opportunity came up

8)

salir a : to take after, to look like, to resemble

9)

salir con : to go out with, to date

♦ See also the reflexive verb salirse

* * *

salir vb

1. (en general) to go out

Rafa ha salido Rafa has gone out

salí con mis amigos I went out with my friends

Ana sale con Miguel Ana is going out with Miguel

2. (partir) to leave [pt. & pp. left]

el tren sale a las nueve the train leaves at nine o'clock

salgo de casa a las siete I leave home at seven o'clock

salieron para Bilbao they left for Bilbao

3. (aparecer) to be

me gustaría salir por la tele I'd like to be on TV

¿por qué no sales tú en la foto? why aren't you in the photo?

4. (publicarse) to come out [pt. came; pp. come]

¿cuándo sale esa revista? when does that magazine come out?

5. (sol amanecer) to rise [pt. rose; pp. risen]

¿a qué hora sale el sol? what time does the sun rise?

6. (sol verse) to come out

el sol salió después de comer the sun came out after lunch

7. (surgir) to get

si me sale este trabajo... if I get this job...

le ha salido un diente she's got one tooth

8. (resultar) to turn out / to work out

al final, todo salió bien everything turned out all right at the end

la tortilla te ha salido perfecta your omelette has turned out perfect

salir ganando to do well out of something

salir perdiendo to lose out [pt. & pp. lost]

Spanish-English dictionary > salir
12 para

prep.

1 for.

es para ti it's for you

una mesa para el salón a table for the living room

esta agua no es buena para beber this water isn't fit for drinking o to drink

te lo repetiré para que te enteres I'll repeat it so you understand

¿para qué? what for?

2 (in order) to.

para conseguir sus propósitos in order to achieve his aims

lo he hecho para agradarte I did it to please you

3 toward.

ir para casa to head (for) home

salir para el aeropuerto to leave for the airport

4 for (time).

tiene que estar acabado para mañana it has to be finished by o for tomorrow

diez para las once ten to eleven (Am salvo RP)

5 to.

la comida está lista para servir the meal is ready to be served

el atleta está preparado para ganar the athlete is ready to win

pres.indicat.

3^rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: parar.

pres.subj.

3^rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: parir.

imperat.

2^nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: parar.

* * *

para

► preposición

1 (finalidad) for

■ he comprado un regalo para mi abuela I've bought a present for my grandmother

■ es para su cumpleaños it's for her birthday

2 (uso, utilidad) for

■ los cuchillos son para cortar, no para jugar con ellos knives are for cutting, not for playing with

■ ¿tienes algo para el dolor de cabeza? have you got anything for a headache?

3 (destino, dirección) for, to

■ salimos para Lugo el domingo we leave for Lugo on Sunday

■ el tren para Toledo sale a las 18.00 the train to Toledo leaves at 18.00

■ ¿para dónde vas? where are you going?

■ voy para allá inmediatamente I'll be there in a minute

4 (tiempo, fechas límites) by, before

■ lo necesito para el viernes I need it by Friday

■ la carretera estará acabada para antes del verano the road will be finished before the summer

5 (comparación) for

■ para los años que tiene está muy activa she's very active for her age

■ pesa poquísimo para lo grande que es it's very light for its size

► conjunción

1 (finalidad) to, in order to

■ lo hice para ahorrar tiempo I did it to save time

■ para estar sano es preciso comer bien in order to be healthy one must eat properly

2 (suficiente) enough

■ tal como nos han tratado es para no volver nunca más the way they treated us is enough to make you never go back there again

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

para entonces by then

para con towards, to

■ han sido muy injustos para con los empleados they have been very unfair to their employees

■ cumplió con sus obligaciones para con la iglesia he fulfilled his obligations to the church

para que so that

■ déjale una nota a tu madre para que sepa dónde estás leave your mother a note so that she knows where you are

■ cierra la puerta para que no entre el perro shut the door so that the dog doesn't get in

■ aún es pronto para que vuelvan it's still too early for them to be back

¿para qué? what for?

■ ¿para qué has comprado eso? what did you buy that for?

¡que para qué! familiar very, really, terribly

■ ¡hace un frío que para qué! it's freezing

■ ¡es más torpe que para qué! she's so clumsy!

* * *

prep.

1) for

2) to

3) towards

4) by

•

- para adelante
- para detrás
- para que
* * *
I
PREP

1) [indicando finalidad, uso] for

un regalo para ti — a present for you

psicológicamente no estoy preparado para eso — I'm not psychologically ready for that

es demasiado cara para nosotros — it's too dear for us, it's beyond our means

no tengo para el viaje — I haven't got enough money for the trip

léelo para ti — read it to yourself

nació para poeta — he was born to be a poet

ya no estoy para estos trotes — I'm not up to this sort of thing anymore

yo no valgo para esto — I'm no good at this

una taza para café — a coffee cup

laca para el pelo — hairspray

para esto, podíamos habernos quedado en casa — if this is it, we might as well have stayed at home

2)

para que —

a) + subjun

lo traje para que lo vieras — I brought it so (that) you could see it

es para que lo leas — it's for you to read

un regalo para que te acuerdes de mí — a present for you to remember me by

para que eso fuera posible tendrías que trabajar mucho — you would have to work hard for that to be possible

b) [en preguntas]

¿para qué lo quieres? — why do you want it?, what do you want it for?

¿para qué sirve? — what's it for?

-¿por qué no se lo dices? -¿para qué? — "why don't you tell her?" - "what's the point o use?"

tú ya has pasado por eso, ¿para qué te voy a contar? — you've already been through that, so there's no point o use me telling you

que para qué * —

tengo un hambre que para qué — [uso enfático] I'm absolutely starving *

hay un embotellamiento que para qué — there's a huge traffic jam

3) + infin

a) [indicando finalidad] to

lo hizo para salvarse — he did it (in order) to save himself

para comprarlo necesitas cinco dólares más — to buy it you need another five dollars

estoy ahorrando para comprarme una moto — I'm saving up to buy a motorbike, I'm saving up for a motorbike

entré despacito para no despertarla — I went in slowly so as not to wake her

no es para comer — it's not for eating, it's not to be eaten

tengo bastante para vivir — I have enough to live on

es muy tarde para salir — it's too late to go out

b) [indicando secuencia temporal]

se casaron para separarse en seguida — they married only to separate soon after

el rey visitará Argentina para volar después a Chile — the king will visit Argentina and then fly on to Chile

4) [con expresiones de tiempo]

con esto tengo para rato — this will take me a while

lo dejamos para mañana — let's leave it till tomorrow

tengo muchos deberes para mañana — I have a lot of homework to do for tomorrow

lo recordaré para siempre — I'll remember it forever

ahora para las vacaciones de agosto hará un año — it'll be a year ago this o come the August holiday

va para un año desde la última vez — it's getting on for a year since the last time

lo tendré listo para fin de mes — I'll have it ready by o for the end of the month

para entonces ya era tarde — it was already too late by then

para las dos estaba lloviendo — by two o'clock it was raining

un cuarto para las diez — LAm a quarter to ten

son cinco para las ocho — LAm it's five to eight

5) [indicando dirección]

para atrás — back, backwards

para la derecha — to the right

el autobús para Marbella — the bus for Marbella, the Marbella bus

iba para el metro — I was going towards the underground

ir para casa — to go home, head for home

salir para Panamá — to leave for Panama

6) [indicando opiniones]

para mí que miente — in my opinion o if you ask me he's lying

no hay niño feo para una madre — all mothers think their baby is beautiful

7) [en comparaciones]

es mucho para lo que suele dar — this is a lot in comparison with what he usually gives

¿quién es usted para gritarme así? — who are you to shout at me like that?

para profesor habla muy mal — he doesn't speak very clearly for a teacher

para ser un niño lo hace muy bien — he does it very well for a child

para patatas, las de mi pueblo — if it's potatoes you want, look no further than my home town

para ruidosos, los españoles — there's nobody like the Spaniards for being noisy

8) [indicando trato]

para con — to, towards

tan amable para con todos — so kind to o towards everybody
estar 1., 7), ir 1., 10) II
* SM paratrooper, para *

* * *

preposición

Sentido I

1) (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for

una carta para él — a letter for him

¿para qué revista escribes? — what magazine do you write for?

lee para ti — read to yourself

fue muy amable para con todos — he was very friendly to everyone

¿para qué sirve esto? — what's this (used) for?

no sirve para este trabajo — he's no good at this kind of work

¿para qué lo quieres? — what do you want it for?

¿para qué se lo dijiste? — what did you tell him for?

champú para bebés — baby shampoo

jarabe para la tos — cough mixture

que para qué decirte/hablar — (fam)

tenían un hambre que para qué decirte/hablar — they were starving

2)

para + inf — to + inf

para serte sincero — to tell you the truth

esta agua no es para beber — this isn't drinking water

está listo para pintar — it's ready to be painted o for painting

para aprobar — (in order) to pass

entró en puntillas para no despertarla — he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her

3)

para que + subj: lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me; pídeselo - ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it - so he can say no?; cierra para que no nos oigan — close the door so (that) they don't hear us

4) ( expresando consecuencia) to

para su desgracia — unfortunately for him

para mi sorpresa — (much) to my surprise

Sentido II

5) ( expresando suficiencia) for

no hay para todos — there isn't enough for everybody

no es para tanto — it's not that bad

para + inf: soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it; bastante tengo yo (como) para estar ocupándome de ti I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with yours as well; es (como) para matarlo! (fam) I'll kill him! (colloq); para que + subj: basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa — he only has to appear for her to get flustered

6) (en comparaciones, contrastes)

hace demasiado frío para salir — it's too cold to go out

son altos para su edad — they're tall for their age

para lo que come, no está gordo — considering how much he eats, he's not fat

para el caso que me hacen...! — for all the notice they take of me...

para + inf: para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent; ¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?; para que + subj: es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own; tanto esforzarme por ellos para que no te lo agradezcan! — after all that effort I made for them they didn't even say thankyou!

7)

estar para algo/+ inf — ( indicando estado)

no estoy para bromas — I'm in no mood for joking

está para tirarla a la basura — it's only fit for throwing out

no está (como) para salir sin abrigo — it's not warm enough to go out without a coat

8) ( expresando puntos de vista)

para mí que no viene — if you ask me, he won't come

para su padre, es un genio — in his father's opinion o as far as his father's concerned, he is a genius

lo es todo para él — she's everything to him

¿qué es lo más importante para ti? — what's the most important thing for you?

Sentido III

9)

a) ( indicando dirección)

salieron para el aeropuerto — they left for the airport

empuja para arriba — push up o upward(s)

¿vas para el centro? — are you going to o toward(s) the center?

tráelo para acá — bring it over here

córrete para atrás — move back

b) ( en sentido figurado)

ya vamos para viejos — we're getting old o getting on

va para los 50 años — she's going o (BrE) getting on for fifty

Sentido IV

10) ( en relaciones de tiempo)

a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo)

estará listo para el día 15 — it'll be ready by o for the 15th

deberes para el lunes — homework for Monday

faltan cinco minutos para que termine — there are five minutes to go before the end

me lo prometió para después de Pascua — he promised me it for after Easter

¿cuánto te falta para terminar? — how much have you got left to do?

estará listo para finales de agosto — it'll be ready sometime around the end of August

para entonces estaré en Madrid — I'll be in Madrid (by) then

¿para cuándo espera? — when is the baby due?

tengo hora para mañana — I have an appointment (for) tomorrow

b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to

son cinco para las diez — it's five to ten

11)

a) ( expresando duración)

para siempre — forever

tengo para rato — (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)

esto va para largo — (fam) this is going to take some time

b) ( con idea de finalidad) for

¿qué le regalo para el cumpleaños? — what can I give him for his birthday?

12) ( en secuencias de acciones)

se fue para nunca volver — (liter) she went away never to return

salió sólo para volver a entrar — he went out only to come in again

* * *

= for, for, for the sake of, in order to, in respect of, in the interest(s) of, in the interest(s) of, so as, toward(s), within, in an attempt to, in an effort to, for purposes of, in a bid to, as a means of, in a drive to, in the drive to, if + Nombre + be + to.

Ex. For newly created authority entries the date recorded is the date the entry was created.

Ex. This gamut of information presents the indexer and user with problems in choosing access points for conference proceedings.

Ex. The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.

Ex. Any attempt to organise knowledge must, in order to justify the effort of organisation, have an objective.

Ex. It is perhaps fortunate that the array of terms that are used to describe indexes is a little more restricted than the variety of terms used in respect of catalogues.

Ex. In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.

Ex. In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.

Ex. A catalogue code is a systematic arrangement of laws and statutes so as to avoid inconsistency and duplication in catalogues.

Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

Ex. Most data base producers have in-house guidelines for bibliographic description, and aim to achieve consistency of citation within their products.

Ex. The first treaty of all was designed to pool the coal and steel resources of Europe in an attempt to overcome the devastation of the Second World War and to foster the concept of European unity.

Ex. Many libraries have had fine free days or weeks in an effort to entice strayed material back.

Ex. This article discusses the advantages to libraries of computer technology for purposes of bibliographic control and on-line access.

Ex. In a bid to leapfrog stages of development, some transitional economies are investing heavily in building up information age infrastructures.

Ex. The idea of tiered, or multilayered, citation is proposed as a means of testing this hypothesis = Se propone la idea de citar de una forma estratificada o por niveles para comprobar esta hipótesis.

Ex. The library has contracted out the management of its computerized information system to Dynix in a drive to improve library service.

Ex. The story of the postwar diner suggests some ways that purveyors of consumer commodities finessed and exploited emergent social dislocations in the drive to expand and diversify markets.

Ex. Some foods such as vegetable preserves which result from complicated and fragile fermentations must be made at specific times of the year if they are to succeed.

----

* ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.

* para abrir boca = as a kind of + appetiser.

* para actuar = for action.

* para alguna gente = to some people.

* para algunas personas = to some people.

* para algunos = to some.

* para aquel entonces = by then.

* para atraer al cliente = window dressing.

* para beneficio de = for the good of.

* para bien = for the best, for the better.

* para bien de = in the best interests of, for the good of.

* para bien de Alguien = in + Posesivo + best interest.

* para bien o para mal = for better or (for) worse, for good or (for) ill, for good or (for) evil.

* para bodas = bridal.

* para chuparse los dedos = scrumptious, yummy [yummier -comp., yummiest -sup.].

* para cocinar uno mismo = self-catering.

* para colmo = into the bargain, into the bargain, to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse, for good measure, to add insult to injury.

* para colmo de males = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.

* para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.

* para concluir = in closing, in conclusion, to wrap things up.

* para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.

* para cuando = by the time.

* para cubrir gastos = on a cost-recovery basis.

* para cubrirse las espaldas = as a backup.

* para decir la verdad = to be honest.

* para detrimento de = to the neglect of.

* para diario = everyday.

* para disgusto de = to the disgust of.

* para divertirse = for kicks.

* para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para el año próximo = for the year ahead.

* para el arrastre = over the hill.

* para el beneficio de = for the benefit of.

* para el bien de = for the benefit of.

* para el caso = for that matter.

* para el esparcimiento = recreational.

* para el futuro = for the years to come, for the years ahead, for the future.

* para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.

* para ello = to that end, to this end, to that effect, therefor.

* para el ocio = recreational.

* para el que lo quiera = up for grabs.

* para embalsamar = embalming.

* para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.

* para entonces = by then.

* para escribir con mayúsculas = in a shifted position.

* para eso = therefor.

* para este fin = to this end.

* para esto = therefor.

* para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.

* para expresar dimensiones = by.

* para + Fecha = by + Fecha.

* para finales de = by the end of.

* para finales de + Expresión Temporal = by the close of + Expresión Temporal.

* para finalizar = in closing.

* para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].

* para futuras consultas = for future reference.

* para hacer dinero = money-making.

* para hacer esto = in this.

* para hacer fundas = sleeving.

* para hacer juego = to match.

* para hacer justicia = in fairness to.

* para hacer las paces = peace offering.

* para hacerlo + Adjetivo = for + Nombre's sake.

* para hacer más fácil = for ease of.

* para impresionar = for effect.

* para + Infinitivo = for + Gerundio.

* para jóvenes = youth-serving.

* para la eternidad = in perpetuity.

* para la evaluación de hipótesis = hypothesis-testing.

* para la formación autodidacta = self-instructional.

* para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.

* para la posteridad = for posterity.

* para la web = Web-related.

* para llamar la atención = for effect.

* para mantener ocupado = keep-busy.

* para mantener(se) ocupado = keep-busy.

* para más información = for further details.

* para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.

* para mayor información sobre = for details of.

* para mayor información véase + Nombre = see + Nombre + for further details.

* para mayor inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.

* para mí = for myself.

* para microordenadores = micro-computer based.

* para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.

* para no = so as not to.

* para + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.

* para no ser menos = not to be outdone.

* para novias = bridal.

* para + Número = seat + Número.

* para ordenadores personales = microcomputer-based, PC-based.

* para orquesta = orchestral.

* para otra ocasión = for future reference.

* para para lavarse la cara = washrag.

* para partirse de risa = side-splitting.

* para PCs = PC-based.

* para pelearse hacen falta dos = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.

* para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.

* para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.

* para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.

* para + Posesivo + sorpresa = to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para posteriores usos = for subsequent use.

* para principios de siglo = by the turn of the century.

* para + Pronombre Personal = in + Posesivo + eyes.

* para protegerse = protectively.

* para que = in order that, so that, seeing that.

* para que así conste = for the record.

* para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.

* para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.

* para que no falte = for good measure.

* para que no falte de nada = for good measure.

* para que no + Subjuntivo = if + Nombre + be not + to + Infinitivo, lest + Frase Verbal.

* para que no vaya a faltar = for good measure.

* para que quede constancia = for the record.

* para que quede más claro = for main effects.

* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.

* para resumir = to sum up, to sum it up, to make a long story short, to recap, to cut a long story short, simply put, simply stated.

* para ser específico = to be specific.

* para ser franco = to be blunt, in all honesty.

* para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.

* para ser sincero = to be blunt, to be honest, in all honesty.

* para siempre = forever, in perpetuity, for good, eternally, terminally, ever after.

* para siempre en el futuro = for the indefinite future.

* para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.

* para sorpresa + Posesivo = to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.

* para su posterior uso = for subsequent use.

* para su uso posterior = for subsequent use.

* para terminar = in closing.

* para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.

* para toda la industria = industry-wide.

* para toda la universidad = university-wide.

* para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.

* para todo el mercado = industry-wide.

* para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.

* para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].

* para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.

* para todo uso = all-purpose.

* para tomar medidas = for action.

* para trabajos pesados = heavy-duty.

* para una única ocasión = one-time.

* para un futuro mejor = for a better future.

* para uso comercial = commercially-owned.

* para uso del profesional = professional-use.

* para uso industrial = heavy-duty.

* para uso personal = for personal use.

* para usos posteriores = for subsequent use.

* para vergüenza + Pronombre Posesivo = to + Posesivo + shame.

* sin parar = interminably.

* * *

preposición

Sentido I

1) (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for

una carta para él — a letter for him

¿para qué revista escribes? — what magazine do you write for?

lee para ti — read to yourself

fue muy amable para con todos — he was very friendly to everyone

¿para qué sirve esto? — what's this (used) for?

no sirve para este trabajo — he's no good at this kind of work

¿para qué lo quieres? — what do you want it for?

¿para qué se lo dijiste? — what did you tell him for?

champú para bebés — baby shampoo

jarabe para la tos — cough mixture

que para qué decirte/hablar — (fam)

tenían un hambre que para qué decirte/hablar — they were starving

2)

para + inf — to + inf

para serte sincero — to tell you the truth

esta agua no es para beber — this isn't drinking water

está listo para pintar — it's ready to be painted o for painting

para aprobar — (in order) to pass

entró en puntillas para no despertarla — he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her

3)

para que + subj: lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me; pídeselo - ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it - so he can say no?; cierra para que no nos oigan — close the door so (that) they don't hear us

4) ( expresando consecuencia) to

para su desgracia — unfortunately for him

para mi sorpresa — (much) to my surprise

Sentido II

5) ( expresando suficiencia) for

no hay para todos — there isn't enough for everybody

no es para tanto — it's not that bad

para + inf: soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it; bastante tengo yo (como) para estar ocupándome de ti I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with yours as well; es (como) para matarlo! (fam) I'll kill him! (colloq); para que + subj: basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa — he only has to appear for her to get flustered

6) (en comparaciones, contrastes)

hace demasiado frío para salir — it's too cold to go out

son altos para su edad — they're tall for their age

para lo que come, no está gordo — considering how much he eats, he's not fat

para el caso que me hacen...! — for all the notice they take of me...

para + inf: para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent; ¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?; para que + subj: es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own; tanto esforzarme por ellos para que no te lo agradezcan! — after all that effort I made for them they didn't even say thankyou!

7)

estar para algo/+ inf — ( indicando estado)

no estoy para bromas — I'm in no mood for joking

está para tirarla a la basura — it's only fit for throwing out

no está (como) para salir sin abrigo — it's not warm enough to go out without a coat

8) ( expresando puntos de vista)

para mí que no viene — if you ask me, he won't come

para su padre, es un genio — in his father's opinion o as far as his father's concerned, he is a genius

lo es todo para él — she's everything to him

¿qué es lo más importante para ti? — what's the most important thing for you?

Sentido III

9)

a) ( indicando dirección)

salieron para el aeropuerto — they left for the airport

empuja para arriba — push up o upward(s)

¿vas para el centro? — are you going to o toward(s) the center?

tráelo para acá — bring it over here

córrete para atrás — move back

b) ( en sentido figurado)

ya vamos para viejos — we're getting old o getting on

va para los 50 años — she's going o (BrE) getting on for fifty

Sentido IV

10) ( en relaciones de tiempo)

a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo)

estará listo para el día 15 — it'll be ready by o for the 15th

deberes para el lunes — homework for Monday

faltan cinco minutos para que termine — there are five minutes to go before the end

me lo prometió para después de Pascua — he promised me it for after Easter

¿cuánto te falta para terminar? — how much have you got left to do?

estará listo para finales de agosto — it'll be ready sometime around the end of August

para entonces estaré en Madrid — I'll be in Madrid (by) then

¿para cuándo espera? — when is the baby due?

tengo hora para mañana — I have an appointment (for) tomorrow

b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to

son cinco para las diez — it's five to ten

11)

a) ( expresando duración)

para siempre — forever

tengo para rato — (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)

esto va para largo — (fam) this is going to take some time

b) ( con idea de finalidad) for

¿qué le regalo para el cumpleaños? — what can I give him for his birthday?

12) ( en secuencias de acciones)

se fue para nunca volver — (liter) she went away never to return

salió sólo para volver a entrar — he went out only to come in again

* * *

= for, for, for the sake of, in order to, in respect of, in the interest(s) of, in the interest(s) of, so as, toward(s), within, in an attempt to, in an effort to, for purposes of, in a bid to, as a means of, in a drive to, in the drive to, if + Nombre + be + to.

Ex: For newly created authority entries the date recorded is the date the entry was created.

Ex: This gamut of information presents the indexer and user with problems in choosing access points for conference proceedings.

Ex: The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.

Ex: Any attempt to organise knowledge must, in order to justify the effort of organisation, have an objective.

Ex: It is perhaps fortunate that the array of terms that are used to describe indexes is a little more restricted than the variety of terms used in respect of catalogues.

Ex: In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.

Ex: In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.

Ex: A catalogue code is a systematic arrangement of laws and statutes so as to avoid inconsistency and duplication in catalogues.

Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

Ex: Most data base producers have in-house guidelines for bibliographic description, and aim to achieve consistency of citation within their products.

Ex: The first treaty of all was designed to pool the coal and steel resources of Europe in an attempt to overcome the devastation of the Second World War and to foster the concept of European unity.

Ex: Many libraries have had fine free days or weeks in an effort to entice strayed material back.

Ex: This article discusses the advantages to libraries of computer technology for purposes of bibliographic control and on-line access.

Ex: In a bid to leapfrog stages of development, some transitional economies are investing heavily in building up information age infrastructures.

Ex: The idea of tiered, or multilayered, citation is proposed as a means of testing this hypothesis = Se propone la idea de citar de una forma estratificada o por niveles para comprobar esta hipótesis.

Ex: The library has contracted out the management of its computerized information system to Dynix in a drive to improve library service.

Ex: The story of the postwar diner suggests some ways that purveyors of consumer commodities finessed and exploited emergent social dislocations in the drive to expand and diversify markets.

Ex: Some foods such as vegetable preserves which result from complicated and fragile fermentations must be made at specific times of the year if they are to succeed.

* ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.

* para abrir boca = as a kind of + appetiser.

* para actuar = for action.

* para alguna gente = to some people.

* para algunas personas = to some people.

* para algunos = to some.

* para aquel entonces = by then.

* para atraer al cliente = window dressing.

* para beneficio de = for the good of.

* para bien = for the best, for the better.

* para bien de = in the best interests of, for the good of.

* para bien de Alguien = in + Posesivo + best interest.

* para bien o para mal = for better or (for) worse, for good or (for) ill, for good or (for) evil.

* para bodas = bridal.

* para chuparse los dedos = scrumptious, yummy [yummier -comp., yummiest -sup.].

* para cocinar uno mismo = self-catering.

* para colmo = into the bargain, into the bargain, to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse, for good measure, to add insult to injury.

* para colmo de males = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.

* para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.

* para concluir = in closing, in conclusion, to wrap things up.

* para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.

* para cuando = by the time.

* para cubrir gastos = on a cost-recovery basis.

* para cubrirse las espaldas = as a backup.

* para decir la verdad = to be honest.

* para detrimento de = to the neglect of.

* para diario = everyday.

* para disgusto de = to the disgust of.

* para divertirse = for kicks.

* para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para el año próximo = for the year ahead.

* para el arrastre = over the hill.

* para el beneficio de = for the benefit of.

* para el bien de = for the benefit of.

* para el caso = for that matter.

* para el esparcimiento = recreational.

* para el futuro = for the years to come, for the years ahead, for the future.

* para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.

* para ello = to that end, to this end, to that effect, therefor.

* para el ocio = recreational.

* para el que lo quiera = up for grabs.

* para embalsamar = embalming.

* para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.

* para entonces = by then.

* para escribir con mayúsculas = in a shifted position.

* para eso = therefor.

* para este fin = to this end.

* para esto = therefor.

* para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.

* para expresar dimensiones = by.

* para + Fecha = by + Fecha.

* para finales de = by the end of.

* para finales de + Expresión Temporal = by the close of + Expresión Temporal.

* para finalizar = in closing.

* para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].

* para futuras consultas = for future reference.

* para hacer dinero = money-making.

* para hacer esto = in this.

* para hacer fundas = sleeving.

* para hacer juego = to match.

* para hacer justicia = in fairness to.

* para hacer las paces = peace offering.

* para hacerlo + Adjetivo = for + Nombre's sake.

* para hacer más fácil = for ease of.

* para impresionar = for effect.

* para + Infinitivo = for + Gerundio.

* para jóvenes = youth-serving.

* para la eternidad = in perpetuity.

* para la evaluación de hipótesis = hypothesis-testing.

* para la formación autodidacta = self-instructional.

* para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.

* para la posteridad = for posterity.

* para la web = Web-related.

* para llamar la atención = for effect.

* para mantener ocupado = keep-busy.

* para mantener(se) ocupado = keep-busy.

* para más información = for further details.

* para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.

* para mayor información sobre = for details of.

* para mayor información véase + Nombre = see + Nombre + for further details.

* para mayor inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.

* para mí = for myself.

* para microordenadores = micro-computer based.

* para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.

* para no = so as not to.

* para + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.

* para no ser menos = not to be outdone.

* para novias = bridal.

* para + Número = seat + Número.

* para ordenadores personales = microcomputer-based, PC-based.

* para orquesta = orchestral.

* para otra ocasión = for future reference.

* para para lavarse la cara = washrag.

* para partirse de risa = side-splitting.

* para PCs = PC-based.

* para pelearse hacen falta dos = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.

* para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.

* para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.

* para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.

* para + Posesivo + sorpresa = to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para posteriores usos = for subsequent use.

* para principios de siglo = by the turn of the century.

* para + Pronombre Personal = in + Posesivo + eyes.

* para protegerse = protectively.

* para que = in order that, so that, seeing that.

* para que así conste = for the record.

* para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.

* para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.

* para que no falte = for good measure.

* para que no falte de nada = for good measure.

* para que no + Subjuntivo = if + Nombre + be not + to + Infinitivo, lest + Frase Verbal.

* para que no vaya a faltar = for good measure.

* para que quede constancia = for the record.

* para que quede más claro = for main effects.

* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.

* para resumir = to sum up, to sum it up, to make a long story short, to recap, to cut a long story short, simply put, simply stated.

* para ser específico = to be specific.

* para ser franco = to be blunt, in all honesty.

* para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.

* para ser sincero = to be blunt, to be honest, in all honesty.

* para siempre = forever, in perpetuity, for good, eternally, terminally, ever after.

* para siempre en el futuro = for the indefinite future.

* para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.

* para sorpresa + Posesivo = to + Posesivo + surprise.

* para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.

* para su posterior uso = for subsequent use.

* para su uso posterior = for subsequent use.

* para terminar = in closing.

* para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.

* para toda la industria = industry-wide.

* para toda la universidad = university-wide.

* para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.

* para todo el mercado = industry-wide.

* para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.

* para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].

* para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.

* para todo uso = all-purpose.

* para tomar medidas = for action.

* para trabajos pesados = heavy-duty.

* para una única ocasión = one-time.

* para un futuro mejor = for a better future.

* para uso comercial = commercially-owned.

* para uso del profesional = professional-use.

* para uso industrial = heavy-duty.

* para uso personal = for personal use.

* para usos posteriores = for subsequent use.

* para vergüenza + Pronombre Posesivo = to + Posesivo + shame.

* sin parar = interminably.

* * *

para

prep

Sentido I

A (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for

tengo buenas noticias para ustedes I have some good news for you

¿para qué revista escribes? what magazine do you write for?

lee para ti read to yourself

fue muy amable para con todos he was very friendly to everyone

¿para qué sirve esto? what's this (used) for?

no sirve para este trabajo he's no good at this kind of work

¿para qué lo quieres? what do you want it for?

¿para qué tuviste que ir a decírselo? what did you have to go and tell him for?, why did you have to go and tell him?

champú para bebés baby shampoo

jarabe para la tos cough mixture

que para qué (decirte/hablar) ( fam): hacía un frío que para qué (decirte) it was freezing cold ( colloq)

venían con un hambre que para qué (hablar) or para qué te voy a contar they were starving o so hungry when they got here!

B para + INF to + INF

está ahorrando para comprarse un coche she's saving up for a car o to buy a car

esta agua no es para beber this isn't drinking water

está listo para pintar it's ready to be painted o for painting

para serte sincero to tell you the truth

como para convencerse a sí misma as if to convince herself

para pasar al curso siguiente (in order) to go on to the next year

no hay que ser muy inteligente para darse cuenta you don't have to be very intelligent to realize that

nos cambiamos de sitio para ver mejor we changed places (so as) to see better

para no + INF so as not to + INF

entró en puntillas para no despertarla he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her

C para QUE + SUBJ:

lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me

pídeselo — ¿para qué? ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it — what for? so he can say no?

para QUE no + SUBJ:

cierra la puerta para que no nos oigan close the door so (that) they don't hear us

D

1

(enfatizando la culminación de algo): para colmo or para rematarla se apagó la luz to crown o top o cap it all the light went out

2 (expresando efecto, consecuencia) to

para su desgracia unfortunately for him

para mi gran sorpresa to my great surprise, much to my surprise

Sentido II

A (expresando suficiencia) for

no había bastante para todos there wasn't enough for everybody o to go round

tranquilízate, no es para tanto calm down, it's not that bad

para + INF:

apenas tienen para comer they can barely afford to eat

soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it

bastante tengo yo con mis problemas (como) para estar ocupándome de los suyos I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with his as well

¡es (como) para matarlo! ( fam); I'll kill him! ( colloq)

para QUE + SUBJ:

basta que yo diga A para que él diga B if I say it's black, he'll say it's white

basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa he only has to walk in and she gets flustered

B

(en comparaciones, contrastes): hace demasiado calor para estar al sol it's too hot to be in the sun

son altos para su edad they're tall for their age

para lo que come, no está nada gordo considering how much he eats, he's not at all fat

díselo tú — ¡para el caso que me hacen …! you tell them — for all the notice they take of me …

para + INF:

para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent, considering it was completely off the cuff it was an excellent speech

¿quién se cree que es para hablarte así? who does she think she is, speaking to you like that o to speak to you like that?

para QUE + SUBJ:

son demasiado grandes para que les estés haciendo todo they're too old for you to be doing everything for them

para que se esté quejando todo el día … if he's going to spend all day complaining …

¡tanto preocuparse por ellos para que después hasta te acusen de metomentodo! all that worrying about them and then they go and accuse you of being a meddler!

C estar para algo/+ INF

(indicando estado): mira que no estoy para bromas look, I'm in no mood for joking o for jokes

estas botas están para tirarlas a la basura these boots are only fit for throwing out o for the trash o ( BrE) for the bin

no está (como) para salir tan de veranillo it's not warm enough to go out in such summery clothes

D

(expresando opiniones, puntos de vista): para mí que ya no viene if you ask me, he won't come now

para el padre, el niño es un Mozart en ciernes in the father's opinion o as far as the father's concerned, the boy is a budding Mozart

tú eres todo para mí you're everything to me

¿para ti qué es lo más importante? what's the most important thing for you?, what do you see as the most important thing?

esto es de gran interés para el lector this is of great interest to the reader

Sentido III

A

(indicando dirección): salieron para el aeropuerto they left for the airport

empuja para arriba push up o upward(s)

¿vas para el centro? are you going to o toward(s) the center?

se los llevó para la casa de los abuelos she took them over to their grandparents' house

tráelo para acá/adentro bring it over here/inside

córrete para atrás move back

B

(en sentido figurado): ya vamos para viejos we're getting old o ( colloq) getting on

va para los 50 años she's pushing fifty ( colloq), she's going o ( BrE) getting on for fifty ( colloq)

Sentido IV (expresando relaciones de tiempo)

A

(señalando un plazo): tiene que estar listo para el día 15 it has to be ready by o for the 15th

¿qué deberes tienes para el lunes? what homework do you have for Monday?

son cinco para las diez ( AmL exc RPl) [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]; it's five to ten

faltan cinco minutos para que termine la clase there are five minutes to go before the end of the class

me lo prometió para después de Pascua he promised I could have it after Easter, he promised it to me for after Easter

¿cuánto te falta para terminar? how much have you got left to do?, how long will it take you to finish it?

B

1

(indicando fecha aproximada): piensan casarse para finales de agosto they plan to marry sometime around the end of August

para entonces quién sabe si todavía estaremos vivos who knows if we'll still be alive (by) then?

¿para cuándo espera? when is the baby due?

2 (indicando fecha fija) for

tengo hora para mañana I have an appointment (for) tomorrow

C

1

(expresando duración): para siempre forever

tengo para rato ( fam); I'm going to be a while (yet), this is going to take me a while (yet)

esto va para largo ( fam); this is going to take some time

2 (con idea de finalidad) for

¿qué le puedo regalar para el cumpleaños? what can I give him for his birthday?

D ( liter)

(en secuencias de acciones): se fue para nunca volver she went away never to return

fue puesto en libertad, para más tarde volver a ser detenido he was set free only to be rearrested later, he was set free but was rearrested later

* * *

Del verbo parar: ( conjugate parar)

para es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

Del verbo parir: ( conjugate parir)

para es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
para
parar
parir
para preposición
1 (destino, finalidad, intención) for;
◊ una carta para él a letter for him;

¿para qué sirve esto? what's this (used) for?;
champú para bebés baby shampoo;
para eso no voy I might as well not go;
para + inf: ahorra para comprarse un coche he's saving up to buy a car;
tomé un taxi para no llegar tarde I took a taxi so I wouldn't be late;
está listo para pintar it's ready to be painted o for painting;
para aprobar (in order) to pass;
entró en puntillas para no despertarla he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her;
lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me;
cierra para que no nos oigan close the door so (that) they don't hear us
2
a) ( suficiencia) for;

◊ no hay para todos there isn't enough for everybody;

no es para tanto it's not that bad;
soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it
b) (en comparaciones, contrastes):

◊ hace demasiado frío para salir it's too cold to go out;

son altos para su edad they're tall for their age;
para lo que come, no está gordo considering how much he eats, he's not fat;
¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?;
es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own
1 ( dirección):
◊ salieron para el aeropuerto they left for the airport;

empuja para arriba push up o upward(s);
¿vas para el centro? are you going to o toward(s) the center?
2 ( tiempo)
a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo):

◊ estará listo para el día 15 it'll be ready by o for the 15th;

deberes para el lunes homework for Monday;
faltan cinco minutos para que termine there are five minutes to go before the end;
me lo prometió para después de Pascua he promised me it for after Easter;
¿cuánto te falta para terminar? how much have you got left to do?;
para entonces estaré en Madrid I'll be in Madrid (by) then;
tengo hora para mañana I have an appointment (for) tomorrow
b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to;

◊ son cinco para las diez it's five to ten

c) ( duración):

◊ para siempre forever;

tengo para rato (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)
parar ( conjugate parar) verbo intransitivo
1 ( detenerse) to stop;
◊ paró en seco she stopped dead;

ir/venir a para to end up;
fue a para a la cárcel he ended up in prison;
¿a dónde habrá ido a para aquella foto? what can have happened to that photo?;
¡a dónde iremos a para! I don't know what the world's coming to
2 ( cesar) to stop;
◊ para un momento hang on a minute;

ha estado lloviendo sin para it hasn't stopped raining;
no para quieto ni un momento he can't keep still for a minute;
no para en casa she's never at home;
para DE + INF to stop -ing;
paró de llover it stopped raining
3 (AmL) [obreros/empleados] to go on strike
verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹coche/tráfico/persona› to stop;

‹motor/máquina› to stop, switch off
b) ‹ hemorragia› to stanch (AmE), to staunch (BrE)

c) ‹balón/tiro› to save, stop;

‹ golpe› to block, ward off
2 (AmL)
a) ( poner de pie) to stand

b) ( poner vertical) ‹vaso/libro› to stand … up;

◊ el perro paró las orejas the dog pricked up its ears

pararse verbo pronominal
1 ( detenerse)
a) [ persona] to stop

b) [reloj/máquina] to stop;

[coche/motor] to stall;
◊ se me paró el reloj my watch stopped

2
a) (AmL) ( ponerse de pie) to stand up;

◊ párate derecho stand up straight;

se paró en una silla she stood on a chair;
¿te puedes para de cabeza/de manos? can you do headstands/handstands?
b) (AmL) [ pelo] ( hacia arriba) to stick up;

( en los lados) to stick out
c) (Méx, Ven) ( levantarse de la cama) to get up

parir ( conjugate parir) verbo intransitivo [ mujer] to give birth;
[ vaca] to calve;
[yegua/burra] to foal;
[ oveja] to lamb
verbo transitivo
a) [ mujer] to give birth to, have

b) [ mamíferos] to have, bear (frml)

para preposición
1 (utilidad, aptitud) for: ¿para qué tanto esfuerzo?, what's all this effort for?
una pomada para las quemaduras, an ointment for burns
una tijera para zurdos, a pair of scissors for left-handed people
2 (finalidad, motivo) to, in order to: lo dijo para molestarme, she said it to annoy me
lo hace para que te fijes en él, he does it so that you notice him
3 (destinatario) for: es para mamá, it's for mum
hablaba para los votantes indecisos, he spoke to the undecided voters
es muy atento para con ella, he's very obliging towards her
4 (opinión) para Paco todas las mujeres son guapas, in Paco's opinion, all women are pretty
5 (comparación, concesión) for: para ser tan joven tiene ideas muy sensatas, he has very sensible ideas for his age
6 (rechazo) para una vez que hablo, me haces callar, the one time I speak, you shut me up
7 (tiempo) by: estará listo para las cinco, it'll be ready by five
para entonces, by then
8 (a punto de) está para salir, it's about to leave
9 (dirección) el tren para Burgos acaba de salir, the train for Burgos has just left
iba para tu casa, I was going to your house
Recuerda que cuando para expresa finalidad, se traduce por to o in order to (este último sólo se usa para evitar confusión): Me voy para ayudarte. I'm going in order to help you. Si usáramos sólo to significaría: Voy a ayudarte. Sin embargo, cuando después de para viene un sustantivo o un pronombre y no un verbo (esta llave es para aquella puerta), se traduce por for ( this key is for that door).
parar
I verbo intransitivo
1 to stop: para de saltar, stop jumping
para un momento en la farmacia, stop a minute at the chemist's
no pares de hablar, por favor, keep talking, please
2 (alojarse) to stay
3 (finalizar, terminar) el cuadro fue a parar al rastro, the painting ended up in the flea market
II verbo transitivo
1 to stop
2 Dep to save
3 LAm to stand up
♦ Locuciones: dónde va a parar, by far: mi hija es muchísmo más inteligente que la suya, dónde va a parar, my daughter is far more intelligent than theirs
parir verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo to give birth (to)
♦ Locuciones: poner a alguien a parir, to run sb down
' para' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abalorio
- ablandar
- abreviar
- absoluta
- absoluto
- acá
- aceitera
- achuchar
- actuación
- adentro
- agitador
- agitadora
- alcanzar
- alfiler
- alguna
- alguno
- aliento
- alquiler
- alta
- amenaza
- añadidura
- ancha
- ancho
- ánimo
- año
- antesala
- antirrobo
- aplanar
- aprovechar
- apta
- aptitud
- apto
- aquí
- arca
- arena
- arrastre
- arriba
- arropar
- atonía
- atrás
- atril
- aunar
- auspicio
- baja
- bajo
- balde
- bálsamo
- bañarse
- banco
English:
AA
- ability
- about
- accessory
- accommodate
- achieve
- activity
- adapter
- adaptor
- adequate
- adequately
- admire
- adult
- advantage
- advantageous
- advertise
- aftershave (lotion)
- agitate
- agree
- all
- all-out
- allocate
- analyst
- antiallergenic
- antibiotic
- antidote
- antihistamine
- antipollution
- appease
- application
- appointment
- appropriate
- aptitude
- argue
- arm-twisting
- arms control
- around-the clock
- arrangement
- arson
- as
- ASPCA
- assailant
- assert
- assess
- assume
- astir
- astonishment
- attain
- attention span
- attractive

* * *

para prep

1. [indica destino, finalidad, motivación] for;

es para ti it's for you;

significa mucho para mí it means a lot to me;

“¡qué suerte!” dije para mí “how lucky,” I said to myself;

una mesa para el salón a table for the living-room;

desayuno para dos breakfast for two;

crema para zapatos shoe polish;

pastillas para dormir sleeping pills;

están entrenados para el combate they have been trained for combat;

estudia para dentista she's studying to become a dentist;

esta agua no es buena para beber this water isn't fit for drinking o to drink;

para conseguir sus propósitos in order to achieve his aims;

lo he hecho para agradarte I did it to please you;

me voy para no causar más molestias I'll go so I don't cause you any more inconvenience;

te lo repetiré para que te enteres I'll repeat it so you understand;

resulta que se divorcian para un mes más tarde volverse a casar so they get divorced, only to remarry a month later;

para con towards;

es buena para con los demás she is kind towards other people;

¿para qué? what for?;

¿para qué quieres un martillo? what do you want a hammer for?, why do you want a hammer?;

¿para qué has venido? why are you here?;

¿para quién trabajas? who do you work for?

2. [indica dirección] towards;

el próximo vuelo para Caracas the next flight to Caracas;

ir para casa to head (for) home;

salir para el aeropuerto to leave for the airport;

para abajo downwards;

para arriba upwards;

tira para arriba pull up o upwards;

para atrás backwards;

échate para atrás [en asiento] lean back;

para delante forwards;

ya vas para viejo you're getting old;

esta muchacha va para pintora this girl has all the makings of a painter

3. [indica tiempo] for;

tiene que estar acabado para mañana/para antes de Navidad it has to be finished by o for tomorrow/before Christmas;

faltan cinco minutos para que salga el tren the train leaves in five minutes;

tienen previsto casarse para el 17 de agosto they plan to get married on 17 August;

llevamos comida para varios días we have enough food for several days;
Am salvo RP
diez para las once ten to eleven;
Am salvo RP
un cuarto para las once (a) quarter to eleven;

va para un año que no nos vemos it's getting on for a year since we saw each other;

¿y para cuándo un bebé? and when are you going to start a family?;

para entonces by then

4. [indica comparación]
tiene la estatura adecuada para su edad she is the normal height for her age;

está muy delgado para lo que come he's very thin considering how much he eats;

para ser verano hace mucho frío considering it's summer, it's very cold;

para ser un principiante no lo hace mal he's not bad for a beginner;

para lo que me ha servido… for all the use it's been to me…;

¡tanto esfuerzo para nada! all that effort for nothing!;

¿y tú quién eres para tratarla así? who do you think you are, treating her like that?;

yo no soy quien para decir… it's not for me to say…

5. (después de adjetivo y antes de infinitivo) [indica inminencia, propósito] to;

la comida está lista para servir the meal is ready to be served;

el atleta está preparado para ganar the athlete is ready to win

6. [indica opinión] for;

para Marx, la religión era el opio del pueblo for Marx, religion was the opium of the people;

para mí/ti/ etc as far as I'm/you're/ etc concerned;

para mí que no van a venir it looks to me like they're not coming;

¿para ti quién es más guapo? who do you think is the most handsome?

7. [indica disposición, estado]
no estoy para fiestas I'm not in the mood for parties;

el abuelo no está ya para hacer viajes largos grandfather's no longer up to going on long journeys;

¿hace día para ir sin chaqueta? is it warm enough to go out without a jacket on?

8. [indica consecuencia]
para su sorpresa, para sorpresa suya to her surprise;

para alegría de todos to everyone's delight;

para nuestra desgracia unfortunately for us

9. Comp

no es/fue/ etc[m5]. para tanto it's not/it wasn't/ etc such a big deal;

no llores, que no es para tanto don't cry, it's not such a big deal, there's no need to cry about it;

dicen que les trataron mal, pero no fue para tanto they say they were ill-treated, but that's going a bit far;
Fam
que para qué: hace un calor que para qué it's absolutely boiling;

este plato pica que para qué this dish is really hot, Br this dish isn't half hot

* * *

para

prp

1 for;

para mí for me

2 dirección toward(s);

ir para head for;

va para directora she’s going to end up as manager

3 tiempo for;

listo para mañana ready for tomorrow;

para siempre forever;

diez para las ocho L.Am. ten of eight, ten to eight;

para Pascua iremos de vacaciones a Lima we’re going to Lima for Easter;

espero que para Pascua haya terminado la crisis I hope the crisis is over by Easter;

¿para cuándo? when for?

4 finalidad

:

lo hace para ayudarte he does it (in order) to help you;

para que so that;

¿para qué te marchas? what are you leaving for?;

para eso no hace falta it’s not necessary just for that

5 en comparaciones

:

para su edad es muy maduro he’s very mature for his age

6

:

lo heredó todo para morir a los 30 he inherited it all, only to die at 30

* * *

para prep

1) : for

para ti: for you

alta para su edad: tall for her age

una cita para el lunes: an appointment for Monday

2) : to, towards

para la derecha: to the right

van para el río: they're heading towards the river

3) : to, in order to

lo hace para molestarte: he does it to annoy you

4) : around, by (a time)

para mañana estarán listos: they'll be ready by tomorrow

5)

para adelante : forwards

6)

para atrás : backwards

7)

para que : so, so that, in order that

te lo digo para que sepas: I'm telling you so you'll know

* * *

para prep

1. (en general) for

una carta para el director a letter for the manager

está muy alto para su edad he's very tall for his age

jarabe para la tos cough medicine

2. (seguido de infinitivo) to

he venido para hablar contigo I have come to talk to you

para no despertar al niño so as not to wake the baby up

3. (seguido de subjuntivo) so that

cierra la puerta para que no entre el perro shut the door so that the dog doesn't get in

4. (dirección) for / to

salgo para Madrid dentro de una hora I'm leaving for Madrid in an hour

me voy para casa I'm going home

5. (tiempo) by

lo quiero para el viernes I want it by Friday

para mí for me / in my opinion

Spanish-English dictionary > para
13 Auftrag

m

1. (zu ) (Anweisung) directions Pl., instructions Pl., orders Pl.; (Aufgabe) assignment; (Pflicht) task, job; (Besorgung) errand; MIL. und diplomatischer: mission; im Auftrag von on behalf of, on s.o.’s instructions; in jemandes Auftrag handeln act on s.o.’s behalf; ich komme im Auftrag von... I have been sent by...; im Auftrag (abgek. i. A.) pp, P.P. (= per procurationem); jemandem den Auftrag erteilen oder geben, etw. zu tun instruct s.o. to do s.th., give s.o. the job of doing s.th.; einen Auftrag ausführen oder erledigen carry out an instruction; ich habe den Auftrag zu (+ Inf.) I have been instructed to (+ Inf.)

2. WIRTS. (Bestellung) order; (Bauauftrag, Liefervertrag) contract; laut Auftrag according to order ( oder the contract); jemandem einen Auftrag geben place an order with s.o., commission s.th. from s.o.; einen Auftrag vergeben place an order; bei Ausschreibungen: award a contract; etw. bei jemandem in Auftrag geben commission s.o. to do s.th.; place an order with s.o. for s.th.; wir können keine Aufträge mehr annehmen we cannot accept any more orders; in Auftrag gegeben be on order

3. meist Sg.; (Aufgabe) job; (Mission) purpose, mission; die Kirche hat den Auftrag zu (+ Inf.) it’s the job of the Church ( oder the Church’s job) to (+ Inf.)

4. meist Sg.; von Farbe etc.: application

* * *

der Auftrag

errand; order; commission; contract; instructions; assignment; mandate

* * *
Auf|trag ['auftraːk]
m -(e)s, Aufträge
[-trɛːgə]
1) no pl (= Anweisung) orders pl, instructions pl; (= zugeteilte Arbeit) job, task; (JUR) brief

jdm den Áúftrag geben, etw zu tun — to give sb the job of doing sth, to instruct sb to do sth

einen Áúftrag ausführen — to carry out an order

ich habe den Áúftrag, Ihnen mitzuteilen... — I have been instructed to tell you...

die Oper wurde im Áúftrag des Königs komponiert — the opera was commissioned by the king

i. A. or im Áúftrag G. W. Kurz — pp G. W. Kurz

2) (COMM) order (
über +acc for); (bei Künstlern, Freischaffenden etc) commission ( über +acc for)
etw in Áúftrag geben — to order/commission sth (bei from)

im Áúftrag und auf Rechnung von — by order and for account of

3) no pl geh = Mission, Aufgabe) task

4) (von Farbe etc) application

* * *

der

1) (a duty assigned to someone: You must complete this assignment by tomorrow.) assignment

2) (an order for a work of art: a commission to paint the president's portrait.) commission

3) (a purpose for which a person or group of people is sent: His mission was to seek help.) mission

4) (an instruction to supply something: orders from Germany for special gates.) order

* * *

Auf·trag

<-[e]s, Aufträge>

[ˈauftra:k, pl ˈauftrɛ:gə]

m

1. (Beauftragung) contract; (an Freiberufler) commission

▪ ein \Auftrag über [o für] etw akk a contract/commission for sth

einen \Auftrag erhalten to obtain [or secure] a contract/commission

2. (Bestellung) [sales] order

einen \Auftrag ausführen to deal with [or form execute] an order

▪ ein \Auftrag über etw akk an order for sth

im \Auftrag und auf Rechnung von jdm by order and for account of sb

3. (Anweisung) orders pl, instructions pl

einen \Auftrag ausführen to carry out [or execute] an order

den [ausdrücklichen] \Auftrag haben[, etw zu tun] to be [expressly] instructed [to do sth]

jdm den \Auftrag geben, etw zu tun to instruct sb to do sth

etw [bei jdm] in \Auftrag geben to order sth [from sb]

eine Skulptur [bei jdm] in \Auftrag geben to commission [sb with] a sculpture

im \Auftrag by order, on authority

in jds \Auftrag on sb's instructions; (für jdn) on sb's behalf

4. kein pl (geh: Mission) task, mission

„\Auftrag erledigt!“ “mission accomplished”

5. (das Aufstreichen) application

6. INFORM (Aufgabe) task

* * *

der; Auftrag[e]s, Aufträge

1) (Anweisung) instructions pl.; (Aufgabe) task; job

in jemandes Auftrag — (Dat.) (für jemanden) on somebody's behalf; (auf jemandes Anweisung) on somebody's instructions

jemandem den Auftrag geben od. erteilen, etwas zu tun — instruct somebody to do something; give somebody the job of doing something

einen Auftrag ausführen — carry out an instruction or order

den Auftrag haben, etwas zu tun — have been instructed to do something

2) (Bestellung) order; (bei Künstlern, Architekten usw.) commission

ein Auftrag über etwas — (Akk.) an order/a commission for something

etwas in Auftrag geben — (Kaufmannsspr.) order/commission something ( bei from)

3) (Mission) task; mission

* * *

Auftrag m

1.

(zu) (Anweisung) directions pl, instructions pl, orders pl; (Aufgabe) assignment; (Pflicht) task, job; (Besorgung) errand; MIL und diplomatischer: mission;

im Auftrag von on behalf of, on sb’s instructions;

in jemandes Auftrag handeln act on sb’s behalf;

ich komme im Auftrag von … I have been sent by …;

im Auftrag (abk i. A.) pp, P.P. (= per procurationem);

jemandem den Auftrag erteilen oder

geben, etwas zu tun instruct sb to do sth, give sb the job of doing sth;

einen Auftrag ausführen oder

erledigen carry out an instruction;

ich habe den Auftrag zu (+inf) I have been instructed to (+inf)

2. WIRTSCH (Bestellung) order; (Bauauftrag, Liefervertrag) contract;

laut Auftrag according to order ( oder the contract);

jemandem einen Auftrag geben place an order with sb, commission sth from sb;

einen Auftrag vergeben place an order; bei Ausschreibungen: award a contract;

etwas bei jemandem in Auftrag geben commission sb to do sth; place an order with sb for sth;

wir können keine Aufträge mehr annehmen we cannot accept any more orders;

in Auftrag gegeben be on order

3. meist sg; (Aufgabe) job; (Mission) purpose, mission;

die Kirche hat den Auftrag zu (+inf) it’s the job of the Church ( oder the Church’s job) to (+inf)

4. meist sg; von Farbe etc: application

* * *

der; Auftrag[e]s, Aufträge

1) (Anweisung) instructions pl.; (Aufgabe) task; job

in jemandes Auftrag — (Dat.) (für jemanden) on somebody's behalf; (auf jemandes Anweisung) on somebody's instructions

jemandem den Auftrag geben od. erteilen, etwas zu tun — instruct somebody to do something; give somebody the job of doing something

einen Auftrag ausführen — carry out an instruction or order

den Auftrag haben, etwas zu tun — have been instructed to do something

2) (Bestellung) order; (bei Künstlern, Architekten usw.) commission

ein Auftrag über etwas — (Akk.) an order/a commission for something

etwas in Auftrag geben — (Kaufmannsspr.) order/commission something ( bei from)

3) (Mission) task; mission

* * *

-¨e (von Farbe) m.

application (of paint) n. -¨e m.

assignment n.

brief n.

commission n.

instruction n.

job n.

mission n.

order n.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Auftrag
14 देव _dēva

देव a. (

-वी f.) [दिव्-अच्]

1 Divine, celestial; Bg.11. 11; Ms.12.117.

-2 Shining; यज्ञस्य देवमृत्विजम् Rv.1.1.1.

-3 Fit to be worshipped or honoured.

-वः 1 A god, deity; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.3.12.

-2 (a) The god of rain, an epithet of Indra; as in द्वादश वर्षाणि देवो न ववर्ष; अवर्षयद्देवः Rām.1.9.18; काले च देशे च प्रववर्ष देवः Bu. Ch.2.7. (b) A cloud.

-3 A divine man, Brāhmaṇa, as in भूदेव.

-4 A king, ruler, as in मनुष्यदेव; तां देवसमितिं (अभ्या- गच्छत्) Mb.3.13.22.

-5 A title affixed to the names of Bārhmaṇas; as in गोविन्ददेव, पुरुषोत्तमदेव &c.

-6 (In dramas) A title of honour used in addressing a king, ('My lord', 'Your majesty'); ततश्च देव Ve.4; यथाज्ञापयति देवः &c.

-7 Quicksilver.

-8 The Supreme Spirit; हित्वा च देहं प्रविशन्ति देवं दिवौकसो द्यामिव पार्थ सांख्याः Mb.12.31.112.

-9 A fool

-1 A child.

-11 A man following any particular business.

-12 A lover.

-13 Emulation.

-14 Sport, play.

-15 A husband's brother (cf. देवृ, देवर).

-16 A lancer.

-वम् An organ of sense; देवानां प्रभवो देवो मनसश्च त्रिलोककृत् Mb.14.41.3. [cf. L. deus; Gr. deos.].

-Comp. -अंशः a partial incarnation of god.

-अगारः, -रम् a temple.

-अङ्गना a celestial damsel, an apsaras.

-अतिदेवः, -अधिदेवः 1 the highest god.

-2 an epithet of (1) Śiva. (2) Buddha. (3) Viṣṇu. देवातिदेवो भगवान् प्रसूतिरंशे हरिर्यस्य जगत्प्रणेता Hariv.

-अधिपः 1 an epithet of Indra.

-2 the supreme god.

-अनीकम् an army of celestials.

-अनुचरः, -अनुयायिन् m. an attendant or follower of a god; निशम्य देवानुचरस्य वाचं मनुष्यदेवः पुनरप्युवाच R.2.52.

-अन्धस् n.,

अन्नम् 1 the food of gods, divine food, ambrosia.

-2 food that has been first offered to an idol; see Ms.5.7 and Kull. thereon.

-अभीष्ट a.

1 liked by or dear to gods.

-2 sacred or dedicated to a deity. (

-ष्टा) piper betel.

-अरण्यम् the garden of gods, the Nandana gar- den; अलमुद्द्योतयामासुर्देवारण्यमिवर्तवः R.1.8.

-अरिः a demon.

-अर्चनम्, -ना 1 the worship of gods.

-2 idolatry.

-अर्पणम् 1 an offering to the god.

-2 the Veda; पृथग्- भूतानि चान्यानि यानि देवार्पणानि च Mb.13.86.17 (see com.).

-आवसथः a temple.

-अश्वः an epithet of उच्चैःश्रवस्, the horse of Indra.

-आक्रीडः 'the garden of the gods', Nandana garden.

-आजीवः, -आजीविन् m. an attendant upon an idol.

-2 a low Brāhmaṇa subsisting by attendance upon an idol and upon the offerings made to it.

-आत्मन् a.

1 consecrated, holy, sacred.

-2 of a divine nature. (-m.)

1 the divine soul; ते ध्यानयोगानुगता$ पश्यन् देवात्मशक्तिं स्वगुणैर्निगूढाम् Śvet. Up.1.3.

-2 the holy fig-tree.

-आयतनम् a temple; Ms.4.46; न देवा- यतनं गच्छेत् कदाचिद् वा$प्रदक्षिणम् । न पीडयेद् वा वस्त्राणि न देवा- यतनेष्वपि ॥ Kūrma P.

-आयुधम् 1 a divine weapon.

-2 rainbow.

-आयुष्म् the life-time of a god.

-आलयः 1 heaven.

-2 a temple.

-आवासः 1 heaven.

-2 the holy fig-tree (अश्वत्थ).

-3 a temple.

-4 the Sumeru mountain.

-आहारः nectar, ambrosia.

-इज् a. (nom. sing. देवेट्-ड्) worshipping the gods.

-इज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, preceptor of the gods.

-इज्जः 1 an epithet of Indra.

-2 of Śiva.

-इष्ट a. dear to gods. (

-ष्टः) bdellium. (

-ष्टा) the wild lime tree.

-ईशः an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Śiva. (3) Viṣṇu. (4) Brahman. (

-शी) N. of Durgā also of Devakī mother of Kṛiṣṇa.

-ईश्वरः N. of (1) Śiva. (2) Indra.

-उद्यानम् 1 divine garden.

-2 The Nandana garden.

-3 a garden near a temple.

-ऋषिः (देवर्षिः)

1 a deified saint, divine sage such as अत्रि, भृगु, पुलस्त्य, अङ्गिरस् &c.; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84 (i. e. अङ्गिरस्); अथ देवऋषी राजन् संपरेतं नृपात्मजम् Bhāg.; आब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोका देवर्षिपितृमानवाः । तृप्यन्तु पितरः सर्वे मातृमातामहा- दयाः Tarpaṇamantra.

-2 an epithet of Narada; देवर्षीणां च नारदः Bg.1.13.26.

-ओकस् n. the mountain Meru or Sumeru.

-कन्या a celestial damsel, a nymph; also देवकन्यका.

-कर्दमाः sandal, aloe wood, camphor, saffron pounded together and made into a paste.

-कर्मन् n.,

-कार्यम् 1 a religious act or rite, divine command; अनुष्ठितदेवकार्यम् R.12.13.

-2 the worship of gods.

-काष्ठम् the Devadāru tree.

-किरी N. of a Rāgiṇī; ललिता मालती गौरी नाटी देवकिरी तथा । मेघरागस्य रागिण्यो भवन्तीमाः सुमध्यमाः ॥

-कुटम् a temple.

-कुण़्डम् a natural spring.

-कुलम् 1 a temple.

-2 a race of gods.

-3 a group of gods.

-कुल्या the celestial Ganges.

-कुसुमम् cloves; एलां च देवकुसुमं त्वक्पत्रं देवदारु च Śiva. B.3.14.

-खातम्, -खातकम् 1 a natural hollow among moun- tains.

-2 a natural pond or reservoir; Ms.4.23.

-3 a pond near a temple. ˚बिल a cavern, chasm.

-गणः a class of gods.

-गणिका an apsaras; q. v.

-गतिः the path of देवलोक; अनुज्ञातश्च रामेण ययौ देवगतिं मुनिः A. Rām. 2.1.4.

-गन्धर्वः an epithet of Nārada. (

-र्वम्) a particular mode of singing.

-गर्जनम् thunder.

-गर्भः see हिरण्यगर्भ; Rām.2.4.23.

-गायनः a celestial choris- ter, a Gandharva.

-गान्धारी N. of a Rāgiṇī गान्धारी देवगान्धारी मालवी श्रीश्च सारवी । रामकीर्यपि रागिण्यः श्रीरागस्य प्रिया इमाः ॥

-गिरिः 1 N. of a mountain; cf. Me.44.

-2 N. of a town (Daulatabad).

-गिरी f. N. of a Rāgiṇī.

-गुरुः 1 an epithet of Kaśyapa (the father of gods).

-2 of Bṛihaspati (the preceptor of gods).

-गुही an epithet of Sarasvatī or of a place situated on it.

-गुह्यम् 1 a secret only known by gods.

-2 death.

-गृहम् 1 a temple.

-2 the place of a king.

-3 a planetary sphere.

-ग्रहः a class of demons who causes harmless madness.

-चरितम् the course of action or practices of the gods; न देवचरितं चरेत्.

-चर्या the worship or service of gods.

-चिकित्सकौ (du.) Aśvins, the twin physicians of gods.

-छन्दः a pearl-necklace having 81, 1 or 18 strings; शतमष्टयुतं हारो देवच्छन्दो ह्यशीतिरेकयुता Bṛi. S.81.32.

-जनः the gods collectively. ˚विद्या the science of music, dance, other arts &c.; Ch. Up.7.1.2.

-जातम् a class of gods.

-जामिः f. a sister of the gods; देवजामीनां पुत्रो$सि Av. 6.46.1.

-तरुः 1 the holy fig-tree.

-2 one of the trees of paradise. (i. e. मन्दार, पारिजात, सन्तान, कल्प and हरि- चन्दन); पञ्चैते देवतरवो मन्दारः पारिजातकः । सन्तानः कल्पवृक्षश्च पुंसि वा हरिचन्दनम् ॥ Ak.

-3 the tree in a village (चैत्यवृक्ष) where the villagers usually meet (Mar. पार).

-तर्पणम् offerings of water, part of the सन्ध्या ceremony.

-ताडः 1 fire.

-2 an epithet of Rāhu.

-तातः 1 a sacrifice.

-2 N. of Kaśyapa.

-तातिः 1 a god.

-2 divine service; स नो यक्षद् देवताता यजीयान् Rv.3.19.1.

-तीर्थम् 1 the right moment for the worship of gods.

-2 the tips of the fingers sacred to gods.

-दत्त a.

1 god-given, grant- ed by the gods.

-2 given to the gods (as a village, &c.).

(-त्तः) 1 N. of the conch-shell of Arjuna; देवदत्तं धनञ्जयः (दध्मौ) Bg.1.15.

-2 a certain person (used in speaking of men indefinitely); मुक्तस्ततो यदि बन्धाद्देवदत्त उपाच्छिनत्ति Bhāg.5.14.24; देवदत्तः पचति, पिनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते &c.

-3 one of the vital airs exhaled in yawning; देवदत्तो विजृम्भणे. ˚अग्रजः N. of Buddha.

-दर्शन a. visiting the gods. (

-नः) N. of Nārada; यथा प्राह नारदो देवदर्शनः Bhāg.2.8.1.

-दारु m., n. a species of pine; गङ्गाप्रवाहोक्षित- देवदारु Ku.1.54; R.2.36.

-दासः a servant or attendant upon a temple.

(-सी) 1 a female in the service of gods or a temple.

-2 a courtezan (employed as a dancer in a temple).

-3 the wild citron tree.

-दीपः the eye.

-दुन्दुभिः 1 divine drum; देवदुन्दुभिनिर्घोषो पुष्पवृष्टिश्च खात् पतन् Rām.

-2 the holy basil with red flowers.

-3 an epi- thet of Indra.

-दूतः a divine envoy or messenger, an angel.

-देवः 1 an epithet of Brahman; Rām.1.43.1.

-2 of Śiva; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52.

-3 of Viṣṇu; Bg.1.15.

-4 of Gaṇeśa; दृष्टप्रभावो वरदो देवदेवो विनायकः Ks.2.55.

-दैवत्य a. destined for the god; Ms.2.189.

-द्रोणी a procession with idols.

-धर्मः a religious duty or office.

-धानी the city of Indra; तां देवधानीं स वरुथिनीपतिर्बहिः समन्ताद्रुरुधे पृतन्यया Bhāg. 8.15.23.

-धान्यम् a kind of grass-grain (Mar. देवभात).

-धिष्ण्यम् a chariot of the gods (विमान); Bhāg.1. 82.7.

-नक्षत्रम् N. of the first 14 नक्षत्रs in the southern quarter (opp. to यमनक्षत्रम्).

-नदी 1 the Ganges.

-2 any holy river; Ms.2.17.

-नन्दिन् m. N. of the door- keeper of Indra.

-2 N. of a grammarian.

-नागरी N. of the character in which Sanskrit is usually written.

-नाथः Śiva.

-निकायः 1 'residence of gods', paradise, heaven; तं तुष्टुवुर्देवनिकायकेतवः Bhāg.1.27.25.

-2 a host or assembly of gods; Ms.1.36.

-निन्दकः a blasphe- mer, unbeliever, heretic, atheist.

-निन्दा heresy, athe- ism.

-निर्माल्यम् 1 a garland remaining from a sacrifice.

-निर्मित a. 'god-created', natural.

-पतिः an epithet of Indra.

-पादाः 'the royal feet or presence', an honorific term for a king; देवपादाः प्रमाणम्.

-पथः 1 'heavenly passage', heaven, firmament दिव्यो देवपथो ह्येष नात्र गच्छन्ति मानुषाः Mb.

-2 the milky way.

-पशुः any animal con- secrated to a deity.

-पात्रम् an epithet of Agni.

-पुर्, -पुरी f. an epithet of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra.

-पुरोहितः 1 a domestic priest of the gods.

-2 the planet Jupiter (बृहस्पति).

-पुष्पम् cloves.

-पूज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati.

-प्रतिकृतिः f.,

-प्रतिमा an idol, the image of a deity.

-प्रश्नः 'consulting deities', astrology, for- tune-telling.

-प्रसूत a. good-produced (water); Av.6. 1.2.

-प्रियः 'dear to the gods', an epithet of Śiva; (देवानांप्रियः an irreg. comp. meaning-

1 a goat.

-2 a fool, idiot like a brute breast, as in ते$प्यतात्पर्यज्ञा देवानांप्रियाः K. P.

-3 an ascetic, who renounces the world).

-बलिः an oblation to the gods.

-बाहुः 1 N. of a king in the Yadu race.

-2 N. of a sage; देवबाहुः शतधनुः कृतवर्मेति तत्सुताः Bhāg.

-ब्रह्मन् m. an epithet of Nārada.

-ब्राह्मणः 1 a Brāhmaṇa who lives on the proceeds of a temple.

-2 a venerable Brāhmaṇa.

-भक्तिः worship or service of the gods.

-भवनम् 1 the heaven.

-2> a temple.

-3 the holy fig-tree.

-भागः the northern hemisphere.

-भ m. a god; (-f.) heaven.

-भूमिः f. heaven; पितुः प्रदेशा- स्तव देवभूमयः Ku.5.45.

-भूतिः f. an epithet of the Ganges.

-भूयम् divinity, godhead; विदितमेव भवतां...... परां निर्वृतिमुपेत्य देवभूयं गताः सर्वे न पूर्वपुरुषा इति Rām. Champū.

-भृत् m. an epithet of

1 Viṣṇu.

-2 of Indra.

-भोगः Pleasure of the gods, heavenly joy; अन्नन्ति दिव्यान् दिवि देवभोगान् Bg.9.2.

-भोज्यम् nectar.

-मणिः 1 the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ.

-2 the sun.

-3 a curl of hair on a horse's neck; आवर्तिनः शुभफल- प्रदशुक्तियुक्ताः संपन्नदेवमणयो भृतरन्ध्रभागाः (अश्वाः) Śi.5.4; N.1.58.

-मधु n. divine honey; असौ वा आदित्यो देवमधु Ch. Up.3.1.1.

-मातृ f. N. of Aditi, mother of gods.

-मातृक a. 'having the god of rain or clouds as foster-mother', watered only by the clouds, depending on rain-water and not on irrigation, deprived of every other kind of water (as a country); देशो नद्यम्बुवृष्ट्यम्बु- संपन्नव्रीहिपालितः । स्यान्नदीमातृको देवमातृकश्च यथाक्रमम् ॥ Ak.; cf. also वितन्वति क्षेममदेवमातृकाः (i. e. नदीमातृकाः) चिराय तस्मिन् कुरवश्चकासते Ki.1. 17.

-मानकः the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ.

-माया the Māyā of gods; ते दुस्तराम- तितरन्ति च देवमायाम् Bhāg.

-मार्गः the air or sky.

-मासः the eighth month of pregnancy.

-मुनिः a divine sage.

-यजनम् 1 a sacrificial place, a place where a sacrifice is performed; ततस्ते देवयजनं ब्राह्मणाः स्वर्णलाङ्गलैः (कृष्ट्वा) Bhāg.1.74.12. देवयजनसंभवे सीते U.4.

-2 a place of worship; मण्डलं देवयजनं दीक्षासंस्कार आत्मनः Bhāg.12.11.17.

-यजि a. making oblations to gods.

-यज्ञः a sacrifice to the superior gods made by oblations to fire, or through fire to the gods; (one of the five daily sacri- fices of a Brāhmaṇa; see Ms.3.81,85 and पञ्चयज्ञ also).

-यज्यम्, -यज्या a sacrifice.

-यात्रा 'an idol- procession,' any sacred festival when the idols are carried in procession; केनापि देवयात्रागतेन सिद्धादेशेन साधुना मत्समक्षमादिष्टा M.5.12-13.

-यान bestowing मोक्ष; यज्ञस्य देवयानस्य मेध्याय हविषे नृप Bhāg.8.8.2.

-नः the path leading to मोक्ष; सत्येन पन्था विततो देवयानः Muṇḍ.3.1.6.

-यानम् a celestial car.

-युगम् 1 the first of the four ages of the world; also called कृतयुग, सनत्कुमारो भगवान् पुरा देवयुगे प्रभुः Rām.1.11.11.

-2 an age of the gods comprising four ages of men.

-योनिः 1 a super- human being, a demigod; विद्याधरो$प्सरोयक्षरक्षोगन्धर्वकिन्नराः । पिशाचो गुह्यकः सिद्धो भूतो$मी देवयोनयः ॥ Ak.

-2 a being of divine origin.

-3 fuel used in kindling fire (f. also).

-योषा an apsaras.

-रथः a car for carrying the image of god in procession.

-थम् a day's journey for the sun's chariot.

-रहस्यम् a divine mystery.

-राज्, -राजः 1 an epithet of Indra; Rām.7.6.6.

-2 a king.

-3 N. of Buddha.

-रातः 1 an epithet of Parīkṣit.

-2 a kind of swan or crane.

-राष्ट्रम् N. of an empire in the Deccan.

-लक्ष्मम् the Brāhmanical cord.

-लता the Navamallikā or double jasmine plant.

-लिङ्गम् the image or statue of a deity; Bhāg.3.17.13.

-लोकः heaven, paradise; देवलोकस्य चर्त्विजः (प्रभुः) Ms.4.182.

-वक्त्रम् an epithet of fire.

-वर्त्मन् n. the sky or atmosphere.

-वर्धकिः, -शिल्पिन् m. Viśvakarman, the architect of gods.

-वाणी 'divine voice', a voice from heaven.

-वाहनः an epithet of Agni.

-विद्या 1 divine science; Ch. Up.7.1.2.

-2 the science of Nirukta or etymology; ibid.

-विभागः the northern hemisphere.

-विश् f.,

-विशा a deity.

-वीतिः food of the gods.

-वृक्षः the Mandāra tree.

-व्यचस् a. Ved. occupied by the gods.

-व्रतम् 1 a religious observance, any religious vow.

-2 the favourite food of the gods. (

-तः) an epithet of

1 Bhīṣma; ततो विनशनं प्रागाद्यत्र देवव्रतो$पतत् Bhāg.1.9.1.

-2 Kārtikeya.

-व्रतत्वम् celibacy (ब्रह्मचारिव्रत); देवव्रतत्वं विज्ञाप्य Mb.5.172.19.

-शत्रुः a demon; स देवशत्रूनिव देवराजः Mb.

-शुनी an epithet of Saramā, the bitch of the gods.

-शेखर the damanaka tree (Mar. दवणा).

-शेषम् the remnants of a sacrifice offered to gods.

-श्रीः m. a sacrifice. (f.) Lakṣmī.

-श्रुतः an epithet of

1 Viṣṇu.

-2 Nārada.

-3 a sacred treatise.

-4 a god in general.

-संसद् f. देवसभा q. v.

-सत्यम् divine truth, established order of the gods.

-संध a. divine.

-सभा 1 an assembly of the gods (सुधर्मन्).

-2 a council of a king, council-chamber.

-3 a gambling-house.

-सभ्यः 1 a gambler.

-2 a fre- quenter of gaming-houses.

-3 an attendant on a deity.

-4 the keeper of a gambling-house.

-सहा 1 rules of begging alms (? भिक्षासूत्र); L. D. B.

-2 N. of a plant.

-सायुज्यम् identification or unification with a deity, conjunction with the gods, deification.

-सिंह an epithet of Śiva.

-सुषिः a tube or cavity (in the heart) leading to the gods; cf. उदान, तस्य ह वा एतस्य हृदयस्य पञ्च देवसुषयः Ch. Up.3.13.1.

-सू N. of 8 deities (अग्नि, सोम, सवितृ, रुद्र, बृहस्पति, इन्द्र, मित्र and वरुण).

-सृष्टा an intoxicating drink.

-सेना 1 the army of gods.

-2 N. of the wife of Skanda; स्कन्देन साक्षादिव देवसेनाम् R.7.1. (Malli.:-- देवसेना = स्कन्दपत्नी perhaps it merely means 'the army of the gods' personified as Skanda's wife). ˚पतिः, ˚प्रियः an epithet of Kārtikeya.

-स्वम् 'property of gods', property applicable to religious purposes or endowments; यद्धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद्विदु- र्बुधाः Ms.11.2,26. ˚अपहरणम् sacrilege.

-सावर्णिः the 13th Manu; मनुस्त्रयोदशो भाव्यो देवसावर्णिरात्मवान् Bhāg. 8.13.3.

-हविस् n. an animal offered to gods at a sacrifice.

-हिंसकः an enemy of gods.

-हूः the left ear; Bhāg.4.25.51.

-हूतिः f.

1 invocation of the gods.

-2 N. of a daughter of Manu Svāyambhuva and wife of Kardama.

-हेडनम् an offence against the gods.

-हेतिः a divine weapon.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > देव _dēva
15 धृत _dhṛta

1
धृत a. (At the end of comp.) Possessing, bearing, holder, bearer &c.

2

धृत p. p. [धृ-कर्मणि क्त]

1 Held, carried, borne, sup- ported.

-2 Possessed.

-3 Kept, preserved, retained.

-4 Seized, grasped, laid, hold of.

-5 Worn, used, put on; किमित्यपास्याभरणानि यौवने धृतं त्वया वार्धकशोभि वल्कलम् Ku.5.44.

-6 Placed, deposited.

-7 Practised, observed.

-8 Weighed.

-9 (Actively used) Holding, bearing.

-1 Intent upon.

-11 Prepared, ready.

-12 Resolved, firm; रिपुनिग्रहे धृतः Rām.4.27.47; see धृ also.

-तम् 1 Falling.

-2 State, existence.

-3 Taking, seizing.

-4 Wearing, putting on.

-5 A particular manner of fighting.

-Comp. -आत्मन् a. firm minded, steady, calm, collected. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-उत्सेक a. haugh- ty, arrogant; Rāj. T.

-एकवेणि a. bearing a single braid of hair (as a sign of mourning); नियमक्षाममुखी धृतैकवेणिः Ś7.21.

-गर्भ a. pregnant; Ks.7.83.

-दण्ड a.

1 inflicting punishment.

-2 one on whom punishment is inflicted; राजभिर्धृतदण्डास्तु कृत्वा पापानि मानवाः । निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा ॥ Ms.8.318.

-दीधितिः fire.

-पट a. covered with a cloth.

-मानस a. firm-minded, bent upon; तपसे धृतमानसः Rām.7.9.46.

-राजन् a. ruled by a good king (as a country).

-राष्ट्रः 1 a good king.

-2 a country ruled by a good king.

-3 N. of the eldest son of Vyāsa by a widow of विचित्रवीर्य. [As the eldest son he was entitled to the throne, but being blind from birth, he renounced the sovereignty in favour of Pāṇḍu; but on his retirement to the woods, he undertook it himself, making Duryodhana, his eldest son, the virtual ruler. When Duryodhana, was killed by Bhīma, the old king thirsted for revenge, and expressed his desire to embrace Yudhiṣṭhira and Bhīma. K&rtod.;iṣṇa readily discovered his object, and con- vinced that Bhīma was marked out by the king as his prey, he caused an iron image of Bhīma to be made. And when the blind king rushed forward to embrace Bhīma, Kṛiṣṇa substituted the iron image which the revengeful old man pressed with so much force that it was crushed to pieces, and Bhīma escaped. Thus dis comfited, he, with his wife, repaired to the Himālaya and there died after some years.]

-4 N. of a bird; L. D. B.

-वर्मन् a clad in armour, mailed; -m. N. of a reputed king.

-व्रत a.

1 observing vows, performing religious rites.

-2 devoted, attached.

-3 of a fixed law or order. (

-तः) an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Varuṇa. (3) Agni. (4) A king in the Puru dynasty.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > धृत _dhṛta
16 प्रति _prati

प्रति ind.

1 As a prefix to verbs it means (a) towards, in the direction of; (b) back, in return, again; तष्ठेदानीं न मे जीवन् प्रतियास्यसि दुर्मते Rām.7.18.13; (c) in opposition to, against, counter; (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition).

-2 As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means (a) likeness, resemblance, equality; (b) opposite, of the opposite side; प्रतिबल Ve.3.5. 'the opposing force'; so प्रतिद्विपाः Mu.2.13; (c) rivalry; as in प्रतिचन्द्रः 'a rival moon'; प्रतिपुरुषः &c.

-3 As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं प्रस्थापयामास वशी वसिष्ठः R.2.7;1. 75; प्रत्यनिलं विचेरु Ku.3.31; वृक्षं प्रति विद्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; तदा यायाद् रिपुं प्रति Ms.7.171; प्रदुदुवुस्तं प्रति राक्षसेन्द्रम् Rām.; ययावजः प्रत्यरिसैन्यमेव R.7.55; (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; त्वं सहस्राणि प्रति Ṛv.2.1.8; (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गां शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.; गङ्गां प्रति; (e) at the time, about, during; आदित्यस्योदयं प्रति Mb; फाल्गुनं वाथ चैत्रं वा मासौ प्रति Ms.7.182; (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; यदत्र मां प्रति स्यात् Sk.; हरं प्रति हलाहलं (अभवत्) Vop.; (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); वर्षं प्रति, प्रतिवर्षम्; यज्ञं प्रति Y.1.11; वृक्षं वृक्षं प्रति सिञ्चति Sk.; (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; न हि मे संशीतिरस्या दिव्यतां प्रति K.132; चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्रलब्धासि Mu.1; धर्मं प्रति Ś.5.18; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1; Ku.6.27; 7.83; त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् 5.81; Y.1.218; R.6. 12;1.29;12.51; (i) according to, in conformity with; मां प्रति in my opinion; (j) before, in the presence of; (k) for, on account of.

-4 As a separable preposi- tion (with abl.) it means either (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; प्रद्युम्नः कृष्णात् प्रति Sk.; संग्रामे यो नारायणतः प्रति Bk.8.89; or (b) in exchange or return for; तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; भक्तेः प्रत्यमृतं शंभोः Vop.

-5 As the first member of Avyayībhāva compound it usually means (a) in or at every; as प्रतिसंवत्सरम् 'every year', प्रतिक्षणम्, प्रत्यहम् &c.; (b) towards, in the direction of; प्रत्यग्नि शलभा डयन्ते.

-6 प्रति is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; सूपप्रति, शाकप्रति. [ Note:-- In the com- pounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places.]

-Comp. -अंशम् ind. on the shoulders.

-अक्षरम् ind. in every syllable or letter; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्ध Vās.

-अग्नि ind. towards the fire.

-अग्र = प्रत्यग्र q. v.

-अङ्गम् 1 a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose.

-2 a division, chapter, section.

-3 every limb.

-4 a weapon. (

-ङ्गम्) ind.

1 on or at every limb of the body; as in प्रत्यङ्ग- मालिङ्गितः Gīt.1.

-2 for every subdivision.

-3 in each case (in grammar).

-अधिदेवता a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one; Hch.

-अधिष्ठानम्, -आधानम् the principal place of residence; Bṛi. Up.2.2.1.

-2 repository.

-अनन्तर a.

1 being in immediate neigh- bourhood; दानमानादिसत्कारैः कुरुष्व प्रत्यनन्तरम् Rām.4.15.27. (com. प्रत्यनन्तरं स्वाधीनम्).

-2 standing nearest (as an heir).

-3 immediately following, closely connected with; जीवेत् क्षत्रियधर्मेण स ह्यस्य (ब्राह्मणस्य) प्रत्यनन्तरः; Ms.1. 82;8.185. (

-रम्) ind.

1 immediately after.

-2 next in succession.

-रीभू to betake oneself close to; P. R.

-अनिलम् ind. towards or against the wind.

-अनीक a

1 hostile, opposed, inimical.

-2 resisting, opposing.

-3 opposite.

-4 equal, vying with. (

-कः) an enemy.

(-कम्) 1 hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; न शक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः Rām.

-2 a hostile army; यस्य शूरा महेष्वासाः प्रत्यनीकगता रणे Mb.; ये$वस्थिताः प्रत्यनीकेषु योधाः Bg.11.32. (प्र˚ may have here sense 1 also).

-3 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy who himself cannot be injured; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुं तिरस्क्रिया । या तदीयस्य तत्स्तुत्यै प्रत्यनीकं तदुच्यते K. P.1.

-अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration.

-अनुमानम् an opposite conclusion.

-अन्त a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering.

(-न्तः) 1 a border, frontier; स गुप्तमूलप्रत्यन्तः R.4.26.

-2 a bordering country; especi- ally, a country occupied by barbarian or Mlechchhas. ˚देशः a bordering country. ˚पर्वतः an adjacent hill; पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः Ak.

-अन्धकार a. spreading shadow; Buddh.

-अपकारः retaliation, injury in return; शाम्येत् प्रत्यप- कारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4.

-अब्दम् ind. every year

-अमित्र a. hostile. (

-त्रः) an enemy. (

-त्रम्) ind. towards as enemy.

-अरिः 1 a well-matched opponent.

-2 the 9th, 14th or 23rd asterism from the जन्मनक्षत्र.

-3 a particular asterism; दारुणेषु च सर्वेषु प्रत्यरिं च विवर्जयेत् Mb.13.14.28 (com. प्रत्यरिं स्वनक्षत्राद् दिननक्षत्रं यावद् गणयित्वा नवभिर्भागे हृते पञ्चमी तारा प्रत्यरिः ।).

-अर्कः a mock sun; parhelion.

-अर्गलम् the rope by which a churning stick is moved.

-अवयवम् ind.

1 in every limb.

-2 in every particular, in detail.

- अवर a.

1 lower, less honoured; पुरावरान् प्रत्यवरान् गरीयसः Mb.13.94.12.

-2 very low or degrading, very insignificant; Ms.1.19.

-अश्मन् m. red chalk.

-अष्ठीला a kind of nervous disease.

-अहम् ind. every day, daily; day by day; गिरिशमुपचचार प्रत्यहं सा सुकेशी Ku.1.6.

-आकारः a scabbard, sheath.

-आघातः 1 a counter-stroke.

-2 reaction.

-आचारः suitable conduct or behaviour.

-आत्मम् ind. singly, severally.

-आत्मक a. belonging to oneself.

-आत्म्यम् similarity with oneself.

-आत्मेन ind. after one's own image; स किंनरान् कुंपुरुषान् प्रत्यात्म्येना- सृजत् प्रभुः Bhāg.3.2.45.

-आदित्यः a mock sun.

-आरम्भः 1 recommencement, second beginning.

-2 pro- hibition.

-आर्द्र a. fresh.

-आशा 1 hope, expectation; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति Māl.9.8.

-2 trust, con- fidence.

-आसङ्गः Connection, contact; अथ प्रत्यासङ्गः कमपि महिमानं वितरति Mv.1.12.

-आस्वर 1 returning.

-2 reflecting; Ch.Up.1.3.2.

-आह्वयः echo, resonance; छाया प्रत्याह्वयाभासा ह्यसन्तो$प्यर्थकारिणः Bhāg.11.28.5.

-उत्तरम् a reply, rejoinder.

-उलूकः 1 a crow; मृत्युदूतः कपोतो$यमुलूकः कम्पयन्मनः । प्रत्युलूकश्च कुह्वानैरनिद्रौ शून्यमिच्छतः ॥ Bhāg.1.14.14.

-2 a bird resembling an owl.

-ऋचम् ind. in each Rik.

-एक a. each, each one, every single one. (

-कम्) ind.

1 one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; विवेश दण्डकारण्यं प्रत्येकं च सतां मनः R.12.9. 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12.3;7.34; Ku.2.31.

-एनस् m.

1 an officer of justice (who punishes criminals); Bṛi. Up.4.3.7.

-2 a heir responsible for the debts of the deceased; surety.

-कञ्चुकः 1 an adversary.

-2 a critic.

-कण्ठम् ind.

1 severally, one by one.

-2 near the throat.

-कलम् ind. constantly, perpetually.

-कश a. not obeying the whip.

-कष्ट a. comparatively bad.

-कामिनी a female rival; Śi.

-कायः 1 an effigy, image, picture, likeness.

-2 an adversary; स वृषध्वजसायकावभिन्नं जयहेतुः प्रतिकाय- मेषणीयम् Ki.13.28.

-3 a target, butt, mark.

-कितवः an opponent in a game.

-कुञ्जरः a hostile elephant.

-कूपः a moat, ditch.

-कूल a.

1 unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्व- मेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6; Ku.3.24.

-2 harsh, discordant. unpleasant, disagreeable; अप्यन्नपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1. 45.

-3 inauspicious.

-4 contradictory.

-5 reverse, inverted.

-6 perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. ˚आचार- णम्, ˚आचरितम् any offensive or hostile action or conduct; प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81. ˚उक्तम्, -क्तिः f. a contra- diction. ˚कारिन्, -कृत, -चारिन्, -वत्ति a. opposing. ˚दर्शन a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. ˚प्रवर्तिन्, -वर्तिन् a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. ˚भाषिन् a. opposing, contradicting. ˚वचनम् dis- agreeable or unpleasant speech. ˚वादः contradiction. (प्रतिकूलता, -त्वम् adverseness, opposition, hostility. प्रति- कूलयति 'to oppose'.).

-कूल ind.

1 adversely, contrarily.

-2 inversely, in inverted order.

-कूलय Den. P. to resist, oppose.

-कूलिक a. hostile, inimical.

-क्षणम् ind. at every moment or instant, constantly; प्रतिक्षणं संभ्रमलोलदृष्टि- र्लीलारविन्देन निवारयन्ती Ku.3.56.

-क्षपम् ind. everynight.

-गजः a hostile elephant

-गात्रम् ind. in very limb.

-गिरिः 1 an opposite mountain.

-2 an inferior mountain.

-गृहम्, -गेहम् ind. in every house.

-ग्रामम् ind. in every village.

-चक्रम् a hostile army.

-चन्द्रः a mock moon; paraselene.

-चरणम् ind.

1 in every (Vedic) school or branch.

-2 at every foot-step.

-छाया, -यिका 1 a reflected image, reflection, shadow; रूपं प्रतिच्छायिक- योपनीतम् N.6.45.

-2 an image, picture.

-जङ्घा the forepart of the leg.

-जिह्वा, -जिह्विका the soft palate,

-तन्त्रम् ind. according to each Tantra or opinion.

-तन्त्र- सिद्धान्तः a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (वादिप्रतिवाद्येकतरमात्राभ्युपगतः).

-त्र्यहम् ind. for three days at a time.

-दण्ड a. Ved. disobedient.

-दिनम् ind. every day; राशीभूतः प्रतिदिनमिव त्र्यम्बकस्याट्टहासः Me.6.

-दिशम् ind. in every direction, all round, every- where.

-दूतः a messenger sent in return.

-देवता a corresponding deity; गताः कलाः पञ्चदश प्रतिष्ठा देवाश्च सर्वे प्रतिदेवतासु Muṇḍa.3.2.7.

-देशम् ind. in every country.

-देहम् ind. in every body.

-दैवतम् ind. for every deity.

-द्वन्द्वः 1 an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival.

-2 an enemy. (

-द्वम्) opposition, hostility.

-द्वन्द्विन् a.

1 hostile, inimical.

-2 adverse (प्रतिकूल); कृतान्तदुर्वृत्त इवापरेषां पुरः प्रतिद्वन्द्विनि पाण्डवास्त्रे Ki.16.29.

-3 rivalling, vying with; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्दिभिः (करतलैः) Ś.4.5. (-m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; तुल्यप्रति- द्वन्द्वि बभूव युद्धम् R.7.37.;15.25.

-द्वारम् ind. at every gate.

-धुरः a horse harnessed by the side of another.

-नप्तृ m. great-grandson, a son's grandson.

-नव a.

1 new, young, fresh.

-2 newly blown budded; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38.

-नाडी a branch-vein.

-नायकः the adversary of the hero of any poetic com- position; धीरोद्धतः पापकारी व्यसनी प्रतिनायकः S. D., as रावण in the Rāmāyaṇa, शिशुपाल in Māgha-Kāvya &c.

-नारी, -पत्नी, -युवतिः a female rival; Śi.7.45.

-निनादः = प्रतिध्वनिः q. v.

-न्यायम् ind. in inverted order; पुनः प्रतिन्यायं प्रतियोन्याद्रवति स्वप्नायैव Bṛi. Up.4.3.15.

-पक्ष a. like, similar.

(-क्षः) 1 the opposite side, party or faction, hostility; विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यामवधारणं नियमः Gaut. S,

-2 an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; प्रति- पक्षकामिनी, -लक्ष्मी 'a rival wife'; Bv.2.64; दासीकृतायाः प्रति- पक्षलक्ष्याः Vikr.1.73; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुम् K. P.1; Vikr.1.7; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'.

-3 remedy, expiation; यादवस्य पापस्य प्रतिपक्षमुपदिशामि Nāg.5.

-4 a defendant or respondent (in law). ˚ता

1 hostility, opposition.

-2 obstacle.

-पक्षित a.

1 containing a contradiction.

-2 nullified by a contradictory premise; (as a hetu in न्याय); cf. सत्प्रतिपक्ष.

-पक्षिन् m. an opponent, adversary.

-पण्यम् merchandise in exchange; Buddh.

-प्रथम् ind. along the road, towards the way; प्रतिपथगतिरासीद् वेगदीर्घीकृताङ्गः Ku.3.76.

-पदम् ind.

1 at evry stop.

-2 at every place, everywhere.

-3 expressly.

-4 in every word; प्रतिपदाख्याने तु गौरवं परिहरद्भिर्वृत्तिकारैः सर्वसामान्यः शब्दः प्रति- गृहीतः प्रकृतिवदिति ŚB. on MS.8.1.2.

-पल्लवः an opposite or outstretched branch; R.

-पाणः 1 a stake.

-2 a counter-pledge.

-3 a counter-stake; Mb.3.

-पादम् ind. in each quarter.

-पात्रम् ind. with regard to each part, of each character; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1 'let care be taken of each character'.

-पादपम् ind. in every tree.

-पाप a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil.

-पु(पू)रुषः 1 a like or similar man.

-2 a substitute, deputy.

-3 a companion.

-4 the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake).

-5 an effigy in general. (

-षम्) ind. man by man, for each man.

-पुस्तकम् a copy of an original manuscript.

-पूर्वाह्णम् ind. every forenoon.

-प्रति a. counter-balancing, equal to.

-प्रभातम् ind. every morning.

-प्रसवः 1 (As opposed to अनुप्रसव) tracing causes back to the origin as -- a pot, a lump of mud, mud, clay, Pātañjala Yogadarśana.

-2 Negation of (or exception to) a negation. The force of a प्रतिप्रसव is positive, limiting as it does the scope of a प्रतिषेध or negation. Hence it is just the opposite of परिसंख्या whose force is negative or exclusive since it limits the scope of a positive statement. प्रतिप्रसवो$यं न परिसंख्या ŚB. on MS.1.7.45.

-प्रकारः an outer wall or rampart.

-प्रियम् a kindness or service in return; प्रतिप्रियं चेद् भवतो न कुर्यां वृथा हि मे स्यात् स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56.

-बन्धुः an equal in rank or station; Mb.5.121.13.

-बलः a.

1 able, powerful.

-2 equal in strength, equally matched or powerful.

(-लम्) 1 a hostile army; अस्त्रज्वालावलीढप्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve.3.7.

-2 strength.

-बाहु 1 the forepart of the arm.

-2 an opposite side (in a square or polygon).

-बि (वि) म्बः, -म्बम् 1 a reflection, reflected image; ज्योतिषां प्रतिबिम्बानि प्राप्नु- वन्त्युपहारताम् Ku.6.42; Śi.9.18.

-2 an image, a picture.

-बीजम् a rotten seed.

-भट a. vying with, rivalling; घटप्रतिभटस्तनि N.13.5.

(-टः) 1 a rival, an opponent; निवासः कन्दर्पप्रतिभटजटाजूटभवने G. L.21.

-2 a warrior on the opposite side; समालोक्याजौ त्वां विदधति विकल्पान् प्रतिभटाः K. P.1.

-भय a.

1 fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful.

-2 dangerous; स्वगृहोद्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दृष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभयकान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.171; Nāg.5.1.; Bhāg.1.6.14. (

-यम्) a danger; सुनन्द, श्रुतं मया संनिहितगरुडप्रतिभयमुद्देशं जामाता जीमूतवाहनो गतः Nāg.5.

-भैरव a. dreadful.

-मञ्चः a kind of measure (in music.)

-मञ्चाः Platforms opposite to each other; दशभागिकौ द्वौ प्रतिमञ्चौ Kau. A.2.3.21.

-मण्डलम् 1 a secondary disc (of the sun &c.).

-2 an eccentric orbit.

-मन्दिरम् ind. in every house.

-मल्लः an antagonist, a rival; उपेयिवांसं प्रतिमल्लतां रयस्मये जितस्य प्रसभं गरुत्मतः N.1.63; पातालप्रतिमल्लगल्ल &c. Māl.5.22.

-मानना worship (पूजा); स्पर्शमशुचिवपुरर्हति न प्रतिमाननां तु नितरां नृपोचिताम् Śi.15.35.

-माया a counter-spell or charm; प्रतिमाया कृतं च तत् Mb.1.34.22.

-मार्गः the way back; Mb.4.

-मार्गम् ind. back, back- wards.

-माला capping verses (Mar. भंडी).

-मासम् ind. every month, monthly.

-मित्रम् an enemy, adversary.

-मुख a. standing before the face, facing; प्रतिमुखागत Ms.8.291.

-2 near, present. (

-खम्) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the catastrophe; see S. D.334 and 351-364. (

-खम्) ind.

1 towards.

-2 in front, before.

-मुखरी a particular mode of drumming.

-मुद्रा 1 a counter- seal.

-2 the impression of a seal.

-मुहूर्तम् ind. every moment.

-मूर्तिः f. an image, a likeness.

-मूषिका f. a musk-rat (Mar. चिचुंदरी).

-यूथपः the leader of a hostile herd of elephants.

-रथः an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2.

-रथ्यम् in every road; अस्मिन् नगरे प्रतिरथ्यं भुजङ्गबद्धसंचारे Udb.

-रवः, -ध्वनिः 1 an echo; प्रतिरवविततो वनानि चक्रे Ki.1.4.

-2 quarrel; controversy.

-3 (Ved.) life (प्राण).

-रसितम् an echo; केनास्मत् सिंह- नादप्रतिरसितसखो दुन्दुभिस्ताड्यते$यम् Ve.1.22.

-राजः a hostile king.

-रात्रम् ind. every night.

-रूप a.

1 corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in; अग्निर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो रूपं रूपं प्रतिरूपो बभूव Kaṭh.2.2.9.

-2 beautiful.

-3 suitable, proper; इदं न प्रतिरूपं ते स्त्रीष्वदाक्षिण्यमीदृशम् Bu. Ch.4.66; आत्मनः प्रतिरूपं सा बभाषे चारुहासिनी Rām.4. 19.17.

-4 facing (अभिमुख); प्रतिरूपं जनं कुर्यान्न चेत् तद् वर्तते यथा Mb.12.97.16 (com. प्रतिरूपं युद्धाभिमुखम्).

(-पम्) 1 a picture, an image, a likeness.

-2 a mirror-like reflecting object; अदर्शनं स्वशिरसः प्रतिरूपे च सत्यपि Bhāg. 1.42.28.

-4 an object of comparison (उपमान); भवान्मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक् Bhāg.7.1.21.

-रूपक a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); जहीमान् राक्षसान् पापानात्मनः प्रतिरूपकान् Mb.3.29.11; चेष्टाप्रतिरूपिका मनोवृत्तिः Ś.1.

(-कम्) 1 a picture, an image; अग्निदैर्गर- दैश्चैव प्रतिरूपककारकैः Mb.12.59.49.

-2 a forged edict; जर्जरं चास्य विषयं कुर्वन्ति प्रतिरूपकैः Mb.12.56.52.

-3 a reflec- tion.

-लक्षणम् a mark, sign, token.

-लिपिः f. a tran- script, a written copy.

-लेखः a writ of reply; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28.

-लोम a.

1 'against the hair or grain', contray to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. अनुलोम); नववर्षसहस्राक्षः प्रतिलोमो$भवद् गुरुः Bhāg.12.14.15.

-2 contrary to caste (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband).

-3 hostile.

-4 low, vile, base.

-5 left (वाम).

-6 obstinate, perverse; अपरिचितस्यापि ते$प्रतिलोमः संवृत्तः Ś.7.

-7 disagreeable, unpleasant. (

-मम्) any injurious or unpleasant act. (

-मम्) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. ˚ज a. born in the inverse order of the castes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms.1.16,25.

-लोमक a. reverse, inverted; राजन्यविप्रयोः कस्माद् विवाहः प्रतिलोमकः Bhāg.9.18.5.

-कम् inverted order.

-लोमतः ind.

1 in consequence of the inverted order or course; Ms.1.68.

-2 in an unfriendly manner; यदा बहुविधां वृद्धिं मन्येत प्रतिलोमतः Mb.12.13.39.

-वत्सरम् ind. every year.

-वनम् ind. in every forest.

-वर्णिक a. similar, corresponding.

-वर्धिन् a. being a match for.

-वर्षम् ind. every year.

-वस्तु n.

1 an equivalent, a counter- part.

-2 anything given in return.

-3 a parallel. ˚उपमा a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:-- प्रतिवस्तूपमा तु सा ॥ सामान्यस्य द्विरेकस्य यत्र वाक्यद्वये स्थितिः । K. P.1; e. g. तापेन भ्राजते सूर्यः शूरश्चापेन राजते Chandr.5. 48.

-वातः a contrary wind; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. (

-तम्) ind. against the wind; चीनांशुक- मिव केतोः प्रतिवातं नीयमानस्य Ś.1.33.

-वारणः a hostile elephant.

-वासरम् ind. every day.

-विटपम् ind.

1 on every branch.

-2 branch by branch.

-विषम् an anti- dote. (

-षा) a birch tree.

-विष्णुकः a Muchakunda tree.

-वीरः an opponent, antagonist.

-वीर्यम् being equal to or a match for.

-वृषः a hostile bull.

-वेलम् ind. at each time, on every occasion.

-वेशः 1 a neighbouring house, neighbourhood.

-2 a neighbour.

-वेशिन् a. a neigh- bour; दृष्ट्वा प्रभातसमये प्रतिवेशिवर्गः Mk.3.14.

-वेश्मन् n. a neighbour's house.

-वेश्यः a neighbour.

-वैरम् re- quital of hostilities revenge.

-शब्दः 1 echo, reverbera- tion; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V. 1.16; Ku.6.64; R.2.28.

-2 a roar.

-शशिन् m. a mock-moon.

-शाखम् ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda).

-शाखा a side-branch; महाभूतविशेषश्च विशेषप्रतिशाखवान् Mb.14.35.21.

-संवत्सरम् ind. every year.

-सङ्गक्षिका 1 a cloak to keep off the dust; Buddh.

-संदेशः a reply to the message; दर्पसारस्य प्रति- संदेशमावेदयत् D. K.2.1.

-सम a. equal to, a match for.

-सव्य a. in an inverted order.

-सामन्तः an enemy.

-सायम् ind. every evening.

-सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः 1 a mock-sun.

-2 a lizard, chameleon; 'कृकलासस्तु सरटः प्रतिसूर्यः शयानकः ।' Hemchandra; तृष्यद्भिः प्रतिसूर्यकैरजगरस्वेदद्रवः पीयते U.2.16.

-सेना, सैन्यम् a hostile army; निहतां प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् Rām.2.114.17.

-स्थानम् ind. in every place, everywhere.

-स्मृतिः N. of parti- cular kind of magic; गृहाणेमां मया प्रोक्तां सिद्धिं मूर्तिमतीमिव । विद्यां प्रतिस्मृतिं नाम Mb.3.36.3.

-स्रोतस् ind. against the stream; सरस्वतीं प्रतिस्रोतं ययौ ब्राह्मणसंवृतः Bhāg.1.78. 18. -a. going against the stream; अथासाद्य तु कालिन्दी प्रतिस्रोतः समागताम् Rām.2.55.5.

-हस्तः, -हस्तकः a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; आश्रितानां भृतौ स्वामिसेवायां धर्मसेवने । पुत्रस्योत्पादने चैव न सन्ति प्रतिहस्तकाः ॥ H.2.33.

-हस्तीकृ to take; Pratijñā 3.

-हस्तिन् the keeper of a brothel; Dk.2.2.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > प्रति _prati
17 FYRIR

for

* * *

prep.

I. with dat.

1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);

fyrir dyrum, before the door;

2) before one, in one’s presence;

hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;

3) for;

hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;

4) before one, in one’s way;

fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;

sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;

5) naut. term. before, off;

liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;

fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;

6) before, at the head of, over;

vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;

vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;

sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;

7) of time, ago;

fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;

fyrir stundu, a while ago;

fyrir löngu, long ago;

vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);

8) before, above, superior to;

Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;

9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;

þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;

tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;

10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;

mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;

varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;

Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;

11) because of, for;

hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;

fyrir hræðslu, for fear;

illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;

gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;

fyrir því at, because, since, as;

12) against;

gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;

beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;

13) fyrir sér, of oneself;

mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;

minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;

14) denoting manner or quality, with;

hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;

II. with acc.

1) before, in front of;

halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;

2) before, into the presence of;

stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;

3) over;

hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;

kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;

4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;

ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;

5) round, off;

sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;

6) along, all along;

fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;

draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;

7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;

fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;

8) for, on behalf of;

vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;

lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;

9) for, for the benefit of;

þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);

10) for, instead of, in place of, as;

11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);

fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);

fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;

12) denoting value, price;

fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;

fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;

13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);

14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);

fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;

fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;

fyrir handan á, beyond the river;

fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;

III. as adverb or ellipt.

1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;

þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;

2) first;

mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;

3) at hand, present, to the fore;

föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;

þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);

4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;

Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;

e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).

* * *

prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]

WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.

2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.

3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.

II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.

2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).

3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.

4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.

III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.

IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.

V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.

B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.

2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.

C. METAPH.:

I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.

II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).

2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.

III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.

2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.

IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.

V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.

2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.

β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.

VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.

VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.

2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.

VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).

β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.

IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.

X. as adverb or ellipt.,

1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.

β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.

2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.

3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.

XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.

XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.

WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.

2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.

3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.

4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).

II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.

III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.

2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.

IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.

B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.

C. METAPH.:

I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.

II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.

III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.

IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.

V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.

VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.

2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.

2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.

VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.

IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.

X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.

2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.

XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.

☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:

I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.

β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.

2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.

II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:

1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.

2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR
18 Bomtempo, João Domingos

(1775-1842)

   Portuguese composer who began his musical studies under his father, Francisco Saveiro Bomtempo, the oboist in the royal court of King José I (1750-77). At the age of 14, he became a singer in the Royal Chapel of Bemposta and, after his father's death, took his place as court oboist at age 20. In 1801, he decided to go to France to continue his musical studies instead of Italy, which was the custom in his day. In Paris, he associated with a group of exiled Portuguese liberals from whom he absorbed liberal ideas and became a committed constitutional monarchist. During his time in Paris, he began his career as a virtuoso pianist and, inspired by Clementi, Cramer, and Dussek, wrote his first compositions: the Grande Sonata para Piano, Primeiro Concerto em Mi bemol para Piano e Orquestra, and the Secundo Concerto para Piano.

   After Napoleon's armies were defeated by a combined Portuguese-British army commanded by General Arthur Wellesley (later the Duke of Wellington), Bomtempo's prospects in France deteriorated and he left for London in 1810, where he was well received and became a well-regarded professor of piano. During this period, he published many compositions, such as the Terceiro Concerto para Piano, and Capricho e Variações Sobre " GodSave the King." Bom-tempo became active in the Masons at this time. In 1813, to celebrate the final defeat of the French, Bomtempo composed a cantata titled Hino Lusitano, with verses by the liberal poet Vicente Pedro Nolasco da Cunha. He also composed the Primeira Grande Sinfonia and the Quarto Concerto para Piano during this period.

   In 1815, Bomtempo returned to Portugal, where he founded a philharmonic society in order to fill a serious lacuna in the musical culture of Portugal. With the return of the royal court from Brazil and the increasing repression of Portuguese Masons, the situation in Lisbon became untenable for liberals. Bomtempo, who favored a constitutional monarch, returned to London, where he dedicated his work to the "Portuguese nation." He returned to Portugal in 1818, where he composed his best-known work: O Requiem: A Memória de Camões. In 1820, he composed a second requiem in memory of General Gomes Freire, the grand master of Portuguese masonry, who was hanged in 1817. In 1822, his philharmonic society began periodic concerts, but these were forbidden by the absolutist King Miguel I (1802-66) in 1828, and Bomtempo took refuge in the Russian consulate in Lisbon, where he lived for five years until a constitutional monarchy was established by King Pedro IV (1798-1834) in 1834.

   With the establishment of constitutionalism, Bomtempo returned to his artistic activities. In 1835, he composed the Segunda Sinfonia e um Libera Me, dedicated to the memory of King Pedro IV who, exhausted from his struggle against his brother during the " War of the Brothers," died soon after returning to the throne. In 1836, Bon-tempo was made music director of the Court Orchestra and professor of piano in the royal music school, where he introduced the musical pedagogy of Clementi. He continued to compose and direct until his death on 18 August 1842.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Bomtempo, João Domingos
19 corresponder

v.

1 to correspond.

Estos dos objetos corresponden These two objects correspond.

2 to be right or fitting (ser adecuado).

voy a darle las gracias como corresponde I'm going to thank him, as is only right

3 to repay (sentimiento).

ella no le correspondía she didn't feel the same way about him

amor no correspondido unrequited love

4 to be supposed to, to have to, to correspond to oneself to, to have the obligation to.

Me corresponde hacer mi tarea I am supposed to do my homework.

Nos corresponde It corresponds to ourselves.

5 to reciprocate, to give back.

Con esto, correspondo su favor With this, I reciprocate his=her favor.

6 to concern, to correspond to.

Me corresponde este asunto This issue concerns me.

* * *

corresponder

► verbo intransitivo

1 (ser adecuado) to become, befit; (color, aspecto) to match, go with

■ este comportamiento es el que corresponde a su educación this behaviour befits his education

■ los zapatos no corresponden al vestido the shoes don't go with the dress

2 (encajar) to correspond (a, to), tally (a, with); (descripción) to fit

3 (pertenecer) to belong, pertain

■ esta mesa corresponde a mi habitación this table belongs in my bedroom

► verbo transitivo

1 (ser el turno) to be one's turn

■ me corresponde a mi it's my turn

2 (en un reparto) to get

■ me correspondió un coche I got a car

3 (incumbir) to be the job of, be the responsibility of

■ eso te corresponde a ti that's your job

4 (devolver) to return; (amabilidad) to repay

■ ella le correspondió con otro regalo she repaid him with another gift

► verbo pronominal corresponderse

1 (ajustarse) to correspond; (cifras) to tally

■ la dirección que te dio no se corresponde con la que yo tengo the address he gave you doesn't correspond to the one I have

2 (armonizar) to be in harmony, go with

3 (cartearse) to correspond

4 (amarse) to love each other

* * *

verb

1) to correspond

2) belong

3) return

* * *

1. VI

1) (=tocar)

a) [en reparto]

nos correspondieron diez euros a cada uno — each of us got ten euros as our share

b) [como derecho]

le corresponde un tercio de los beneficios — a third share of the profits goes to him

me corresponde un día de vacaciones cada dos semanas — I am due one day's holiday every two weeks

este hecho no ocupa el lugar que le corresponde en la historia de España — this event does not occupy the place it should in Spanish history, this event is not accorded the importance it deserves in Spanish history

c) [en sorteo, competición] [honor, victoria] to go to

el honor de representar a su país correspondió a Juan Blanco — the honour of representing his country fell to o went to Juan Blanco

la victoria final correspondió a Escartín — the final victory was Escartín's, the final victory went to Escartín

al primer premio le correspondieron 30.000 euros — the winner of the first prize received 30,000 euros

2) (=incumbir)

corresponder a algn — [responsabilidad] to fall to sb

esta decisión le corresponde al director — this decision is for the director (to take), this decision falls to the director

le corresponde a ella decidir — it's up to her to decide

nos corresponde a todos garantizar la calidad — it's everyone's job to ensure quality

a mí no me corresponde criticarlo — it is not for me to criticize him, it is not my place to criticize him

"a quien corresponda" — "to whom it may concern"

3) (=deberse)

corresponder a algo: de los 50 millones de ganancias, 40 corresponden a ventas en el extranjero — out of profits of 50 million, 40 million comes from overseas sales o overseas sales account for 40 million

la mayor parte de nuestra deuda corresponde a préstamos norteamericanos — most of our debt is a result of American loans, American loans account for most of our debt

4) frm (=ser adecuado)

corresponder a: se vistió como correspondía a la ocasión — she dressed suitably for the occasion

fue recibido como corresponde a una persona de su cargo — he was received in a manner befitting a person of his rank, he was received as befitted a person of his rank

5) (=concordar)

corresponder a o con — to match with, match up with

su versión de los hechos no corresponde a la realidad — her version of the events does not match up with o correspond to o tally with the truth

el presunto delincuente, cuyas iniciales corresponden a las siglas R.C.A. — the alleged perpetrator of the crime, whose initials are R.C.A.

los dos cadáveres hallados corresponden a los dos secuestrados — the two bodies found are those of the two kidnap victims

esa forma de actuar no corresponde con sus principios — such behaviour is not in keeping with his principles

6) (=retribuir)

corresponder a — [+ cariño, amor] to return; [+ favor, generosidad] to repay, return

ella lo amaba, pero él no le correspondía — she loved him but he did not return her love o love her back o love her in return

un amor no correspondido — unrequited love

nunca podré corresponder a tanta generosidad — I can never adequately repay o return such generosity

pero ella le correspondió con desprecio — but she responded with contempt, but all she gave in return was contempt

7) (Mat) to correspond

8) (Ferro)

corresponder con algo — to connect with sth

2.

See:

corresponderse

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1)

a) ( en un reparto) (+ me/te/le etc)

le correspondió la mitad de la herencia — half the inheritance went to him

ésta es la parte que te corresponde — this is your part

b) ( incumbir)

te corresponde a ti preparar el informe — it's your job to prepare the report

el lugar que le corresponde — his rightful place

a quien corresponda — (Corresp) to whom it may concern

con los honores que corresponden a su rango — with the honors befitting his rank

c) (en 3^a pers) ( ser adecuado)

te disculpas, como corresponde — apologize, you know you should o (frml) as is right and proper

serán juzgados como corresponde — they will be tried according to the law

según corresponda — as appropriate

2) (encajar, cuadrar)

esto aquí no corresponde — this doesn't belong o go here

corresponder a algo: su aspecto correspondía a la descripción his appearance fitted o matched the description; la leyenda no corresponde a la fotografía — the caption doesn't belong with o match this photograph

3) (a favor, atención)

corresponder a algo: quisiera corresponder a su generosidad I'd like to repay them for their generosity; (+ me/te/le etc) lo quiere, pero él no le corresponde she loves him, but he doesn't feel the same way about her; y tú le correspondes con esta grosería — and you repay him with this kind of rudeness
2.
corresponder vt < favor> to return; < atención> to return, repay

un amor no correspondido — an unrequited love
3.
corresponderse v pron

corresponderse con algo — <con los hechos/con la declaración> to square o tally with something

eso no se corresponde con su manera de ser — that's out of keeping with her character

* * *

= fit, behoove [behove, -USA], return + Posesivo + affection, requite.

Ex. Especially if the new subject is one which upsets the previous structure of relationships, it will be difficult to fit into the existing order.

Ex. With the vendors ready to listen it behoves the information profession to work out what it wants.

Ex. The film centers on a non-white secretary who believes that her dusky skin and non-Nordic features prevent her boss from returning her affections.

Ex. The sultan requited the king of China's present by sending him ten swords with scabbards encrusted in pearls.

----

* como corresponde a = as befits.

* corresponder a = be incumbent on/upon, fall to.

* corresponder a + Nombre = be up to + Nombre.

* corresponderse = match, bear + correspondence (to).

* corresponderse a = befit.

* corresponderse (a/con) = correspond (to/with).

* corresponderse con = go with, go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.

* el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.

* hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* lo que le corresponde = fair share.

* lugar que le corresponde = Posesivo + rightful place.

* lugar que nos corresponde = place in the sun.

* responsabilidad + corresponder a = responsibility + fall to.

* según corresponda = as appropriate.

* si corresponde = if applicable.

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1)

a) ( en un reparto) (+ me/te/le etc)

le correspondió la mitad de la herencia — half the inheritance went to him

ésta es la parte que te corresponde — this is your part

b) ( incumbir)

te corresponde a ti preparar el informe — it's your job to prepare the report

el lugar que le corresponde — his rightful place

a quien corresponda — (Corresp) to whom it may concern

con los honores que corresponden a su rango — with the honors befitting his rank

c) (en 3^a pers) ( ser adecuado)

te disculpas, como corresponde — apologize, you know you should o (frml) as is right and proper

serán juzgados como corresponde — they will be tried according to the law

según corresponda — as appropriate

2) (encajar, cuadrar)

esto aquí no corresponde — this doesn't belong o go here

corresponder a algo: su aspecto correspondía a la descripción his appearance fitted o matched the description; la leyenda no corresponde a la fotografía — the caption doesn't belong with o match this photograph

3) (a favor, atención)

corresponder a algo: quisiera corresponder a su generosidad I'd like to repay them for their generosity; (+ me/te/le etc) lo quiere, pero él no le corresponde she loves him, but he doesn't feel the same way about her; y tú le correspondes con esta grosería — and you repay him with this kind of rudeness
2.
corresponder vt < favor> to return; < atención> to return, repay

un amor no correspondido — an unrequited love
3.
corresponderse v pron

corresponderse con algo — <con los hechos/con la declaración> to square o tally with something

eso no se corresponde con su manera de ser — that's out of keeping with her character

* * *

= fit, behoove [behove, -USA], return + Posesivo + affection, requite.

Ex: Especially if the new subject is one which upsets the previous structure of relationships, it will be difficult to fit into the existing order.

Ex: With the vendors ready to listen it behoves the information profession to work out what it wants.

Ex: The film centers on a non-white secretary who believes that her dusky skin and non-Nordic features prevent her boss from returning her affections.

Ex: The sultan requited the king of China's present by sending him ten swords with scabbards encrusted in pearls.

* como corresponde a = as befits.

* corresponder a = be incumbent on/upon, fall to.

* corresponder a + Nombre = be up to + Nombre.

* corresponderse = match, bear + correspondence (to).

* corresponderse a = befit.

* corresponderse (a/con) = correspond (to/with).

* corresponderse con = go with, go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.

* el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.

* hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* lo que le corresponde = fair share.

* lugar que le corresponde = Posesivo + rightful place.

* lugar que nos corresponde = place in the sun.

* responsabilidad + corresponder a = responsibility + fall to.

* según corresponda = as appropriate.

* si corresponde = if applicable.

* * *

corresponder [E1 ]

vi

A

1 (en un reparto) (+ me/te/le etc):

a él le corresponde la mitad de la herencia half the inheritance goes to him

ésta es la parte que te corresponde this is your part o share

2

(incumbir): te corresponde a ti preparar el informe it's your job to prepare the report

no me corresponde a mí decírselo it's not my job o it's not for me to tell him

el lugar que le corresponde his rightful place

a quien corresponda ( Corresp) to whom it may concern

fue recibido con los honores que corresponden a su rango he was received with the honors befitting his rank

3 ( en tercera persona)

(ser adecuado): si no puedes ir, lo que corresponde es que le avises if you can't go you should let him know

ahora vas y te disculpas, como corresponde now go and apologize, you know you should o ( frml) as is right and proper

serán juzgados como corresponde they will be tried according to the due process of the law

ponlos en el cajón o archívalos, según corresponda put them in the drawer or file them, as appropriate

B

(cuadrar, encajar): esto aquí no corresponde this doesn't belong o fit o go here

corresponder A/ CON algo:

su aspecto correspondía a la descripción que me habían dado his appearance fitted o matched the description I had been given

su versión no corresponde con la de los demás testigos his version does not square with o tally with o match that of the other witnesses

la leyenda no corresponde a la fotografía the caption doesn't belong with o match this photograph

C (a un favor, una atención) corresponder A algo:

quisiera corresponder a su generosidad I'd like to repay them for their generosity, I'd like to return o repay their generosity

(+ me/te/le etc): lo quiere, pero él no le corresponde she loves him, but he doesn't return her love o feel the same way about her

la ama y ella le corresponde con desprecio he loves her but she responds with contempt

y tú le correspondes con esta grosería and you repay him with this kind of rudeness

■ corresponder

vt

‹favor› to return; ‹atención› to return, repay

la historia de un amor no correspondido a story of unrequited love

■ corresponderse

v pron

corresponderse CON algo:

su versión no se corresponde con los hechos reales her version doesn't square o tally with the facts

eso no se corresponde para nada con su manera de ser that's totally out of keeping with her character

* * *

corresponder ( conjugate corresponder) verbo intransitivo
1
a) ( en un reparto):

◊ le corresponde la mitad de la herencia he's entitled to half the inheritance;

la parte que te corresponde your part o share
b) ( incumbir):

◊ te corresponde a ti preparar el informe it's your job to prepare the report;

el lugar que le corresponde his rightful place
c) (en 3a pers) ( ser adecuado):

◊ debe disculparse, como corresponde he must apologize, as is right and proper (frml);

según corresponda as appropriate
2 (encajar, cuadrar):
◊ su aspecto corresponde a la descripción his appearance fits o matches the description;

el texto no corresponde a la foto the text doesn't belong with o match the photograph
3 corresponder a algo ‹ a un favor› to return sth;
‹a amabilidad/generosidad› to repay sth
verbo transitivo ‹favor/atención› to return;
◊ un amor no correspondido an unrequited love

corresponder verbo intransitivo
1 (pertenecer) to belong: sólo pido lo que me corresponde, I only want my share
2 (ser adecuado) to correspond [a, to] [ con, with]
3 (incumbir) to concern, be incumbent upon: esa tarea le corresponde, that's his job

' corresponder' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
concernir
- tocar
- devolver
- encajar
- responder
English:
belong
- correspond
- reciprocate
- return
- up to
- match
- repay

* * *

corresponder

♦ vi

1. [compensar]
corresponder (con algo) a algo/alguien to repay sth/sb (with sth);

ella nunca correspondió a mi amor she never returned my love, she never felt the same way about me;

amor no correspondido unrequited love

2. [tocar]
les corresponden 5 millones a cada uno they get o they're due 5 million each;

a mí me correspondió encargarme de la comida it was my job to take care of o organize the food

3. [coincidir, encajar] to correspond (a/con to/with);
esta historia no corresponde con la realidad this story doesn't tally o agree with the facts

4. [competer]
corresponderle a alguien hacer algo to be sb's responsibility to do sth;

no me corresponde a mí enjuiciar su trabajo it's not my place to judge his work

5. [ser adecuado] to be right o fitting;

voy a darle las gracias como corresponde I'm going to thank him, as is only right;

estuvo genial, tal y como corresponde a un cantante de su talla she was brilliant, just as you would expect from a singer of her stature

♦ vt
[sentimiento] to repay;
ella no le correspondía she didn't feel the same way about him

♦ See also the pronominal verb corresponderse

* * *

corresponder

v/i

1

:

corresponder a alguien de bienes be for s.o., be due to s.o.; de responsabilidad be up to s.o.; de asunto concern s.o.; a un favor repay s.o. ( con with)

2

:

actuar como corresponde do the right thing

* * *

corresponder vi

1) : to correspond

2) : to pertain, to belong

3) : to be appropriate, to fit

4) : to reciprocate

♦ See also the reflexive verb corresponderse

* * *

corresponder vb

1. (tocar) to be

a cada invitado le corresponde un trozo de tarta there is a slice of cake for every guest

2. (responsibilidad, obligación) to be your job / to be up to

eso te corresponde a ti that's your job / that's up to you

Spanish-English dictionary > corresponder
20 GOÐI

m. heathen priest; chief (in Iceland during the republic).

* * *

a, m. [Ulf, renders ἱερεύς by gudja (ufar-gudja, ahumista-gudja, etc.), ἱερατεία by gudjinassus, ἱερατεύειν by gudjinôn; an Icel. gyði, gen. gyðja, would answer better to the Goth. form, but it never occurs, except that the fem. gyðja = goddess and priestess points not to goði, but to a masc. with a suppressed final i, gyði; a word coting occurs in O. H. G. glossaries, prob. meaning the same; and the form guþi twice occurs on Danish-Runic stones in Nura-guþi and Saulva-guþi, explained as goði by P. G. Thorsen, Danske Runem.; (Rafn’s explanation and reading of Nura-guþi qs. norðr á Gauði, is scarcely right): with this exception this word is nowhere recorded till it appears in Icel., where it got a wide historical bearing]:—prop. a priest, sacerdos, and hence a liege-lord or chief of the Icel. Commonwealth.

A. HISTORICAL REMARKS.—The Norse chiefs who settled in Icel., finding the country uninhabited, solemnly took possession of the land (land-nám, q. v.); and in order to found a community they built a temple, and called themselves by the name of goði or hof-goði, ‘temple-priest;’ and thus the temple became the nucleus of the new community, which was called goðorð, n.:—hence hof-goði, temple-priest, and höfðingi, chief, became synonymous, vide Eb. passim. Many independent goðar and goðorð sprang up all through the country, until about the year 930 the alþingi (q. v.) was erected, where all the petty sovereign chiefs (goðar) entered into a kind of league, and laid the foundation of a general government for the whole island. In 964 A. D. the constitution was finally settled, the number of goðorð being fixed at three in each þing ( shire), and three þing in each of the three other quarters, (but four in the north); thus the number of goðar came to be nominally thirty-nine, really thirty-six, as the four in the north were only reckoned as three, vide Íb. ch. 5. On the introduction of Christianity the goðar lost their priestly character, but kept the name; and the new bishops obtained seats in the Lögrétta (vide biskup). About the year 1004 there were created new goðar (and goðorð), who had to elect judges to the Fifth Court, but they had no seats in the Lögrétta, and since that time the law distinguishes between forn ( old) and ný ( new) goðorð;—in Glúm. ch. 1 the word forn is an anachronism. It is curious that, especially in the 12th century, the goðar used to take the lesser Orders from political reasons, in order to resist the Romish clergy, who claimed the right of forbidding laymen to be lords of churches or to deal with church matters; thus the great chief Jón Loptsson was a sub-deacon; at last, about 1185, the archbishop of Norway forbade the bishops of Icel. to ordain any holder of a goðorð, unless they first gave up the goðorð, fyrir því bjóðum vér biskupum at vígja eigi þá menn er goðorð hafa, D. I. i. 291. In the middle of the 13th century the king of Norway induced the goðar to hand their power over to him, and thus the union with Norway was finally brought about in the year 1262; since that time, by the introduction of new codes (1272 and 1281), the name and dignity of goðar and goðorð disappeared altogether, so that the name begins and ends with the Commonwealth.

B. DUTIES.—In the alþingi the goðar were invested with the Lögrettu-skipan (q. v.), that is to say, they composed the Lögrétta (the Legislative consisting of forty-eight members—on the irregularity of the number vide Íb. ch. 5), and were the lawgivers of the country; secondly, they had the dómnefna (q. v.), or right of naming the men who were to sit in the courts, vide dómr:—as to their duties in the quarter-parliaments (vár-þing) vide Grág. Þ. Þ. and the Sagas. The authority of the goðar over their liegemen at home was in olden times somewhat patriarchal, vide e. g. the curious passage in Hænsaþ. S. ch. 2; though no section of law relating to this interesting part of the old history is on record, we can glean much information from the Sagas. It is to be borne in mind that the goðar of the Saga time (10th century) and those of the Grágás and Sturlunga time (12th and 13th centuries) were very different; the former were a kind of sovereign chiefs, who of free will entered into a league; the latter had become officials, who for neglecting their duties in parliament might be fined, and even forfeit the goðorð to their liegemen, vide Grág. Þ. Þ. Neither þing (q. v.) nor goðorð was ever strictly geographical (such is the opinion of Konrad Maurer), but changed from time to time; the very word goðorð is defined as ‘power’ (veldi), and was not subject to the payment of tithe, K. Þ. K. 142. The goðorð could be parcelled out by inheritance or by sale; or they might, as was the case in the latter years of the Commonwealth, accumulate in one hand, vide esp. Sturl. passim, and Grág. The liegemen (þingmenn) were fully free to change their lords (ganga í lög með goða, ganga ór lögum); every franklin (þingmaðr) had in parliament to declare his þingfesti, i. e. to name his liegeship, and say to what goði and þing he belonged, and the goði had to acknowledge him; so that a powerful or skilful chief might have liegemen scattered all over the country. But the nomination to the courts and the right of sitting in the legislative body were always bound to the old names, as fixed by the settlement of the year 964; and any one who sought the name or influence of a goði had first (by purchase, inheritance, or otherwise) to become possessor of a share of one of the old traditionary goðorð; see the interesting chapter in Nj. The three goðar in one þing ( shire) were called sam-goða, joint-goðar; for the sense of allsherjar-goði vide p. 17.

C. NAMES.—Sometimes a chief’s name referred to the god whom he especially worshipped, as Freys-Goði, Hrafn., Gísl., whence Freys-gyðlingar, q. v.; (the ör-goði is dubious); more frequently the name referred to the liegemen or county, e. g. Ljósvetninga-Goði, Tungu-Goði, etc.; but in the Saga time, goði was often added to the name almost as a cognomen, and with some, as Snorri, it became a part of their name (as Cato Censor in Latin); hann varðveitti þá hof, var hann þá kallaðr Snorri Goði, Eb. 42; seg, at sá sendi, er meiri vin var húsfreyjunnar at Fróðá en Goðans at Helgafelli, 332. Names on record in the Sagas:—men living from A. D. 874 to 964, Hallsteinn Goði, Landn., Eb.; Sturla Goði, Landn. 65; Jörundr Goði and Hróarr Tungu-Goði, id.; Ljótólfr Goði, Sd.; Hrafnkell Freys-Goði, Hrafn.; Oddr Tungu-Goði, Landn.; Þormóðr Karnár-Goði, Vd.; Áskell Goði, Rd.; Úlfr Ör-goði, Landn.; Grímkell Goði, Harð. S.; Þorgrímr Freys-goði, Gísl. 100, 110:—964 to 1030, Arnkell Goði, Landn., Eb.; Þorgrímr Goði, Eb.; Geirr Goði, Landn., Nj.; Runólfr Goði, id.; Þóroddr Goði, Kristni S.; Þormóðr Allsherjar-Goði, Landn.; Þorgeirr Goði, or Ljósvetninga-Goði, Nj., Landn.; (Þorkell Krafla) Vatnsdæla-Goði, Vd.; Helgi Hofgarða-Goði, Landn., Eb.; Snorri Hlíðarmanna-Goði, Lv.; Þórarinn Langdæla-Goði, Heiðarv. S.; and last, not least, Snorri Goði:—in the following period goði appears, though very rarely, as an appellative, e. g. Þormóðr Skeiðar-Goði (about 1100):—of the new goðar of 1004, Höskuldr Hvítaness-Goði, Nj.:—used ironically, Ingjaldr Sauðeyja-Goði, Ld.

2. goðorð mentioned by name,—in the south, Allsherjar-goðorð, Landn. (App.) 336; Dalverja-goðorð, Sturl. ii. 48; Lundarmanna-goðorð, i. 223; Reykhyltinga-goðorð, 104, iii. 166, 169; Bryndæla-goðorð, Kjaln. S. 402: in the north, Ljósvetninga-goðorð, Lv. ch. 30; Möðruvellinga-goðorð, Bs. i. 488; Vatnsdæla-goðorð, Fs. 68; Fljótamanna-goðorð, Sturl. i. 138: in the west, Snorrunga-goðorð, 55; Jöklamanna-goðorð, iii. 166; Rauðmelinga-goðorð, Eb. 288; Reyknesinga-goðorð, Sturl. i. 9, 19; Þórsnesinga-goðorð, 198: the new godords of the Fifth Court, Laufæsinga-goðorð, Nj. 151; Melamanna-goðorð, id., Band., Sturl. i. 227. Passages in the Sagas and Laws referring to goðar and goðorð are very numerous, e. g. Íb. ch. 5, Nj. ch. 98, Grág., Lögréttu-þáttr, and Þ. Þ. passim, esp. ch. 1–5, 17, 35, 37, 39, 44, 58, 60, 61, Lv. ch. 4 (interesting), Vd. ch. 27, 41 (in fine), and 42, Vápn., Hrafn. ch. 2, Eb. ch. 10, 56, Sturl. iii. 98, 104, passim; for the accumulation of godords, see i. 227 (3, 22), Bs. i. 54; for the handing over the godords to the king of Norway, D. I. i; and esp. article 3 of the Sáttmáli, D. I. i. 631, 632. The godords were tithe-free, ef maðr á goðorð, ok þarf eigi þat til tíundar at telja, vald er þat en eigi fé:, K. Þ. K. 142.

COMPDS: goðakviðr, goðalýrittr, goðaþáttr.

II. = goð, i. e. good genius, in the Icel. game at dice called goða-tafl, with the formula, heima ræð eg goða minn bæði vel og lengi, … og kasta eg svo fyrir þig, cp. also ást-goði.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GOÐI

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Order of the Golden Fleece — Not to be confused with the Golden Fleece Award. Order of the Golden Fleece Orden del Toisón de Oro Ordre de la Toison d Or Orden vom Goldenen Vlies Chain of the Order of the Golden Fleece (shown in … Wikipedia
Order of the Garter — Arms of the Order of the Garter Awarded by the Sovereign of the United Kingdom … Wikipedia
Order of the Bath — Badge of a Companion of the Order of the Bath (Military Division) Awarded by the Queen of the United Kingdom Motto TRIA IUNCTA IN UNO … Wikipedia
Order of the Black Eagle — (Schwarzer Adler Orden) Order of the Black Eagle breast star with the motto SUUM CUIQUE (idiomatically, to each according to his merits ) in the medallion s center … Wikipedia
Order of the Thistle — Insignia of a Knight of the Order of the Thistle Awarded by the Queen of the United Kingdom Type … Wikipedia
Order of the Red Eagle — (Roter Adlerorden) Order of the Red Eagle, Grand Cross breast star Awarded by The Kingdom of Prussia … Wikipedia
Order of the Immaculate Conception of Vila Viçosa — The Order of the Immaculate Conception of Vila Viçosa (also known as The Order of Our Lady of Conception of Vila Vicosa) is an dynastic order of knighthood of the House of Braganza, the former Portuguese Royal Family. The current Grand Master of… … Wikipedia
Order of the Royal House of Chakri — The Most Illustrious Order of the Royal House of Chakri Star of the Most Illustrious Order of the Royal House of Chakri Awarded … Wikipedia
Order of the Knights of Christ — Order of the Knights of Christ † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Order of the Knights of Christ A military order which sprang out of the famous Order of the Temple (see Knights Templars). As Portugal was the first country in Europe where the… … Catholic encyclopedia
Order of the Indian Empire — The insignia of The Most Eminent Order of the Indian Empire Awarded by the Queen of the United Kingdom Type … Wikipedia
Order of the Dannebrog — Dannebrogordenen Order of the Dannebrog, Breast Star with Grand Cross, unofficial model Awarded by Denm … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

by+order+of+the+king

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

by+order+of+the+king

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: